e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2008
|
or
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
Commission File
No. 0-25370
Rent-A-Center,
Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
45-0491516
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
5501
Headquarters Drive
Plano, Texas 75024
(Address,
including zip code of registrants
principal executive offices)
Registrants telephone number, including area code:
972-801-1100
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Exchange on Which Registered
|
|
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
|
|
The Nasdaq Global Select Market, Inc.
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Exchange
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer þ
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller
reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate market value of the 58,202,180 shares of
Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant at the
closing sales price as reported on The Nasdaq Global Select
Market, Inc. on June 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
1,197,218,843
|
|
Number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the close
of business on February 20, 2009:
|
|
|
65,986,784
|
|
Documents
incorporated by reference:
Portions of the definitive proxy statement relating to the 2009
Annual Meeting of Stockholders of
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. are incorporated by reference into Part III of this
report.
PART I
Overview
Unless the context indicates otherwise, references to
we, us and our refers to the
consolidated business operations of
Rent-A-Center,
Inc., the parent, and all of its direct and indirect
subsidiaries.
We are the largest operator in the United States rent-to-own
industry with an approximate 38% market share based on store
count. At December 31, 2008, we operated
3,037 company-owned stores nationwide and in Canada and
Puerto Rico, including 31 retail installment sales stores under
the names Get It Now and Home Choice and
eight rent-to-own stores located in Canada operating under the
name
Rent-A-Centre.
Our subsidiary, ColorTyme, is a national franchisor of
rent-to-own stores. At December 31, 2008, ColorTyme had 222
franchised rent-to-own stores in 34 states. These franchise
stores represent an additional 3% market share based on store
count.
Our stores generally offer high quality, durable products such
as major consumer electronics, appliances, computers and
furniture and accessories under flexible rental purchase
agreements that generally allow the customer to obtain ownership
of the merchandise at the conclusion of an agreed upon rental
period. The rental purchase transaction is a flexible
alternative for consumers to obtain the use and enjoyment of
brand name merchandise without incurring debt. Key features of
the rental purchase transaction include:
|
|
|
|
|
convenient payment options in-store or over the
phone;
|
|
|
|
no long-term obligations;
|
|
|
|
right to terminate without penalty;
|
|
|
|
no requirement of a credit history;
|
|
|
|
set-up and
delivery included at no additional charge;
|
|
|
|
product maintenance;
|
|
|
|
lifetime reinstatement; and
|
|
|
|
flexible options to obtain ownership 90 days
same as cash, early purchase options, or payment through the
term of the agreement.
|
We offer well known brands such as Sony, Philips, LG, Hitachi,
Toshiba and Mitsubishi home electronics, Whirlpool appliances,
Toshiba, Sony, Hewlett-Packard and Dell computers and Ashley,
England and Klaussner furniture. We also offer high levels of
customer service, including repair, pickup and delivery,
generally at no additional charge. Our customers benefit from
the ability to return merchandise at any time without further
obligation and make payments that build toward ownership. We
estimate that approximately 75% of our business is from repeat
customers.
We also offer financial services products, such as short term
secured and unsecured loans, debit cards, check cashing, tax
preparation and money transfer services, in some of our existing
rent-to-own stores under the trade names RAC Financial
Services and Cash AdvantEdge. As of
December 31, 2008, we offered some or all of these
financial services products in 351
Rent-A-Center
store locations in 18 states.
We were incorporated in Delaware in 1986. Our principal
executive offices are located at 5501 Headquarters Drive, Plano,
Texas 75024. Our telephone number is
(972) 801-1100
and our company website is www.rentacenter.com. We do not intend
for information contained on our website to be part of this
Form 10-K.
We make available free of charge on or through our website our
annual report on
Form 10-K,
our quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q,
our current reports on
Form 8-K
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as
reasonably practicable after we electronically file such
material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Additionally, we
voluntarily will provide electronic or paper copies of our
filings free of charge upon request.
1
Industry
Overview
According to the Association of Progressive Rental
Organizations, the rent-to-own industry in the
United States and Canada consists of approximately 8,500
stores and serves approximately 3.0 million households. We
estimate that the two largest rent-to-own industry participants
account for approximately 4,800 of the total number of stores,
and the majority of the remainder of the industry consists of
operations with fewer than 50 stores. The rent-to-own industry
is highly fragmented and has experienced significant
consolidation. We believe this consolidation trend in the
industry will continue, presenting opportunities for us to
continue to acquire additional stores or customer accounts on
favorable terms.
The rent-to-own industry serves a highly diverse customer base.
According to the Association of Progressive Rental
Organizations, approximately 73% of rent-to-own customers have
household incomes between $15,000 and $50,000 per year. The
rent-to-own industry serves a wide variety of customers by
allowing them to obtain merchandise that they might otherwise be
unable to obtain due to insufficient cash resources or a lack of
access to credit. The Association of Progressive Rental
Organizations also estimates that 95% of customers have high
school diplomas. According to an April 2000 Federal Trade
Commission study, 75% of rent-to-own customers were satisfied
with their experience with rent-to-own transactions. The study
noted that customers gave a wide variety of reasons for their
satisfaction, including the ability to obtain merchandise
they otherwise could not; the low payments; the lack of a credit
check; the convenience and flexibility of the transaction; the
quality of the merchandise; the quality of the maintenance,
delivery, and other services; the friendliness and flexibility
of the store employees; and the lack of any problems or
hassles.
Historical
Growth
From 1993 to 2006, we pursued an aggressive growth strategy in
which we sought to acquire underperforming rent-to-own stores to
which we could apply our operating model as well as open new
stores. Since March 1993, our company-owned store base has grown
from 27 to 3,037 at December 31, 2008, primarily through
acquisitions, including the acquisition in November 2006 of
Rent-Way, Inc. (Rent-Way), which operated 782 stores
in 34 states. During this period, we acquired over 3,600
stores, including approximately 400 of our franchised stores.
These acquisitions occurred in approximately 240 separate
transactions, including ten transactions where we acquired in
excess of 50 stores. In addition, we strategically opened or
acquired stores near market areas served by existing stores
(cannibalized) to enhance service levels, gain
incremental sales and increase market penetration.
The following table summarizes the store growth activity over
the last three fiscal years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Stores at beginning of period
|
|
|
3,081
|
|
|
|
3,406
|
|
|
|
2,760
|
|
New store openings
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Acquired stores remaining open
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
Closed
stores(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged with existing stores
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Sold or closed with no surviving store
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stores at end of period
|
|
|
3,037
|
|
|
|
3,081
|
|
|
|
3,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired stores closed and accounts merged with existing stores
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
Total approximate purchase price of acquisitions
|
|
|
$15.7 million
|
|
|
|
$20.1 million
|
|
|
|
$657.4 million
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Substantially all of the merged,
sold or closed stores in 2008 and 2007 relate to our store
consolidation plans discussed below and in more detail in
Note F, Restructuring, in the Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements on page 59.
|
Store Consolidation. We believe our aggressive
store acquisition program and our planned cannibalization
resulted in over penetration in some markets. We continually
evaluate every market in which we operate by reviewing operating
results, competitive positioning, and growth potential. As a
result of such review in December 2007, we committed to a store
consolidation plan pursuant to which we closed or merged 282
stores as of December 31, 2008.
2
Future Store Growth. We continue to believe
there are attractive opportunities to expand our presence in the
rent-to-own industry both nationally and internationally. We
plan to continue opening new stores in targeted markets and
acquiring existing rent-to-own stores and store account
portfolios. We will focus new market penetration in adjacent
areas or regions that we believe are underserved by the
rent-to-own industry. In addition, we intend to pursue our
acquisition strategy of targeting under-performing and
under-capitalized rent-to-own stores. We also intend to continue
to critically evaluate the markets in which we operate and will
close, sell or merge underperforming stores.
Competitive
Strengths
We believe the following competitive strengths position us well
for continued growth:
Geographic Footprint. At December 31,
2008, we operated 3,037 stores nationwide and in Canada and
Puerto Rico. In addition, our subsidiary, ColorTyme, franchised
222 stores in 34 states. We believe the number and location
of our stores combined with the strength of our brand provides
us with a unique platform from which to market additional
products and services to our customer demographic. The following
table shows the geographic distribution of our stores:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Stores
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
With Financial
|
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Services
|
|
|
Franchised
|
|
|
Alabama
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Alaska
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Arizona
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arkansas
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
California
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Colorado
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Connecticut
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
District of Columbia
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Florida
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Georgia
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Hawaii
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Idaho
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Illinois
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Indiana
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Iowa
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kansas
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Kentucky
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Maine
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Maryland
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Massachusetts
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Michigan
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Minnesota
|
|
|
4
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mississippi
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Missouri
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
Montana
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nebraska
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nevada
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Hampshire
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
New Jersey
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Mexico
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
New York
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
North Carolina
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
North Dakota
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ohio
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Oklahoma
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Oregon
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Pennsylvania
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Puerto Rico
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rhode Island
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
South Carolina
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
South Dakota
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Texas
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Utah
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vermont
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Virginia
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Washington
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
West Virginia
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wisconsin
|
|
|
21
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wyoming
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
|
3,037
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Retail installment stores
|
|
|
|
Includes six retail installment
stores
|
3
Management Expertise. Our management team at
both the corporate and operational levels is highly experienced
and motivated. Our executive management team has extensive
experience in the rent-to-own industry with over 100 combined
years of service with us and has demonstrated the ability to
grow our business through their operational leadership and
strategic vision.
Financial Strength. Historically, our
operations have generated strong cash flow, averaging
$210.2 million in operating cash flow per year since 1998.
As a result, we have been able to invest in acquisitions and new
business opportunities while maintaining a strong balance sheet.
Collections. The breadth of our store
locations also provides us with the operational infrastructure
to support our collection efforts. The ability to timely and
personally contact customers through our local field personnel
is critical to our ability to collect payments or regain
possession of rented merchandise. In addition, we believe we
have developed lasting relationships with our customers, as well
as obtained extensive knowledge of our targeted customer
demographic, through our collection experience.
Integration Experience. We have gained
significant experience in the acquisition and integration of
other rent-to-own operators and believe the fragmented nature of
the rent-to-own industry will result in ongoing consolidation
opportunities. Acquired stores benefit from our improved product
mix, sophisticated management information system, purchasing
power and administrative network.
Strategy
We intend to capitalize on our competitive strengths and
continue to build our position as a leading provider of products
and services to cash and credit constrained consumers by
focusing our strategic efforts on the following:
|
|
|
|
|
enhancing the operations, revenue and profitability of our store
locations;
|
|
|
|
seeking additional distribution channels for our products and
services;
|
|
|
|
leveraging our financial strength; and
|
|
|
|
strengthening customer relationships through community
involvement.
|
Enhancing
the Operations, Revenue and Profitability of Our Store
Locations
We continually seek to improve store performance through
strategies intended to produce gains in operating efficiency,
revenue and profitability. For example, we continue to focus our
operational personnel on prioritizing store profit growth,
including increasing store revenue and managing store level
operating expenses.
We believe we will achieve further gains in revenues and
operating margins in both existing and newly acquired stores by
continuing to:
|
|
|
|
|
use consumer focused advertising, including direct mail,
television, radio and print media, which highlights the
appealing features of our services to increase store traffic and
expand our customer base;
|
|
|
|
focus on the customer experience, both in our store locations,
as well as on our website;
|
|
|
|
focus on improving the operations in our existing financial
services store locations;
|
|
|
|
respond to competitive pressures on a market by market basis
with specifically tailored action plans;
|
|
|
|
acquire customer accounts;
|
|
|
|
expand the offering of product lines to appeal to more customers
to increase the number of transactions and grow our customer
base;
|
|
|
|
evaluate other growth strategies, including the entry into
additional lines of business offering products and services
designed to appeal to our customer demographic;
|
|
|
|
employ strict store-level cost control;
|
|
|
|
analyze and evaluate store operations against key performance
indicators; and
|
|
|
|
use a revenue and profit based incentive pay plan.
|
4
Seeking
Additional Distribution Channels for Our Products and
Services
We believe there are opportunities for us to obtain new
customers through sources other than our existing rent-to-own
stores. Through agreements with other retailers, we intend to
offer the rent-to-own transaction to consumers who do not
qualify for financing from such retailer, offering the consumer
the opportunity to obtain the merchandise they want or need.
There can be no assurance that we will be successful in our
efforts to expand our distribution channels by entering into
such agreements with other retailers, or that such operations,
should they be added, will prove to be profitable.
Leveraging
our Financial Strength
We believe we can leverage our financial strength by investing
significantly in people, processes and technology to reduce our
cost infrastructure. We are focused on lowering operating
expenses through our investments in centralized inventory
purchasing, centralized procurement, and enhanced information
management systems. We believe the creation of a centralized
inventory purchasing system will allow us to better manage our
inventory at the store level while expanding availability of the
most popular products. The development of an on-line procurement
tool and careful review of our processes has allowed us to
reduce many of our store-level expenses. We believe our
financial strength allows us to pursue these and other
initiatives while also making strategic use of our cash to
enhance our balance sheet.
Strengthening
Customer Relationships through Community
Involvement
We seek to further strengthen relationships with our customers
through community involvement both at the local store level and
as a company through corporate donations and initiatives. We
encourage the management of each of our stores to involve
themselves with their respective local communities. In addition,
we participate in various programs, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Since 2002, co-workers at our headquarters facility in Plano,
Texas have worked to fight hunger through the North Texas Food
Bank. On a national basis, we have committed $500,000 over four
years in the fight to end hunger.
|
|
|
|
Each spring, we raise funds for Big Brothers Big Sisters of
America. With a donation of $1 or more, customers, co-workers
and the community sign their name on a paper spring egg to hang
in our stores. Since 2003, we have donated more than
$1.4 million.
|
|
|
|
In 2004, we established the Make A Difference Scholarship which
provides $50,000 annually to customers, their children and our
co-workers children who are pursuing an undergraduate
degree at the college or university of their choice.
|
|
|
|
Since 2005, we have teamed up with Boys & Girls Clubs
to furnish special RAC Rooms to the centers that
need them most. Each year, we create 20 new RAC Rooms around the
country. Clubs choose the merchandise they need, including
furniture, televisions, electronics and computers.
|
|
|
|
We pledged $800,000 over four years in grants to Junior
Achievement offices in communities across the U.S. as part
of our commitment to promoting financial literacy in our
communities. Our program with Junior Achievement assures that
financial literacy programs will be taught to children in grades
K-12 in schools where at least 51% of students qualify for free
or reduced lunch.
|
|
|
|
Random Acts of Caring brings unexpected gifts to people and
organizations that serve others. Examples include furnishing
rooms in three fire stations in New York and donating $5,000 to
the FDNY Foundation, and providing Summit Academy, a school for
children with special learning needs in Warren, Ohio, with six
computers and two HDTVs.
|
5
Rent-A-Center
Store Operations
Store
Design
Our stores average approximately 4,700 square feet and are
located primarily in strip centers. Because we utilize
just in time inventory strategies, receiving
merchandise shipments in relatively small quantities directly
from vendors, we are able to dedicate approximately 75% of the
store space to showroom floor, and also eliminate warehousing
costs.
Product
Selection
Our stores generally offer merchandise from four basic product
categories: major consumer electronics, appliances, computers
and furniture and accessories. Although we seek to maintain
sufficient inventory in our stores to offer customers a wide
variety of models, styles and brands, we generally limit
inventory to prescribed levels to maintain strict inventory
controls. We seek to provide a wide variety of high quality
merchandise to our customers, and we emphasize high-end products
from name-brand manufacturers. For the year ended
December 31, 2008, consumer electronic products accounted
for approximately 35% of our store rental revenue, furniture and
accessories for 33% and appliances and computers for 16% each.
Customers may request either new merchandise or previously
rented merchandise. Previously rented merchandise is generally
offered at the same weekly or monthly rental rate as is offered
for new merchandise, but with an opportunity to obtain ownership
of the merchandise after fewer rental payments.
Major consumer electronic products offered by our stores include
high definition televisions, home theatre systems, video game
consoles and stereos from top name-brand manufacturers such as
Sony, Nintendo, Philips, LG, Hitachi, Toshiba and Mitsubishi. We
offer major appliances manufactured by Whirlpool, including
refrigerators, washing machines, dryers, freezers and ranges. We
offer desktop and laptop computers from Toshiba, Sony, Hewlett
Packard and Dell. We offer a variety of furniture products,
including dining room, living room and bedroom furniture
featuring a number of styles, materials and colors. We offer
furniture made by Ashley, England and Klaussner and other top
name-brand manufacturers. Accessories include pictures, lamps
and tables and are typically rented as part of a package of
items, such as a complete room of furniture. Showroom displays
enable customers to visualize how the product will look in their
homes and provide a showcase for accessories.
Rental
Purchase Agreements
Our customers generally enter into weekly, semi-monthly or
monthly rental purchase agreements, which renew automatically
upon receipt of each payment. We retain title to the merchandise
during the term of the rental purchase agreement. Ownership of
the merchandise generally transfers to the customer if the
customer has continuously renewed the rental purchase agreement
for a period of seven to 30 months, depending upon the
product type, or exercises a specified early purchase option. We
do not conduct a formal credit investigation of each customer.
We do require a potential customer to provide store management
with sufficient personal information to allow us to verify their
residence and sources of income. References listed by the
customer are also contacted to verify the information contained
in the customers rental purchase order form. Rental
payments are generally made in the store or by telephone. We
accept cash and credit or debit cards. Approximately 86% of our
agreements are on a weekly term. Depending on state regulatory
requirements, we may charge for the reinstatement of terminated
accounts or collect a delinquent account fee, and collect
loss/damage waiver fees from customers desiring product
protection in case of theft or certain natural disasters. These
fees are standard in the industry and may be subject to
government-specified limits. Please read the section entitled
Government Regulation.
Product
Turnover
On average, a minimum rental term of 18 months is generally
required to obtain ownership of new merchandise. Approximately
25% of our initial rental purchase agreements are taken to the
full term of the agreement. The average total life for each
product is approximately 20 months, which includes the
initial rental period, all re-rental periods and idle time in
our system. To cover the relatively high operating expenses
generated by greater product turnover, rental purchase
agreements require higher aggregate payments than are generally
charged under other types of purchase plans, such as installment
purchase or credit plans.
6
Customer
Service
We generally offer same day or
24-hour
delivery and installation of our merchandise at no additional
cost to the customer. We provide any required service or repair
without additional charge, except for damage in excess of normal
wear and tear. Repair services are provided through our national
network of 24 service centers, the cost of which may be
reimbursed by the vendor if the item is still under factory
warranty. If the product cannot be repaired at the
customers residence, we provide a temporary replacement
while the product is being repaired. Generally, the customer is
fully liable for damage, loss or destruction of the merchandise,
unless the customer purchases an optional loss/damage waiver
covering the particular loss. Most of the products we offer are
covered by a manufacturers warranty for varying periods
which, subject to the terms of the warranty, is transferred to
the customer in the event that the customer obtains ownership.
Collections
Store managers use our management information system to track
collections on a daily basis. For fiscal years 2008, 2007, and
2006, the average week ending past due percentages were 6.38%,
6.43% and 6.58%, respectively. Our goal was to have no more than
5.99% of our rental agreements past due one day or more each
Saturday evening in the three years. For the 2009 fiscal year,
our goal remains the same at 5.99%. If a customer fails to make
a rental payment when due, store personnel will attempt to
contact the customer to obtain payment and reinstate the
agreement, or will terminate the account and arrange to regain
possession of the merchandise. We attempt to recover the rental
items as soon as possible following termination or default of a
rental purchase agreement, generally by the seventh day.
Collection efforts are enhanced by the personal and job-related
references required of customers, the personal nature of the
relationships between store employees and customers and the fact
that, following a period in which a customer is temporarily
unable to make payments on a piece of rental merchandise and
must return the merchandise, that customer generally may re-rent
a piece of merchandise of similar type and age on the terms the
customer enjoyed prior to that period.
Pursuant to the rental purchase agreements, customers who become
delinquent in their rental payments and fail to return the
rented merchandise are or may over time become liable for
accrued rent through the date the merchandise is finally
returned or the amount of the early purchase option or, if the
merchandise is not returned before expiration of the original
term of weeks or months to ownership under the rental purchase
agreement, then the total balance of payments necessary to
acquire ownership of the merchandise. If the customer does not
return the merchandise or make payment, the remaining book value
of the rental merchandise associated with delinquent accounts is
generally charged off on or before the ninetieth day following
the time the account became past due. Charge offs in our rental
stores due to customer stolen merchandise, expressed as a
percentage of rental store revenues, were approximately 2.5% in
2008, 2.8% in 2007 and 2.4% in 2006.
Management
We organize our network of stores geographically with multiple
levels of management. At the individual store level, each store
manager is responsible for customer and account relations,
delivery and collection of merchandise, inventory management,
staffing, training store personnel and certain marketing
efforts. Two times each week, store management is required to
count the stores inventory on hand and compare the count
to our accounting records, with the district manager performing
a similar audit at least quarterly. In addition, our individual
store managers track their daily store performance for revenue
collected as compared to the projected performance of their
store. Each store manager reports to a district manager within
close proximity who typically oversees six to eight stores.
Typically, a district manager focuses on developing the
personnel in his or her district and ensuring all stores meet
our quality, cleanliness and service standards. In addition, a
district manager routinely audits numerous areas of the
stores operations. A significant portion of a district
managers and store managers compensation is
dependent upon store revenues and profits.
At December 31, 2008, we had 483 district managers who, in
turn, reported to 76 regional directors. Regional directors
monitor the results of their entire region, with an emphasis on
developing and supervising the district managers in their
region. Similar to the district managers, regional directors are
responsible for ascertaining whether stores are following the
operational guidelines. The regional directors report to 10
division vice presidents
7
located throughout the country. The regional directors and
division vice presidents receive a significant amount of their
compensation based on the revenue and profitability of the
stores under their management.
Our executive management team at the home office oversees field
operations, with an overall strategic focus. The executive
management team directs and coordinates advertising, purchasing,
financial planning and controls, employee training, personnel
matters, acquisitions and new store initiatives. The
centralization and coordination of such operational matters
allows our store managers to focus on individual store
performance. A portion of our executive management compensation
is determined by the profits generated by us.
Management
Information Systems
Through a licensing agreement with High Touch, Inc., we utilize
an integrated management information and control system. Each
store is equipped with a computer system utilizing point of sale
software developed by High Touch. This system tracks individual
components of revenue, each item in idle and rented inventory,
total items on rent, delinquent accounts, items in service and
other account information. We electronically gather each
days activity report, which provides our executive
management with access to all operating and financial
information concerning any of our stores, markets or regions and
generates management reports on a daily, weekly, month-to-date
and year-to-date basis for each store and for every rental
purchase transaction. The system enables us to track all of our
merchandise and rental purchase agreements, which often include
more than one unit of merchandise. In addition, our bank
reconciliation system performs a daily sweep of available funds
from our stores depository accounts into our central
operating account based on a formula from bank balances that is
reconciled back to the balances reported by the stores. Our
system also includes extensive management software,
report-generating capabilities and a virtual private network.
The virtual private network allows us to communicate with the
stores more effectively and efficiently. Utilizing the
management information system, our executive management,
division vice presidents, regional directors, district managers
and store managers closely monitor the productivity of stores
under their supervision according to our prescribed guidelines.
The integration of our management information system, developed
by High Touch, with our accounting system, developed by Lawson
Software, Inc., facilitates the production of our internal
financial statements. These financial statements are distributed
monthly to all stores, markets, regions and our executive
management team for their review.
Purchasing
and Distribution
Our executive management determines the general product mix in
our stores based on analyses of customer rental patterns and the
introduction of new products on a test basis. Individual store
managers are responsible for determining the particular product
selection for their store from the list of products approved by
executive management. Store and district managers make specific
purchasing decisions for the stores, subject to review by
executive management, on our online ordering system.
Additionally, we have predetermined levels of inventory allowed
in each store which restrict levels of merchandise that may be
purchased. All merchandise is shipped by vendors directly to
each store, where it is held for rental. We do not utilize any
distribution centers. These practices allow us to retain tight
control over our inventory and, along with our selection of
products for which consistent historical demand has been shown,
reduce the number of obsolete items in our stores. The stores
also have online access to determine whether other stores in
their market may have merchandise available. We are currently
investing in new inventory management systems and processes to
enhance further our inventory management.
We purchase the majority of our merchandise from manufacturers,
who ship directly to each store. Our largest suppliers include
Whirlpool and Ashley, who accounted for approximately 14.8% and
12.6%, respectively, of merchandise purchased in 2008. No other
supplier accounted for more than 10% of merchandise purchased
during this period. We do not generally enter into written
contracts with our suppliers that obligate us to meet certain
minimum purchasing levels. Although we expect to continue
relationships with our existing suppliers, we believe there are
numerous sources of products available, and we do not believe
that the success of our operations is dependent on any one or
more of our present suppliers.
8
Marketing
We promote the products and services in our stores through
television and radio commercials, print advertisements, direct
response and store signage, all of which are designed to
increase our name recognition among our customers and potential
customers. Our advertisements emphasize such features as product
and name-brand selection, prompt delivery, price match, service
at no extra cost, lifetime reinstatement and the absence of
initial deposits, credit investigations or long-term
obligations. In 2007, we began the RAC Worry-Free
Guaranteetm
initiative to further highlight and promote these aspects of the
rent-to-own transaction. In 2008, we introduced Credit
Free Life, an integrated campaign utilizing TV, radio,
newspaper and
e-mail
initiatives, as well as an information microsite, to explain how
a rent-to-own transaction can help consumers meet their needs
without incurring debt. We believe that as the
Rent-A-Center
name gains familiarity and national recognition through our
advertising efforts, we will continue to educate our customers
and potential customers about the rent-to-own alternative to
merchandise purchases as well as solidify our reputation as a
leading provider of high quality branded merchandise and
services.
Advertising expense as a percentage of store revenue for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was
approximately 2.9%, 2.8% and 2.8%, respectively. As we obtain
new stores in our existing market areas, the advertising
expenses of each store in the market can generally be reduced by
listing all stores in the same market-wide advertisement.
Competition
The rent-to-own industry is highly competitive. According to
industry sources and our estimates, the two largest industry
participants account for approximately 4,800 of the
8,500 rent-to-own stores in the United States and Canada.
We are the largest operator in the rent-to-own industry with
3,037 stores and 222 franchised locations as of
December 31, 2008. Our stores compete with other national
and regional rent-to-own businesses, as well as with rental
stores that do not offer their customers a purchase option. With
respect to customers desiring to purchase merchandise for cash
or on credit, we also compete with retail stores. Competition is
based primarily on store location, product selection and
availability, customer service and rental rates and terms.
Seasonality
Our revenue mix is moderately seasonal, with the first quarter
of each fiscal year generally providing higher merchandise sales
than any other quarter during a fiscal year, primarily related
to federal income tax refunds. Generally, our customers will
more frequently exercise their early purchase option on their
existing rental purchase agreements or purchase pre-leased
merchandise off the showroom floor during the first quarter of
each fiscal year. We expect this trend to continue in future
periods. Furthermore, we tend to experience slower growth in the
number of rental purchase agreements on rent in the third
quarter of each fiscal year when compared to other quarters
throughout the year. As a result, we would expect revenues for
the third quarter of each fiscal year to remain relatively flat
with the prior quarter. We expect this trend to continue in
future periods unless we add significantly to our store base
during the third quarter of future fiscal years as a result of
new store openings or opportunistic acquisitions.
Retail
Store Operations
As of December 31, 2008, we operated 31 stores utilizing a
retail model which generates installment credit sales through a
retail sale transaction. Twenty-three of these stores operate
under the name Get It Now and eight stores under the
name Home Choice. Our retail stores are located in
Illinois, Minnesota and Wisconsin.
ColorTyme
Operations
ColorTyme is our nationwide franchisor of rent-to-own stores. At
December 31, 2008, ColorTyme franchised 222 stores in
34 states. These rent-to-own stores primarily offer high
quality durable products such as home electronics, appliances,
computers and furniture and accessories. During 2008, 15 new
franchise locations were added, 17 were sold, of which 16 were
sold to another
Rent-A-Center
subsidiary, and three stores closed.
9
All of the ColorTyme franchised stores use ColorTymes
trade names, service marks, trademarks and logos. All stores
operate under distinctive operating procedures and standards.
ColorTymes primary source of revenue is the sale of rental
merchandise to its franchisees who, in turn, offer the
merchandise to the general public for rent or purchase under a
rent-to-own program. As franchisor, ColorTyme receives royalties
of 2.0% to 5.0% of the franchisees monthly gross revenue
and, generally, an initial fee up to $20,000 per new location
for existing franchisees and up to $25,000 per location for new
franchisees.
The ColorTyme franchise agreement generally requires the
franchised stores to utilize specific computer hardware and
software for the purpose of recording rentals, sales and other
record keeping and central functions. ColorTyme retains the
right to retrieve data and information from the franchised
stores computer systems. The franchise agreements also
limit the ability of the franchisees to compete with other
franchisees and provides us a right of first refusal to purchase
the franchise location of a ColorTyme franchisee that wishes to
exit the business.
The franchise agreement also requires the franchised stores to
exclusively offer for rent or sale only those brands, types and
models of products that ColorTyme has approved. The franchised
stores are required to maintain an adequate mix of inventory
that consists of approved products for rent as dictated by
ColorTyme policy manuals. ColorTyme negotiates purchase
arrangements with various suppliers it has approved.
ColorTymes largest suppliers are Ashley and Whirlpool,
which accounted for approximately 18.5% and 11.0% of merchandise
purchased by ColorTyme in 2008, respectively.
ColorTyme franchisees may also offer financial services, such as
short term secured and unsecured loans, in addition to
traditional rent-to-own products. In addition, some of
ColorTymes franchised stores offer custom rims and tires
for sale or rental under the trade names RimTyme or
ColorTyme Custom Wheels. As of December 31,
2008, 42 ColorTyme stores operated by 17 separate franchisees
offered financial services. Twelve ColorTyme stores operated by
four separate franchisees offered tires and rims exclusively.
ColorTyme is a party to an agreement with Wells Fargo Foothill,
Inc. (Wells Fargo), who provides $35.0 million
in aggregate financing to qualifying franchisees of ColorTyme
generally up to five times their average monthly revenues. Under
the Wells Fargo agreement, upon an event of default by the
franchisee under agreements governing this financing and upon
the occurrence of certain other events, Wells Fargo can assign
the loans and the collateral securing such loans to ColorTyme,
with ColorTyme paying the outstanding debt to Wells Fargo and
then succeeding to the rights of Wells Fargo under the debt
agreements, including the right to foreclose on the collateral.
The Wells Fargo agreement expires on September 30, 2010. An
additional $20.0 million of financing is provided by Texas
Capital Bank, National Association (Texas Capital
Bank) under an agreement similar to the Wells Fargo
financing.
Rent-A-Center
East, Inc., a subsidiary of
Rent-A-Center,
guarantees the obligations of ColorTyme under each of these
agreements, excluding the effects of any amounts that could be
recovered under collateralization provisions, up to a maximum
amount of $55.0 million, of which $24.5 million was
outstanding as of December 31, 2008.
ColorTyme has established a national advertising fund for the
franchised stores, whereby ColorTyme has the right to collect up
to 3% of the monthly gross revenue from each franchisee as
contributions to the fund. Currently, ColorTyme has set the
monthly franchisee contribution at $250 per store per month.
ColorTyme directs the advertising programs of the fund,
generally consisting of advertising in print, television and
radio. ColorTyme also has the right to require franchisees to
expend 3% of their monthly gross revenue on local advertising.
ColorTyme licenses the use of its trademarks and servicemarks to
its franchisees under the franchise agreement. ColorTyme owns
various trademarks and servicemarks, including
ColorTyme®,
RimTyme®,
and Your Hometown
ColorTyme®,
that are used in connection with its operations and have been
registered with the United States Patent and Trademark
office. The duration of these marks is unlimited, subject to
periodic renewal and continued use.
Some of ColorTymes franchisees may be in locations where
they directly compete with our company-owned stores, which could
negatively impact the business, financial condition and
operating results of our company-owned stores.
10
Financial
Services Operations
We offer financial services products, such as short term secured
and unsecured loans, debit cards, check cashing, tax preparation
and money transfer services under the trade names RAC
Financial Services and Cash AdvantEdge within
certain of our existing
Rent-A-Center
store locations. As of December 31, 2008, we offered some
or all of these financial services products in 351
Rent-A-Center
store locations in 18 states. We intend to focus our
resources on improving the operations in these existing
financial services store locations and do not plan to add
significantly to the number of
Rent-A-Center
store locations offering financial services at this time.
Stores offering financial services products in addition to
traditional rent-to-own products generally require one to two
additional employees. Management of our financial services
business is integrated with our rent-to-own operations, with
five financial services regional directors and 44 financial
services district managers reporting to our division vice
presidents.
Our financial services business operates in a highly competitive
industry. Similar financial services products are offered by
large regional or national entities, smaller independent outlets
and pawnshops. Competitive factors include location, service,
maximum loan amount, repayment options and fees.
Trademarks
We own various trademarks and servicemarks, including
Rent-A-Center®,
that are used in connection with our operations and have been
registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
The duration of our trademarks is unlimited, subject to periodic
renewal and continued use. In addition, we have obtained
trademark registrations in Canada. We believe we hold the
necessary rights for protection of the trademarks and
servicemarks essential to our business. The products held for
rent in our stores also bear trademarks and servicemarks held by
their respective manufacturers.
Employees
As of February 18, 2009, we had approximately
17,900 employees, of whom 575 are assigned to our
headquarters and the remainder of whom are directly involved in
the management and operation of our stores and service centers.
The employees of the ColorTyme franchisees are not employed by
us. While we have experienced limited union activity in the
past, none of our employees are covered by a collective
bargaining agreement. We believe relationships with our
employees are generally good.
Government
Regulation
Rental
Purchase Transactions
State
Regulation
Currently, 47 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto
Rico have legislation regulating rental purchase transactions.
We believe this existing legislation is generally favorable to
us, as it defines and clarifies the various disclosures,
procedures and transaction structures related to the rent-to-own
business with which we must comply. With some variations in
individual states, most related state legislation requires the
lessor to make prescribed disclosures to customers about the
rental purchase agreement and transaction, and provides time
periods during which customers may reinstate agreements despite
having failed to make a timely payment. Some state rental
purchase laws prescribe grace periods for non-payment, prohibit
or limit certain types of collection or other practices, and
limit certain fees that may be charged. Nine states limit the
total rental payments that can be charged. These limitations,
however, generally do not become applicable unless the total
rental payments required under an agreement exceed 2.0 times to
2.4 times the disclosed cash price or the retail value of the
rental product.
Courts in each of Minnesota, which has a rental purchase
statute, and Wisconsin and New Jersey, which do not have rental
purchase statutes, have rendered decisions which classify rental
purchase transactions as credit sales subject to consumer
lending restrictions. Accordingly, in Minnesota and Wisconsin,
we offer our customers an opportunity to purchase our
merchandise through an installment sale transaction in our Get
It Now and Home Choice stores. In New Jersey, we have modified
our typical rental purchase agreements to provide disclosures,
grace
11
periods, and pricing that we believe conform with the retail
installment sales act. We operate 25 Get It Now and Home Choice
stores in Minnesota and Wisconsin, and 44
Rent-A-Center
stores in New Jersey.
North Carolina has no rental purchase legislation. However, the
retail installment sales statute in North Carolina expressly
provides that lease transactions which provide for more than a
nominal purchase price at the end of the agreed rental period
are not credit sales under the statute. We operate 133 stores in
North Carolina.
Legislation has been introduced in New York from time to time
that would significantly amend that states existing rental
purchase statute. Recently introduced bills would impose
significant pricing restrictions in New York and, if enacted as
proposed, would have a material and adverse impact on our
operations in New York. While predecessors of these bills have
not received widespread support from members of either body of
New Yorks legislature, we are unable to assure you that
such adverse legislation will not be enacted in the future. We
operate 178 stores in New York.
Federal
Legislation
To date, no comprehensive federal legislation has been enacted
regulating or otherwise impacting the rental purchase
transaction. We do, however, comply with the Federal Trade
Commission recommendations for disclosure in rental purchase
transactions.
From time to time, we have supported legislation introduced in
Congress that would regulate the rental purchase transaction.
While both beneficial and adverse legislation may be introduced
in Congress in the future, any adverse federal legislation, if
enacted, could have a material and adverse effect on us.
There can be no assurance as to whether new or revised rental
purchase laws will be enacted or whether, if enacted, the laws
would not have a material and adverse effect on us.
Financial
Services
Our financial services business is subject to regulation and
supervision primarily at the state and federal levels. We intend
to offer our financial services products only in those
jurisdictions with favorable regulatory environments.
In those jurisdictions where we make consumer loans directly to
consumers (currently all states in which we offer financial
services other than Texas), we are a licensed lender where
required and are subject to various state regulations regarding
the terms of our short term consumer loans and our policies,
procedures and operations relating to those loans. Typically,
state regulations limit the amount that we may lend to any
consumer and, in some cases, the number of loans or transactions
that we may make to any consumer at one time or in the course of
a year. These state regulations also typically restrict the
amount of finance or service charges or fees that we may assess
in connection with any loan or transaction and may limit a
customers ability to renew or rollover a loan.
We operate our financial services business in Texas under the
Texas Credit Services Organization law which requires that we
register as a Credit Services Organization (CSO)
with the Texas Secretary of State, pay a registration fee and
post surety bonds for each location. The CSO may, for a fee,
help a consumer obtain an extension of credit from an
independent third-party lender. We must also comply with various
disclosure requirements, which include providing the consumer
with a disclosure statement and contract that detail the
services to be performed by the CSO and the total cost of those
services along with various other items. Additionally, the CSO
must give a consumer the right to cancel the credit services
agreement without penalty within 3 days after the agreement
is signed.
We are subject to regulation in several jurisdictions in which
we operate that require the registration or licensing of check
cashing companies or regulate the fees that check cashing
companies may impose. In some of these jurisdictions, we may be
required to file fee schedules with the state or conspicuously
post the fees charged for cashing checks by each branch. In some
cases, we are required to meet minimum bonding or capital
requirements and are subject to record-keeping requirements. We
are licensed in each of the states or jurisdictions in which a
license is currently required for us to operate as a check
cashing company and have filed our schedule of fees with
12
each of the states or other jurisdictions in which such a filing
is required. To the extent those states have adopted ceilings on
check cashing fees, the fees we currently charge are at or below
the maximum ceiling.
In addition, our financial services business is subject to
federal statutes and regulations such as the USA Patriot Act,
the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act,
the Truth in Lending Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Fair
Debt Collection Practices Act, the Anti-Money Laundering Act,
and similar state laws.
In October 2006, U.S. federal legislation was enacted which
limited our ability to offer financial services to active duty
military personnel beginning in October 2007. There was no
significant effect on our operations due to the restriction on
lending to military personnel.
In 2008, legislation was enacted in Ohio which revised the
statutes governing the short term consumer loan product we
offered there at that time. The rate caps under the revised
statute made it economically unfeasible to continue offering our
loan products pursuant to that statute. As a result of this
adverse legislation, we began offering alternative loan products
and services in Ohio under other applicable provisions of Ohio
law. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in offering
these alternative products and services to consumers in Ohio, or
whether such alternative products and services will prove to be
economically feasible. We operate 51 stores in Ohio.
Legislative activity with respect to the financial services
industry at the state and federal level continues to be
significant. Both favorable and adverse legislation has been
introduced in a number of states as well as in Congress. There
can be no assurance as to whether new or revised financial
services laws will be enacted or whether, if enacted, the laws
would not have a material and adverse effect on us.
You should carefully consider the risks described below
before making an investment decision. We believe these are the
material risks currently facing our business. Our business,
financial condition or results of operations could be materially
adversely affected by these risks. The trading price of our
common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you
may lose all or part of your investment. You should also refer
to the other information included or incorporated by reference
in this report, including our financial statements and related
notes.
We may
not be able to successfully increase revenue in our rent-to-own
stores, which could cause our future earnings to grow more
slowly or even decrease.
Our continued growth depends on our ability to increase sales in
our existing rent-to-own stores. Our same store sales increased
by 2.3%, 2.1% and 1.9% in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As
a result of new store openings in existing markets and because
mature stores will represent an increasing proportion of our
store base over time, our same store revenues in future periods
may be lower than historical levels. If we are unable to
increase revenue in our rent-to-own stores, our earnings may
grow more slowly or even decrease.
If we
fail to effectively manage the growth, integration and
profitability of our financial services business, we may not
realize the economic benefit of our financial investment in such
operations.
We face risks associated with integrating our financial services
business into our existing operations, including further
development of information technology and financial reporting
systems. In addition, a newly opened financial services location
generally does not attain positive cash flow during its first
year of operations. Also, the financial services industry is
highly competitive and regulated by federal, state and local
laws.
Our expansion into the financial services business could place a
significant demand on our management and our financial and
operational resources. If we are unable to effectively implement
our financial services business, we may not realize the
operational benefits of our investment in the financial services
business that we currently expect.
13
Rent-to-own
transactions are regulated by law in most states. Any adverse
change in these laws or the passage of adverse new laws could
expose us to litigation or require us to alter our business
practices.
As is the case with most businesses, we are subject to various
governmental regulations, including specifically in our case,
regulations regarding rent-to-own transactions. Currently,
47 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico have
passed laws regulating rental purchase transactions and one
additional state has a retail installment sales statute that
excludes rent-to-own transactions from its coverage if certain
criteria are met. These laws generally require certain
contractual and advertising disclosures. They also provide
varying levels of substantive consumer protection, such as
requiring a grace period for late fees and contract
reinstatement rights in the event the rental purchase agreement
is terminated. The rental purchase laws of nine states limit the
total amount of rentals that may be charged over the life of a
rental purchase agreement. Several states also effectively
regulate rental purchase transactions under other consumer
protection statutes. We are currently subject to litigation
alleging that we have violated some of these statutory
provisions.
Although there is currently no comprehensive federal legislation
regulating rental purchase transactions, adverse federal
legislation may be enacted in the future. From time to time,
legislation has been introduced in Congress seeking to regulate
our business. In addition, various legislatures in the states
where we currently do business may adopt new legislation or
amend existing legislation that could require us to alter our
business practices.
Financial
services transactions are regulated by federal law as well as
the laws of certain states. Any adverse changes in these laws or
the passage of adverse new laws with respect to the financial
services business could slow our growth opportunities, expose us
to litigation or alter our business practices in a manner that
we may deem to be unacceptable.
Our financial services business is subject to federal statutes
and regulations such as the USA Patriot Act, the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in
Lending Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Fair Debt
Collection Practices Act, the Anti-Money Laundering Act, and
similar state laws. In addition, we are subject to various state
regulations regarding the terms of our short term consumer loans
and our policies, procedures and operations relating to those
loans, including the fees we may charge, as well as fees we may
charge in connection with our other financial services products.
The failure to comply with such regulations may result in the
imposition of material fines, penalties, or injunctions.
Congress
and/or the
various legislatures in the states where we currently operate or
intend to offer financial services products may adopt new
legislation or amend existing legislation with respect to our
financial services business that could require us to alter our
business practices in a manner that we may deem to be
unacceptable, which could slow our growth opportunities.
We may be
subject to legal proceedings from time to time which seek
material damages. The costs we incur in defending ourselves or
associated with settling any of these proceedings, as well as a
material final judgment or decree against us, could materially
adversely affect our financial condition by requiring the
payment of the settlement amount, a judgment or the posting of a
bond.
In our history, we have defended class action lawsuits alleging
various regulatory violations and have paid material amounts to
settle such claims. We cannot assure you that we will not be the
subject of similar lawsuits in the future. Significant
settlement amounts or final judgments could materially and
adversely affect our liquidity. The failure to pay any material
judgment would be a default under our senior credit facilities
and the indenture governing our outstanding subordinated notes.
Our debt
agreements impose restrictions on us which may limit or prohibit
us from engaging in certain transactions. If a default were to
occur, our lenders could accelerate the amounts of debt
outstanding, and holders of our secured indebtedness could force
us to sell our assets to satisfy all or a part of what is
owed.
Covenants under our senior credit facilities and the indenture
governing our outstanding subordinated notes restrict our
ability to pay dividends, engage in various operational matters,
as well as require us to maintain specified financial ratios.
Our ability to meet these financial ratios may be affected by
events beyond our control. These
14
restrictions could limit our ability to obtain future financing,
make needed capital expenditures or other investments,
repurchase our outstanding debt or equity, withstand a future
downturn in our business or in the economy, dispose of
operations, engage in mergers, acquire additional stores or
otherwise conduct necessary corporate activities. Various
transactions that we may view as important opportunities, such
as specified acquisitions, are also subject to the consent of
lenders under the senior credit facilities, which may be
withheld or granted subject to conditions specified at the time
that may affect the attractiveness or viability of the
transaction.
If a default were to occur, the lenders under our senior credit
facilities could accelerate the amounts outstanding under the
credit facilities, and our other lenders could declare
immediately due and payable all amounts borrowed under other
instruments that contain certain provisions for
cross-acceleration or cross-default. In addition, the lenders
under these agreements could terminate their commitments to lend
to us. If the lenders under these agreements accelerate the
repayment of borrowings, we may not have sufficient liquid
assets at that time to repay the amounts then outstanding under
our indebtedness or be able to find additional alternative
financing. Even if we could obtain additional alternative
financing, the terms of the financing may not be favorable or
acceptable to us.
The existing indebtedness under our senior credit facilities is
secured by substantially all of our assets. Should a default or
acceleration of this indebtedness occur, the holders of this
indebtedness could sell the assets to satisfy all or a part of
what is owed. Our senior credit facilities also contain certain
provisions limiting our ability to modify or refinance our
outstanding subordinated notes.
A change
of control could accelerate our obligation to pay our
outstanding indebtedness, and we may not have sufficient liquid
assets at that time to repay these amounts.
Under our senior credit facilities, an event of default would
result if a third party became the beneficial owner of 35.0% or
more of our voting stock or upon certain changes in the
constitution of
Rent-A-Centers
Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2008,
$721.7 million was outstanding under our senior debt.
Under the indenture governing our outstanding subordinated
notes, in the event that a change in control occurs, we may be
required to offer to purchase all of our outstanding
subordinated notes at 101% of their original aggregate principal
amount, plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase. A
change in control also would result in an event of default under
our senior credit facilities, which would allow our lenders to
accelerate indebtedness owed to them.
If the lenders under our debt instruments accelerate these
obligations, we may not have sufficient liquid assets to repay
amounts outstanding under these agreements.
Rent-A-Centers
organizational documents and our debt instruments contain
provisions that may prevent or deter another group from paying a
premium over the market price to
Rent-A-Centers
stockholders to acquire its stock.
Rent-A-Centers
organizational documents contain provisions that classify its
Board of Directors, authorize its Board of Directors to issue
blank check preferred stock and establish advance notice
requirements on its stockholders for director nominations and
actions to be taken at meetings of the stockholders. In
addition, as a Delaware corporation,
Rent-A-Center
is subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law relating to business combinations. Our senior
credit facilities and the indenture governing our subordinated
notes each contain various change of control provisions which,
in the event of a change of control, would cause a default under
those provisions. These provisions and arrangements could delay,
deter or prevent a merger, consolidation, tender offer or other
business combination or change of control involving us that
could include a premium over the market price of
Rent-A-Centers
common stock that some or a majority of
Rent-A-Centers
stockholders might consider to be in their best interests.
Rent-A-Center
is a holding company and is dependent on the operations and
funds of its subsidiaries.
Rent-A-Center
is a holding company, with no revenue generating operations and
no assets other than its ownership interests in its direct and
indirect subsidiaries. Accordingly,
Rent-A-Center
is dependent on the cash flow generated by its direct and
indirect operating subsidiaries and must rely on dividends or
other intercompany
15
transfers from its operating subsidiaries to generate the funds
necessary to meet its obligations, including the obligations
under the senior credit facilities and the outstanding
subordinated notes. The ability of
Rent-A-Centers
subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to it is
subject to applicable state laws. Should one or more of
Rent-A-Centers
subsidiaries be unable to pay dividends or make distributions,
its ability to meet its ongoing obligations could be materially
and adversely impacted.
Our stock
price is volatile, and you may not be able to recover your
investment if our stock price declines.
The price of our common stock has been volatile and can be
expected to be significantly affected by factors such as:
|
|
|
|
|
quarterly variations in our results of operations, which may be
impacted by, among other things, changes in same store sales,
when and how many rent-to-own stores we acquire or open, and the
rate at which we add financial services to our existing
rent-to-own stores;
|
|
|
|
quarterly variations in our competitors results of
operations;
|
|
|
|
changes in earnings estimates or buy/sell recommendations by
financial analysts; and
|
|
|
|
the stock price performance of comparable companies.
|
In addition, the stock market as a whole has experienced extreme
price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market
price of many specialty retailers in ways that may have been
unrelated to these companies operating performance.
Failure
to achieve and maintain effective internal controls could have a
material adverse effect on our business and stock
price.
Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide
reliable financial reports. If we cannot provide reliable
financial reports, our brand and operating results could be
harmed. All internal control systems, no matter how well
designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those
systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable
assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and
presentation.
While we continue to evaluate and improve our internal controls,
we cannot be certain that these measures will ensure that we
implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial
processes and reporting in the future. Any failure to implement
required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered
in their implementation, could harm our operating results or
cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.
If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as
such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time
to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an
ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over
financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Failure to achieve and maintain an effective
internal control environment could cause investors to lose
confidence in our reported financial information, which could
have a material adverse effect on our stock price.
|
|
Item 1B.
|
Unresolved
Staff Comments.
|
None.
We lease space for substantially all of our stores and service
center locations, as well as regional offices, under operating
leases expiring at various times through 2016. Most of our store
leases are five year leases and contain renewal options for
additional periods ranging from three to five years at rental
rates adjusted according to
agreed-upon
formulas. Store sizes range from approximately 1,900 to
24,000 square feet, and average approximately
4,700 square feet. Approximately 75% of each stores
space is generally used for showroom space and 25% for offices
and storage space.
16
We own the land and building at 5501 Headquarters Drive, Plano,
Texas, in which our corporate headquarters are located. The land
and improvements are pledged as collateral under our senior
credit facilities.
We believe suitable store space generally is available for lease
and we would be able to relocate any of our stores without
significant difficulty should we be unable to renew a particular
lease. We also expect additional space is readily available at
competitive rates to open new stores.
|
|
Item 3.
|
Legal
Proceedings.
|
Legal
Proceedings
From time to time, we, along with our subsidiaries, are party to
various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of
business. We account for our litigation contingencies pursuant
to the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies
(SFAS No. 5) and FASB Interpretation
No. 14, Reasonable Estimation of the Amount of a
Loss An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 5
(FIN 14), which require that we accrue for
losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable. We
expense legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
defense of all of our litigation at the time such amounts are
invoiced or otherwise made known to us.
As of December 31, 2008, we had accrued $11.3 million
relating to probable losses for our outstanding litigation as
follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
Shafer/Johnson Matter
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
California Attorney General Settlement
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
Other Litigation
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Accrual
|
|
$
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We continue to monitor our litigation exposure, and will review
the adequacy of our legal reserves on a quarterly basis in
accordance with applicable accounting rules. Please refer to
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Critical
Accounting Policies Involving Critical Estimates, Uncertainties
or Assessments in Our Financial Statements regarding
our process for evaluating our litigation reserves. Except as
described below, we are not currently a party to any material
litigation and, other than as set forth above, we have not
established any other reserves for our outstanding litigation.
California Attorney General Inquiry. In
January 2009, we paid $9.4 million in accordance with the
settlement with the California Attorney General.
Eric Shafer, et al. v.
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. We recorded a pre-tax expense of
$11.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2007 related to the
settlement of the Eric Shafer et al. v.
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and Victor E. Johnson et al. v.
Rent-A-Center,
Inc., coordinated matters pending in state court in Los
Angeles, California. Due to fewer class members eligible to
participate in the settlement than originally estimated, as well
as negotiated reductions in settlement payments to certain
plaintiffs, the maximum claim amount remaining to be paid was
reduced by approximately $2.4 million during the fourth
quarter of 2008. We also paid settlement costs and
plaintiffs attorneys fees in the amount of
approximately $4.4 million, and settlement payments in the
aggregate amount of approximately $2.4 million during the
fourth quarter of 2008. We expect to fund the maximum remaining
settlement payments of approximately $1.8 million during
2009.
In our history, we have defended class action lawsuits alleging
various regulatory violations and have paid material amounts to
settle such claims. We cannot assure you that we will not be the
subject of similar lawsuits in the future.
|
|
Item 4.
|
Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
|
None.
17
PART II
|
|
Item 5.
|
Market
for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
|
Our common stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Global Select
Market®
and its predecessors under the symbol RCII since
January 25, 1995, the date we commenced our initial public
offering. The following table sets forth, for the periods
indicated, the high and low sales price per share of the common
stock as reported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
22.68
|
|
|
$
|
9.97
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
26.00
|
|
|
|
18.60
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
23.20
|
|
|
|
17.07
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
20.22
|
|
|
|
11.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
18.59
|
|
|
$
|
13.17
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
27.06
|
|
|
|
16.85
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
29.01
|
|
|
|
25.90
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
31.09
|
|
|
|
26.32
|
|
As of February 20, 2009, there were approximately 51 record
holders of our common stock.
We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock since
the time of our initial public offering. Any change in our
dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of
Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including
future earnings, capital requirements, contractual restrictions,
financial condition, future prospects and any other factors our
Board of Directors may deem relevant.
Cash dividend payments are subject to the restrictions in our
senior credit facilities and the indenture governing our
subordinated notes. These restrictions would not currently
prohibit the payment of cash dividends. Please see the section
entitled Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity
and Capital Resources Senior Credit
Facilities on page 35 of this report for further
discussion of such restrictions.
Under our common stock repurchase program, we are authorized to
repurchase up to $500.0 million in aggregate purchase price
of our common stock. As of December 31, 2008, we had
repurchased a total of 19,412,750 shares of
Rent-A-Center
common stock for an aggregate of $457.8 million under our
common stock repurchase program. For the year ended
December 31, 2008, we repurchased 951,800 shares of
our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of
$13.4 million. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we effected
the following repurchases of our common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Dollar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
Value that May Yet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Be Purchased
|
|
|
|
Total Number
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
as Part of Publicly
|
|
|
Under the Plans
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Paid per Share
|
|
|
Announced Plans
|
|
|
or Programs
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
(Including Fees)
|
|
|
or Programs
|
|
|
(Including Fees)
|
|
|
October 1 through October 31
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
$
|
14.0456
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
$
|
50,422,839
|
|
November 1 through November 30
|
|
|
651,800
|
|
|
$
|
12.5574
|
|
|
|
651,800
|
|
|
$
|
42,237,933
|
|
December 1 through December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
801,800
|
|
|
$
|
12.8358
|
|
|
|
801,800
|
|
|
$
|
42,237,933
|
|
18
Stock
Performance Graph
The following chart represents a comparison of the five year
total return of our common stock to the NASDAQ Market Index and
a peer group index selected by us. The peer group index consists
of Aaron Rents, Inc., Family Dollar Stores, Inc., 99¢ Only
Stores, Dollar Tree Stores, Inc., Dollar Financial Corp.,
Advance America, Cash Advance Centers, Inc., EZCORP, Inc., and
Cash America International, Inc. The graph assumes $100 was
invested on December 31, 2003 and dividends, if any, were
reinvested for all years ending December 31.
19
|
|
Item 6.
|
Selected
Financial Data
|
The selected financial data presented below for the five years
ended December 31, 2008 have been derived from our
consolidated financial statements as audited by Grant Thornton
LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. The
historical financial data are qualified in their entirety by,
and should be read in conjunction with, the consolidated
financial statements and the notes thereto, the section entitled
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and other
financial information included in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Store
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rentals and fees
|
|
$
|
2,505,268
|
|
|
$
|
2,594,061
|
|
|
$
|
2,174,239
|
(7)
|
|
$
|
2,084,757
|
|
|
$
|
2,071,866
|
|
Merchandise sales
|
|
|
256,731
|
|
|
|
208,989
|
|
|
|
175,954
|
|
|
|
177,292
|
|
|
|
166,594
|
|
Installment sales
|
|
|
41,193
|
|
|
|
34,576
|
|
|
|
26,877
|
|
|
|
26,139
|
|
|
|
24,304
|
|
Other
|
|
|
42,759
|
|
|
|
25,482
|
|
|
|
15,607
|
|
|
|
7,903
|
|
|
|
3,568
|
|
Franchise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merchandise sales
|
|
|
33,283
|
|
|
|
34,229
|
|
|
|
36,377
|
|
|
|
37,794
|
|
|
|
41,398
|
|
Royalty income and fees
|
|
|
4,938
|
|
|
|
8,784
|
(4)
|
|
|
4,854
|
|
|
|
5,222
|
|
|
|
5,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
2,884,172
|
|
|
|
2,906,121
|
|
|
|
2,433,908
|
|
|
|
2,339,107
|
|
|
|
2,313,255
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct store expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of rentals and fees
|
|
|
572,900
|
|
|
|
574,013
|
|
|
|
476,462
|
(7)
|
|
|
452,583
|
|
|
|
450,035
|
|
Cost of merchandise sold
|
|
|
194,595
|
|
|
|
156,503
|
|
|
|
131,428
|
|
|
|
129,624
|
|
|
|
119,098
|
|
Cost of installment sales
|
|
|
16,620
|
|
|
|
13,270
|
|
|
|
11,346
|
|
|
|
10,889
|
|
|
|
10,512
|
|
Salaries and other expenses
|
|
|
1,651,805
|
|
|
|
1,684,965
|
|
|
|
1,385,437
|
(8)
|
|
|
1,358,760
|
(11)
|
|
|
1,277,926
|
|
Franchise cost of merchandise sold
|
|
|
31,705
|
|
|
|
32,733
|
|
|
|
34,862
|
|
|
|
36,319
|
|
|
|
39,472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,467,625
|
|
|
|
2,461,484
|
|
|
|
2,039,535
|
|
|
|
1,988,175
|
|
|
|
1,897,043
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
125,632
|
|
|
|
123,703
|
|
|
|
93,556
|
|
|
|
82,290
|
|
|
|
75,481
|
|
Amortization and write-down of intangibles
|
|
|
16,637
|
|
|
|
15,734
|
|
|
|
5,573
|
|
|
|
11,705
|
(12)
|
|
|
10,780
|
|
Litigation expense (credit)
|
|
|
(4,607
|
)(1)
|
|
|
62,250
|
(5)
|
|
|
73,300
|
(9)
|
|
|
(8,000
|
)(13)
|
|
|
47,000
|
(16)
|
Restructuring charge
|
|
|
4,497
|
(2)
|
|
|
38,713
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,166
|
(14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
2,609,784
|
|
|
|
2,701,884
|
|
|
|
2,211,964
|
|
|
|
2,089,336
|
|
|
|
2,030,304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
274,388
|
|
|
|
204,237
|
|
|
|
221,944
|
|
|
|
249,771
|
|
|
|
282,951
|
|
Income from sale of charged off accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,924
|
)(17)
|
Finance charges from refinancing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,803
|
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,173
|
|
Gain on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(4,335
|
)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
57,381
|
|
|
|
87,951
|
|
|
|
53,003
|
|
|
|
40,703
|
|
|
|
35,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes
|
|
|
221,342
|
|
|
|
116,286
|
|
|
|
164,138
|
|
|
|
209,068
|
|
|
|
251,379
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
81,718
|
|
|
|
40,018
|
|
|
|
61,046
|
|
|
|
73,330
|
(15)
|
|
|
95,524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 6. Selected
Financial Data Continued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
NET EARNINGS
|
|
$
|
139,624
|
|
|
$
|
76,268
|
|
|
$
|
103,092
|
|
|
$
|
135,738
|
|
|
$
|
155,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
2.10
|
|
|
$
|
1.11
|
|
|
$
|
1.48
|
|
|
$
|
1.86
|
|
|
$
|
1.99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
2.08
|
|
|
$
|
1.10
|
|
|
$
|
1.46
|
|
|
$
|
1.83
|
|
|
$
|
1.94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rental merchandise, net
|
|
$
|
819,054
|
|
|
$
|
937,970
|
|
|
$
|
1,056,233
|
(18)
|
|
$
|
750,680
|
|
|
$
|
759,111
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
1,266,953
|
|
|
|
1,269,094
|
|
|
|
1,281,597
|
|
|
|
929,326
|
|
|
|
922,404
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
2,496,702
|
|
|
|
2,626,943
|
|
|
|
2,740,956
|
(18)
|
|
|
1,948,664
|
|
|
|
1,967,788
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
947,087
|
|
|
|
1,259,335
|
|
|
|
1,293,278
|
|
|
|
724,050
|
|
|
|
708,250
|
|
Total
liabilities(19)
|
|
|
1,417,500
|
|
|
|
1,679,852
|
|
|
|
1,797,997
|
(18)
|
|
|
1,125,232
|
|
|
|
1,173,517
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
1,079,202
|
|
|
|
947,091
|
|
|
|
942,959
|
(18)
|
|
|
823,432
|
|
|
|
794,271
|
|
Operating Data (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stores open at end of period
|
|
|
3,037
|
|
|
|
3,081
|
|
|
|
3,406
|
|
|
|
2,760
|
|
|
|
2,875
|
|
Comparable store revenue growth
(decrease)(20)
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)%
|
Weighted average number of stores
|
|
|
3,056
|
|
|
|
3,376
|
|
|
|
2,848
|
|
|
|
2,844
|
|
|
|
2,788
|
|
Franchise stores open at end of period
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
313
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes the effects of a
$4.6 million in pre-tax litigation credits recorded in the
fourth quarter of 2008 related to the Perez matter and
the Shafer/Johnson matter
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes the effects of a
$4.5 million pre-tax restructuring expense as part of the
store consolidation plan and other restructuring items announced
December 3, 2007.
|
|
(3) |
|
Includes the effects of a
$4.3 million pre-tax gain on the extinguishment of debt
recorded in the fourth quarter of 2008.
|
|
(4) |
|
Includes the effects of a
$3.9 million pre-tax benefit recorded in the third quarter
of 2007 as a result of the receipt of accelerated royalty
payments from franchisees in consideration of the termination of
their franchise agreements.
|
|
(5) |
|
Includes the effects of a
$51.3 million pre-tax litigation expense recorded in the
first quarter of 2007 related to the Perez matter and the
effects of an $11.0 million pre-tax litigation expense
recorded in the fourth quarter of 2007 related to the
Shafer/Johnson matter.
|
|
(6) |
|
Includes the effects of a
$38.7 million pre-tax restructuring expense recorded in the
fourth quarter of 2007 related to the store consolidation plan
and other restructuring items announced December 3, 2007.
|
|
(7) |
|
Includes the effects of adopting
SAB 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year
Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year
Financial Statements (SAB 108), of
approximately $3.1 million decrease in pre-tax revenue and
$738,000 decrease in pre-tax depreciation expense related to
adjustments for deferred revenue.
|
|
(8) |
|
Includes the effects of adopting
SFAS 123R, Share-Based Payment
(SFAS 123R), of approximately
$7.8 million of pre-tax expense related to stock options
and restricted stock units granted.
|
|
(9) |
|
Includes the effects of a
$4.95 million pre-tax expense in the third quarter of 2006
associated with the settlement of the Burdusis/French/Corso
litigation, the effects of a $10.35 million pre-tax
expense in the third quarter of 2006 associated with the
settlement with the California Attorney General and the effects
of a $58.0 million pre-tax expense in the fourth quarter of
2006 associated with the litigation reserve with respect to the
Perez case.
|
|
(10) |
|
Includes the effects of a
$2.2 million pre-tax expense in the third quarter of 2006
and the effects of a $2.6 million pre-tax expense in the
fourth quarter of 2006 for the refinancing of our senior credit
facilities.
|
|
(11) |
|
Includes the effects of
$5.2 million in charges recorded in the third and fourth
quarters of 2005 as a result of Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and
Wilma. These charges were primarily related to the disposal of
inventory and fixed assets.
|
|
(12) |
|
Includes the effects of
$3.7 million in goodwill impairment charges recorded in the
third quarter of 2005 as result of Hurricane Katrina.
|
|
(13) |
|
Includes the effect of a pre-tax
legal reversion of $8.0 million recorded in the first
quarter of 2005 associated with the settlement of a class action
lawsuit in the state of California.
|
21
|
|
|
(14) |
|
Includes the effects of a
$15.2 million pre-tax restructuring expense as part of the
store consolidation plan announced September 6, 2005.
|
|
(15) |
|
Includes the effects of a
$2.0 million tax audit reserve credit associated with the
examination and favorable resolution of our 1998 and 1999
federal tax returns and a $3.3 million state tax reserve
credit due to a change in estimate related to potential loss
exposures.
|
|
(16) |
|
Includes the effects of a pre-tax
legal settlement charge of $47.0 million recorded in the
third quarter of 2004 associated with the settlement of a class
action lawsuit in the state of California.
|
|
(17) |
|
Includes the effects of
$7.9 million in pre-tax income associated with the 2004
sale of previously charged off accounts.
|
|
(18) |
|
Includes the effects of adopting
SAB 108 of a $4.2 million increase in accounts
receivable, an increase in accrued liabilities of
$31.0 million, a decrease in accumulated depreciation of
$6.4 million, an increase in deferred tax assets of
$7.6 million and a decrease in retained earnings of
$12.8 million related to adjustments for deferred revenue
and a $1.0 million increase in prepaid expenses, a
$1.9 million decrease in accrued liabilities, a decrease in
deferred tax assets of $1.1 million and an increase in
retained earnings of $1.8 million related to adjustments
for property taxes.
|
|
(19) |
|
In accordance with the adoption of
SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial
Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity
(SFAS 150), total liabilities also includes
redeemable convertible voting preferred stock for the years
ended December 31, 2002 through December 31, 2005.
|
|
(20) |
|
Comparable store revenue growth for
each period presented includes revenues only of stores open
throughout the full period and the comparable prior period.
|
22
|
|
Item 7.
|
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.
|
Overview
We are the largest operator in the United States rent-to-own
industry with an approximate 38% market share based on store
count. At December 31, 2008, we operated
3,037 company-owned stores nationwide and in Canada and
Puerto Rico, including 31 retail installment sales stores under
the names Get It Now and Home Choice and
eight rent-to-own stores located in Canada under the name
Rent-A-Centre.
Our subsidiary, ColorTyme, is a national franchisor of
rent-to-own stores. At December 31, 2008, ColorTyme had 222
franchised rent-to-own stores in 34 states. These franchise
stores represent an additional 3% market share based on store
count.
Our stores generally offer high quality durable products such as
major consumer electronics, appliances, computers, and furniture
and accessories under flexible rental purchase agreements that
generally allow the customer to obtain ownership of the
merchandise at the conclusion of an
agreed-upon
rental period. The rental purchase transaction is a flexible
alternative for consumers to obtain use and enjoyment of brand
name merchandise without incurring debt. Key features of the
rental purchase transaction include:
|
|
|
|
|
convenient payment options in-store or over the
phone;
|
|
|
|
no long-term obligations;
|
|
|
|
right to terminate without penalty;
|
|
|
|
no requirement of a credit history;
|
|
|
|
set-up and
delivery included at no additional charge;
|
|
|
|
product maintenance;
|
|
|
|
lifetime reinstatement; and
|
|
|
|
flexible options to obtain ownership 90 days
same as cash, early purchase options, or payment through the
term of the agreement.
|
Rental payments are made generally on a weekly basis and,
together with applicable fees, constitute our primary revenue
source.
Our expenses primarily relate to merchandise costs and the
operations of our stores, including salaries and benefits for
our employees, occupancy expense for our leased real estate,
advertising expenses, lost, damaged, or stolen merchandise,
fixed asset depreciation, and corporate and other expenses.
From 1993 to 2006, we pursued an aggressive growth strategy in
which we sought to acquire underperforming rent-to-own stores to
which we could apply our operating model as well as open new
stores. As a result, the acquired stores have generally
experienced more significant revenue growth during the initial
periods following their acquisition than in subsequent periods.
Typically, a newly opened rent-to-own store is profitable on a
monthly basis in the ninth to twelfth month after its initial
opening. Historically, a typical store has achieved cumulative
break-even profitability in 18 to 24 months after its
initial opening. Total financing requirements of a typical new
store approximate $500,000, with roughly 75% of that amount
relating to the purchase of rental merchandise inventory. A
newly opened store historically has achieved results consistent
with other stores that have been operating within the system for
greater than two years by the end of its third year of
operation. As a result, our quarterly earnings are impacted by
how many new stores we opened during a particular quarter and
the quarters preceding it. Because of significant growth since
our formation, our historical results of operations and
period-to-period comparisons of such results and other financial
data, including the rate of earnings growth, may not be
meaningful or indicative of future results.
In addition, we strategically open or acquire stores near market
areas served by existing stores (cannibalize) to
enhance service levels, gain incremental sales and increase
market penetration. This planned cannibalization may negatively
impact our same store revenue and cause us to grow at a slower
rate. There can be no assurance that we will open any new
rent-to-own stores in the future, or as to the number, location
or profitability thereof.
23
We also offer financial services products, such as short term
secured and unsecured loans, debit cards, check cashing, tax
preparation and money transfer services, in some of our existing
rent-to-own stores under the trade names RAC Financial
Services and Cash AdvantEdge. As of
December 31, 2008, we offered some or all of these
financial services products in 351
Rent-A-Center
store locations in 18 states. We intend to focus our
resources on improving the operations in these existing
financial services store locations and do not plan to add
significantly to the number of
Rent-A-Center
store locations offering financial services at this time. There
can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to
improve and expand our financial services operations or that
such operations, should they be added, will prove to be
profitable.
The following discussion focuses on our results of operations,
and issues related to our liquidity and capital resources. You
should read this discussion in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in
this report.
Forward-Looking
Statements
The statements, other than statements of historical facts,
included in this report are forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the
use of forward-looking terminology such as may,
will, would, expect,
intend, could, estimate,
should, anticipate or
believe. We believe the expectations reflected in
such forward-looking statements are accurate. However, we cannot
assure you that these expectations will occur. Our actual future
performance could differ materially from such statements.
Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences
include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
uncertainties regarding the ability to open new rent-to-own
stores;
|
|
|
|
our ability to acquire additional rent-to-own stores or customer
accounts on favorable terms;
|
|
|
|
our ability to control costs and increase profitability;
|
|
|
|
our ability to successfully add financial services locations
within our existing rent-to-own stores;
|
|
|
|
our ability to identify and successfully enter new lines of
business offering products and services that appeal to our
customer demographic, including our financial services products;
|
|
|
|
our ability to enhance the performance of acquired stores;
|
|
|
|
our ability to retain the revenue associated with acquired
customer accounts;
|
|
|
|
our ability to identify and successfully market products and
services that appeal to our customer demographic;
|
|
|
|
our ability to enter into new and collect on our rental purchase
agreements;
|
|
|
|
our ability to enter into new and collect on our short term
loans;
|
|
|
|
the passage of legislation adversely affecting the rent-to-own
or financial services industries;
|
|
|
|
our failure to comply with statutes or regulations governing the
rent-to-own or financial services industries;
|
|
|
|
interest rates;
|
|
|
|
increases in the unemployment rate;
|
|
|
|
economic pressures, such as high fuel and utility costs,
affecting the disposable income available to our targeted
consumers;
|
|
|
|
changes in our stock price and the number of shares of common
stock that we may or may not repurchase;
|
|
|
|
changes in estimates relating to self-insurance liabilities and
income tax and litigation reserves;
|
|
|
|
changes in our effective tax rate;
|
|
|
|
our ability to maintain an effective system of internal controls;
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
changes in the number of share-based compensation grants,
methods used to value future share-based payments and changes in
estimated forfeiture rates with respect to share-based
compensation;
|
|
|
|
the resolution of any material litigation; and
|
|
|
|
the other risks detailed from time to time in our SEC reports.
|
Additional important factors that could cause our actual results
to differ materially from our expectations are discussed under
the section entitled Risk Factors and elsewhere in
this report. You should not unduly rely on these forward-looking
statements, which speak only as of the date of this report.
Except as required by law, we are not obligated to publicly
release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to
reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this
report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
Critical
Accounting Policies Involving Critical Estimates, Uncertainties
or Assessments in Our Financial Statements
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America requires us to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, disclosure of contingent losses and liabilities at
the date of the consolidated financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. In applying accounting principles, we must often make
individual estimates and assumptions regarding expected outcomes
or uncertainties. Our estimates, judgments and assumptions are
continually evaluated based on available information and
experience. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the
financial reporting process, actual results could differ from
those estimates. We believe the following are areas where the
degree of judgment and complexity in determining amounts
recorded in our consolidated financial statements make the
accounting policies critical.
Self-Insurance Liabilities. We have
self-insured retentions with respect to losses under our
workers compensation, general liability and auto liability
insurance policies. We establish reserves for our liabilities
associated with these losses by obtaining forecasts for the
ultimate expected losses and estimating amounts needed to pay
losses within our self-insured retentions.
We continually institute procedures to manage our loss exposure
and increases in health care costs associated with our insurance
claims through a greater focus on the risk management function,
a transitional duty program for injured workers, ongoing safety
and accident prevention training, and various programs designed
to minimize losses and improve our loss experience in our store
locations. We make assumptions on our liabilities within our
self-insured retentions using actuarial loss forecasts, company
specific development factors, general industry loss development
factors, and third party claim administrator loss estimates
which are based on known facts surrounding individual claims.
These assumptions incorporate expected increases in health care
costs. Periodically, we reevaluate our estimate of liability
within our self-insured retentions. At that time, we evaluate
the adequacy of our accruals by comparing amounts accrued on our
balance sheet for anticipated losses to our updated actuarial
loss forecasts and third party claim administrator loss
estimates, and make adjustments to our accruals as needed.
As of December 31, 2008, the amount accrued for losses
within our self-insured retentions with respect to workers
compensation, general liability and auto liability insurance was
$117.9 million, as compared to $109.5 million at
December 31, 2007. If any of the factors that contribute to
the overall cost of insurance claims were to change, the actual
amount incurred for our self-insurance liability would be
directly affected. While we believe our loss prevention programs
will reduce our total cost for self-insurance claims, our actual
cost could be greater than the amounts currently accrued.
Litigation Reserves. We are the subject of
litigation in the ordinary course of our business. Historically,
our litigation has involved lawsuits alleging various regulatory
violations. In preparing our financial statements at a given
point in time, we account for loss contingencies pursuant to the
provisions of SFAS No. 5 and FIN 14, which
require that we accrue for losses that are both probable and
reasonably estimable.
Each quarter, we make estimates of our probable losses, if
reasonably estimable, and record such amounts in our
consolidated financial statements. These amounts represent our
best estimate, or may be the minimum range of probable loss when
no single best estimate is determinable. We, together with our
counsel, monitor developments
25
related to these legal matters and, when appropriate,
adjustments are made to reflect current facts and circumstances.
We expense legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with
the defense of all of our litigation at the time such amounts
are invoiced or otherwise made known to us.
Our accruals relating to probable losses for our outstanding
litigation follow:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Shafer/Johnson Matter
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
|
$
|
11.0
|
|
California Attorney General Settlement
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
Other Litigation
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Legal Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Accrual
|
|
$
|
11.3
|
|
|
$
|
21.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As with most litigation, the ultimate outcome of our pending
litigation is uncertain. Additional developments in our
litigation or other adverse or positive developments or rulings
in our litigation could affect our assumptions and, thus, our
accrual. Our estimates with respect to accrual for our
litigation expenses reflect our judgment as to the appropriate
accounting charge at the end of a period under
SFAS No. 5 and FIN 14. Factors that we consider
in evaluating our litigation reserves include:
|
|
|
|
|
the procedural status of the matter;
|
|
|
|
our views and the views of our counsel as to the probability of
a loss in the matter;
|
|
|
|
the relative strength of the parties arguments with
respect to liability and damages in the matter;
|
|
|
|
settlement discussions, if any, between the parties;
|
|
|
|
how we intend to defend ourselves in the matter; and
|
|
|
|
our experience.
|
Significant factors that may cause us to increase or decrease
our accrual with respect to a matter include:
|
|
|
|
|
judgments or finding of liability against us in the matter by a
trial court;
|
|
|
|
the granting of, or declining to grant, a motion for class
certification in the matter;
|
|
|
|
definitive decisions by appellate courts in the requisite
jurisdiction interpreting or otherwise providing guidance as to
applicable law;
|
|
|
|
favorable or unfavorable decisions as the matter progresses;
|
|
|
|
settlements agreed to in principle by the parties in the matter,
subject to court approval; and
|
|
|
|
final settlement of the matter.
|
Income Taxes. Our annual tax rate is affected
by many factors, including the mix of our earnings, legislation
and acquisitions, and is based on our income, statutory tax
rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in the
jurisdictions in which we operate. Tax laws are complex and
subject to differing interpretations between the taxpayer and
the taxing authorities. Significant judgment is required in
determining our tax expense, evaluating our tax positions and
evaluating uncertainties under FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). As required by FIN 48, which
we adopted January 1, 2007, we recognize the financial
statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that
the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain
the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the
more-likely-than not threshold, the amount recognized in the
financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater
than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon the
ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. We review
our tax positions quarterly and adjust the balance as new
information becomes available.
26
Prior to 2007, we estimated our liabilities for income tax
exposure by evaluating our income tax exposure based on the
information available to us, and establishing reserves in
accordance with the criteria for accrual under
SFAS No. 5. In estimating this liability, we evaluated
a number of factors in ascertaining whether we may have to pay
additional taxes and interest when all examinations by taxing
authorities are concluded. The actual amount accrued as a
liability was based on an evaluation of the underlying facts and
circumstances, a thorough analysis of the technical merits of
our tax positions taken, and an assessment of the chances of us
prevailing in our tax positions taken.
If we make changes to our accruals with respect to our
self-insurance liabilities, or litigation or income tax reserves
in accordance with the policies described above, these changes
would impact our earnings. Increases to our accruals would
reduce earnings and, similarly, reductions to our accruals would
increase our earnings. A pre-tax change of $1.1 million in
our estimates would result in a corresponding $0.01 change in
our earnings per common share.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense. We account
for stock-based compensation expense under Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Share-Based
Payment (SFAS 123R), and recognize
share-based payment awards to our employees and directors at the
estimated fair value on the grant date. Determining the fair
value of any share-based awards requires information about
several variables including, but not limited to, expected stock
volatility over the terms of the awards, expected dividend
yields and the predicted employee exercise behavior. We base
expected life on historical exercise and post-vesting
employment-termination experience, and expected volatility on
historical realized volatility trends. In addition, all
stock-based compensation expense is recorded net of an estimated
forfeiture rate. The forfeiture rate is based upon historical
activity and is analyzed at least quarterly as actual
forfeitures occur. Stock options granted during the twelve
months ended December 31, 2008 were valued using the
binomial method pricing model with the following assumptions for
employee options: expected volatility of 33.85% to 53.58%, a
risk-free interest rate of 1.62% to 3.17%, no dividend yield,
and an expected life of 4.20 years. For non-employee
director options, the stock options granted during the twelve
months ended December 31, 2008 were valued using the
binomial method pricing model with the following assumptions:
expected volatility of 41.26%, a risk-free interest rate of
3.54%, no dividend yield, and an expected life of
6.90 years. During the twelve months ended
December 31, 2008, we recognized $3.3 million in
pre-tax compensation expense related to stock options and
restricted stock units granted.
Based on an assessment of our accounting policies and the
underlying judgments and uncertainties affecting the application
of those policies, we believe our consolidated financial
statements fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of our company
as of, and for, the periods presented in this report. However,
we do not suggest that other general risk factors, such as those
discussed elsewhere in this report as well as changes in our
growth objectives or performance of new or acquired stores,
could not adversely impact our consolidated financial position,
results of operations and cash flows in future periods.
Significant
Accounting Policies
Our significant accounting policies are summarized below and in
Note A to our consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this report.
Revenue. Merchandise is rented to customers
pursuant to rental purchase agreements which provide for weekly,
semi-monthly or monthly rental terms with non-refundable rental
payments. Generally, the customer has the right to acquire title
either through a purchase option or through payment of all
required rentals. Rental revenue and fees are recognized over
the rental term and merchandise sales revenue is recognized when
the customer exercises the purchase option and pays the cash
price due. Cash received prior to the period in which it should
be recognized is deferred and recognized according to the rental
term. Revenue is accrued for uncollected amounts due based on
historical collection experience. However, the total amount of
the rental purchase agreement is not accrued because the
customer can terminate the rental agreement at any time and we
cannot enforce collection for non-payment of future rents.
Revenue from the sale of merchandise in our retail installment
stores is recognized when the installment note is signed, the
customer has taken possession of the merchandise and
collectability is reasonably assured.
27
The revenue from our financial services is recorded depending on
the type of transaction. Fees collected on loans are recognized
ratably over the term of the loan. For money orders, wire
transfers, check cashing and other customer service type
transactions, fee revenue is recognized at the time the service
is performed.
Franchise Revenue. Revenue from the sale of
rental merchandise is recognized upon shipment of the
merchandise to the franchisee. Franchise fee revenue is
recognized upon completion of substantially all services and
satisfaction of all material conditions required under the terms
of the franchise agreement.
Depreciation of Rental
Merchandise. Depreciation of rental merchandise
is included in the cost of rentals and fees on our statement of
earnings. We depreciate our rental merchandise using the income
forecasting method. Under the income forecasting method,
merchandise held for rent is not depreciated and merchandise on
rent is depreciated in the proportion of rents received to total
rents provided in the rental contract, which is an
activity-based method similar to the units of production method.
On computers that are 24 months old or older and which have
become idle, depreciation is recognized using the straight-line
method for a period of at least six months, generally not to
exceed an aggregate depreciation period of 30 months.
Cost of Merchandise Sold. Cost of merchandise
sold represents the net book value of rental merchandise at time
of sale. Cost of merchandise sold also includes the cost of
services offered by us, such as prepaid telephone and electric
services.
Salaries and Other Expenses. Salaries and
other expenses include all salaries and wages paid to store
level employees, together with district managers salaries,
travel and occupancy, including any related benefits and taxes,
as well as all store level general and administrative expenses
and selling, advertising, insurance, occupancy, delivery, fixed
asset depreciation and other operating expenses.
General and Administrative Expenses. General
and administrative expenses include all corporate overhead
expenses related to our headquarters such as salaries, taxes and
benefits, occupancy, administrative and other operating expenses.
28
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,
historical Consolidated Statements of Earnings data as a
percentage of total store and franchise revenues.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Company-owned stores only)
|
|
|
(Franchise operations only)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rentals and fees
|
|
|
88.0
|
%
|
|
|
90.6
|
%
|
|
|
90.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Merchandise sales
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
|
87.1
|
|
|
|
79.6
|
|
|
|
88.2
|
|
Other/Royalty income and fees
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
12.9
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
|
|
|
11.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct store expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of rentals and fees
|
|
|
20.1
|
%
|
|
|
20.0
|
%
|
|
|
19.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Cost of merchandise sold
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
83.0
|
|
|
|
76.1
|
|
|
|
84.6
|
|
Salaries and other expenses
|
|
|
58.0
|
|
|
|
58.9
|
|
|
|
57.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85.6
|
|
|
|
84.8
|
|
|
|
83.8
|
|
|
|
83.0
|
|
|
|
76.1
|
|
|
|
84.6
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
7.8
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
Amortization and write-down of intangibles
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
Litigation expense (credit)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charge
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
90.5
|
|
|
|
93.2
|
|
|
|
91.0
|
|
|
|
93.3
|
|
|
|
83.9
|
|
|
|
94.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
16.1
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
Interest, net and other income
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
|
3.7
|
%
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
|
17.7
|
%
|
|
|
7.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
Overview
Highlights of our operating results for the year ended
December 31, 2008 include:
|
|
|
|
|
Generated $384.7 million in operating cash flow.
|
|
|
|
Reduced outstanding indebebtedness, including our subordinated
notes and senior term loans, by $312.2 million.
|
|
|
|
Repurchased 951,800 shares of our common stock for an
aggregate of $13.4 million.
|
|
|
|
Increased same store revenues by 2.3%.
|
Comparison
of the Years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
Store Revenue. Total store revenue decreased
by $17.1 million, or 0.6%, to $2,846.0 million in 2008
from $2,863.1 million in 2007. The decrease in total store
revenue was primarily attributable to approximately 315 fewer
stores in the 2008 period, principally due to the 2007 store
consolidation plan, offset by an increase in same store sales of
2.3%.
Same store revenues represent those revenues earned in 2,201
stores that were operated by us for each of the entire twelve
month periods ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. Same store
revenues increased by $43.5 million, or 2.3%, to
$1,972.4 million in 2008 as compared to
$1,928.9 million in 2007. This increase in same store
revenues
29
was primarily attributable to an increase in the average price
per unit on rent and an increase in merchandise sales and
financial services revenue in 2008 as compared to 2007.
Franchise Revenue. Total franchise revenue
decreased by $4.8 million, or 11.1%, to $38.2 million
in 2008 as compared to $43.0 million in 2007. This decrease
was primarily attributable to the receipt of accelerated royalty
payments from five affiliated ColorTyme franchisees in
consideration of the termination of their franchise agreements
in 2007.
Cost of Rentals and Fees. Cost of rentals and
fees consists of depreciation of rental merchandise and the
costs associated with our membership programs. Cost of rentals
and fees for 2008 decreased by $1.1 million, or 0.2%, to
$572.9 million as compared to $574.0 million in 2007.
Cost of rentals and fees expressed as a percentage of store
rentals and fees revenue increased slightly to 22.9% in 2008
compared to 22.1% in 2007. This percentage increase was due to
an increase in promotional activity in 2008 as compared to 2007.
Cost of Merchandise Sold. Cost of merchandise
sold increased by $38.1 million, or 24.3%, to
$194.6 million for 2008 from $156.5 million for 2007.
The gross margin percent of merchandise sales decreased slightly
to 24.2% in 2008 from 25.1% in 2007. This percentage decrease
was primarily attributable to an increased volume of sales of
prepaid services at a lower margin than our historical margins
on merchandise sales, as well as increased promotional activity
during the 2008 period.
Salaries and Other Expenses. Salaries and
other expenses decreased by $33.2 million, or 2.0%, to
$1,651.8 million in 2008 as compared to
$1,685.0 million in 2007. The decrease was primarily the
result of a decrease in expenses associated with the decrease in
our store base due to our 2007 store consolidation plan and
other restructuring items. Charge offs in our rental stores due
to customer stolen merchandise, expressed as a percentage of
rental store revenues, were approximately 2.5% in 2008 as
compared to 2.8% in 2007. Salaries and other expenses expressed
as a percentage of total store revenue decreased slightly to
58.0% in 2008 from 58.9% in 2007.
Franchise Cost of Merchandise Sold. Franchise
cost of merchandise sold decreased by $1.0 million, or
3.1%, to $31.7 million in 2008 as compared to
$32.7 million in 2007. This decrease was primarily
attributable to a decrease in the number of products sold to
franchisees in 2008 as compared to 2007.
General and Administrative Expenses. General
and administrative expenses increased by $1.9 million, or
1.6%, to $125.6 million in 2008 as compared to
$123.7 million in 2007. General and administrative expenses
expressed as a percent of total revenue increased slightly to
4.4% in 2008 from 4.3% in 2007.
Amortization and Write-Down of
Intangibles. Amortization of intangibles
increased by approximately $900,000 or 5.7%, to
$16.6 million for 2008 from $15.7 million for 2007.
This increase was primarily attributable to the goodwill
write-down for stores sold, offset by intangible assets that
were fully amortized during 2008 as compared to 2007.
Operating Profit. Operating profit increased
by $70.2 million, or 34.3%, to $274.4 million for 2008
as compared to $204.2 million in 2007. Operating profit as
a percentage of total revenue increased to 9.5% for 2008 from
7.0% for 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to the
litigation charge of $62.3 million recorded in the 2007
period.
Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased
by $28.6 million, or 30.0%, to $66.2 million for 2008
as compared to $94.8 million in 2007. This decrease was
attributable to a decrease in borrowings under our senior credit
facilities in 2008 as compared to 2007, a reduction in amounts
outstanding under our senior term loans and subordinated notes,
and a decrease in our weighted average interest rate to 6.21% in
2008 as compared to 7.68% in 2007 due to a decrease in the
Eurodollar rate in 2008 as compared to 2007.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense
increased by $41.7 million, or 104.2%, to
$81.7 million in 2008 as compared to $40.0 million in
2007. This increase is attributable to an increase in earnings
before taxes for 2008 as compared to 2007 and an increase in our
overall effective tax rate to 36.9% for 2008 as compared to
34.4% for 2007. The 2008 increase in our overall effective tax
rate is primarily attributable to a 3.7% increase in our state
effective tax rate since we realized a greater benefit on our
state income taxes in 2007 due to the impact of the charge
related to our store consolidation plan as compared to 2008.
30
Net Earnings. Net earnings increased by
$63.3 million, or 83.1%, to $139.6 million for 2008 as
compared to $76.3 million in 2007. This increase was
primarily attributable to an increase in operating profit, a
gain on debt extinguishment and a decrease in interest expense,
offset by an increase in income tax expense in 2008 as compared
to 2007.
Comparison
of the Years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006
Store Revenue. Total store revenue increased
by $470.4 million, or 19.7%, to $2,863.1 million in
2007 from $2,392.7 million in 2006. The increase in total
store revenue was primarily attributable to incremental revenue
from new stores and acquisitions, primarily the Rent-Way
acquisition, and an increase in same store sales of 2.1%.
Same store revenues represent those revenues earned in 1,935
stores that were operated by us for each of the entire twelve
month periods ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. Same store
revenues increased by $35.3 million, or 2.1%, to
$1,729.6 million in 2007 as compared to
$1,694.3 million in 2006. This increase in same store
revenues was primarily attributable to more units on rent in
2007 as compared to 2006.
Franchise Revenue. Total franchise revenue
increased by $1.8 million, or 4.3%, to $43.0 million
in 2007 as compared to $41.2 million in 2006. This increase
was primarily attributable to the receipt of accelerated royalty
payments in the amount of approximately $3.9 million from
five affiliated ColorTyme franchisees in consideration of the
termination of their franchise agreements, offset by a decrease
in the number of products sold to franchisees in 2007 as
compared to 2006 due to fewer franchise stores in 2007.
Cost of Rentals and Fees. Cost of rentals and
fees consists of depreciation of rental merchandise and the
costs associated with our membership programs. Cost of rentals
and fees for 2007 increased by $97.6 million, or 20.5%, to
$574.0 million as compared to $476.5 million in 2006.
This increase is a result of an increase in rental revenue for
2007 as compared to 2006. Cost of rentals and fees expressed as
a percentage of store rentals and fees revenue increased
slightly to 22.1% in 2007 compared to 21.9% in 2006.
Cost of Merchandise Sold. Cost of merchandise
sold increased by $25.1 million, or 19.1%, to
$156.5 million for 2007 from $131.4 million for 2006.
This increase was primarily the result of approximately
$13.1 million of cost of sales for prepaid telephone
service offered in our stores, as well as an increase in the
number of items sold during 2007 as compared to 2006. The gross
margin percent of merchandise sales decreased slightly to 25.1%
in 2007 from 25.3% in 2006.
Salaries and Other Expenses. Salaries and
other expenses increased by $299.5 million, or 21.6%, to
$1,685.0 million in 2007 as compared to
$1,385.4 million in 2006. The increase was primarily the
result of an increase in expenses associated with the increase
in our store base due to the acquisition of Rent-Way and
includes increases in labor expense of $157.8 million,
occupancy costs of $31.1 million, utility costs of
$10.7 million, expenses relating to product deliveries of
$25.2 million, communication expenses of $13.9 million
and charge offs due to customer stolen merchandise of
$20.3 million. Charge offs in our rental stores due to
customer stolen merchandise, expressed as a percentage of rental
store revenues, were approximately 2.8% in 2007 as compared to
2.4% in 2006. Salaries and other expenses expressed as a
percentage of total store revenue increased slightly to 58.9% in
2007 from 57.9% in 2006.
Franchise Cost of Merchandise Sold. Franchise
cost of merchandise sold decreased by $2.1 million, or
6.1%, to $32.7 million in 2007 as compared to
$34.9 million in 2006. This decrease was primarily
attributable to a decrease in the number of products sold to
franchisees in 2007 as compared to 2006 due to fewer franchise
stores in 2007.
General and Administrative Expenses. General
and administrative expenses increased by $30.1 million, or
32.2%, to $123.7 million in 2007 as compared to
$93.6 million in 2006. General and administrative expenses
expressed as a percent of total revenue increased to 4.3% in
2007 from 3.8% in 2006. These increases are primarily
attributable to additional personnel and related expansion at
our corporate office to support growth, including our plans to
expand into complementary lines of business in our rent-to-own
stores.
Amortization and Write-Down of
Intangibles. Amortization of intangibles
increased by $10.2 million or 182.3%, to $15.7 million
for 2007 from $5.6 million for 2006. This increase was
primarily attributable to the
31
amortization of intangibles from the acquisition of Rent-Way,
which were included in amortization expense for the entire
twelve months ended December 31, 2007, compared to
approximately 45 days in 2006.
Operating Profit. Operating profit decreased
by $17.7 million, or 8.0%, to $204.2 million for 2007
as compared to $221.9 million in 2006. Operating profit as
a percentage of total revenue decreased to 7.0% for 2007 from
9.1% for 2006. This decrease was primarily attributable to a
$38.7 million charge related to our store consolidation
plan and other restructuring items, offset by a net increase in
same store revenues and incremental revenue from new stores and
acquisitions, primarily the Rent-Way acquisition, as discussed
above.
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased
by $36.2 million, or 61.9%, to $94.8 million for 2007
as compared to $58.6 million in 2006. This increase was
primarily attributable to an increase in senior debt outstanding
relating to the Rent-Way acquisition for the full year in 2007
as compared to 45 days in 2006 and increased borrowings
under our revolving credit facility in 2007 as compared to 2006.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense
decreased by $21.0 million, or 34.4%, to $40.0 million
in 2007 as compared to $61.0 million in 2006. This decrease
is primarily attributable to a decrease in earnings before taxes
for 2007 as compared to 2006 and a decrease in our overall
effective tax rate to 34.4% for 2007 as compared to 37.1% for
2006. The decrease in our overall effective tax rate was
primarily attributable to the impact of the charge related to
our store consolidation plan on our state income taxes.
Net Earnings. Net earnings decreased by
$26.8 million, or 26.0%, to $76.3 million for 2007 as
compared to $103.1 million in 2006. This decrease was
primarily attributable to a decrease in operating profit and an
increase in interest expense, offset by a decrease in income tax
expense, as discussed above.
Quarterly
Results
The following table contains certain unaudited historical
financial information for the quarters indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1st Quarter
|
|
|
2nd Quarter
|
|
|
3rd Quarter
|
|
|
4th Quarter
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
756,636
|
|
|
$
|
719,031
|
|
|
$
|
708,755
|
|
|
$
|
699,750
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
77,540
|
|
|
|
74,434
|
|
|
|
58,549
|
|
|
|
63,865
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
36,358
|
|
|
|
37,741
|
|
|
|
29,379
|
|
|
|
36,146
|
|
Basic earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
0.55
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
Diluted earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
|
$
|
0.56
|
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
755,299
|
|
|
$
|
724,158
|
|
|
$
|
709,701
|
|
|
$
|
716,963
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
46,155
|
|
|
|
87,024
|
|
|
|
60,575
|
|
|
|
10,483
|
|
Net earnings(loss)
|
|
|
15,103
|
|
|
|
41,251
|
|
|
|
25,275
|
|
|
|
(5,361
|
)
|
Basic earnings(loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
(0.08
|
)
|
Diluted earnings(loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
(0.08
|
)
|
Year ended December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
606,975
|
|
|
$
|
583,623
|
|
|
$
|
587,184
|
|
|
$
|
656,126
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
75,484
|
|
|
|
75,193
|
|
|
|
51,871
|
|
|
|
19,396
|
|
Net earnings(loss)
|
|
|
40,328
|
|
|
|
39,843
|
|
|
|
25,241
|
|
|
|
(2,320
|
)
|
Basic earnings(loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
Diluted earnings(loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
0.56
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1st Quarter
|
|
|
2nd Quarter
|
|
|
3rd Quarter
|
|
|
4th Quarter
|
|
|
|
(As a percentage of revenues)
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
Net earnings(loss)
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
Year ended December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
|
12.9
|
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
Net earnings(loss)
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Overview. For the year ended December 31,
2008, we generated $384.7 million in operating cash flow.
In addition to funding operating expenses, we used
$61.9 million in cash for capital expenditures,
$15.7 million in acquisitions of rent-to-own stores,
$13.4 million for common stock repurchases and
$307.9 million for a reduction in debt of
$312.2 million. We ended the year with $87.4 million
in cash and cash equivalents.
Analysis of Cash Flow. Cash provided by
operating activities increased by $144.3 million to
$384.7 million for 2008 from $240.4 million in 2007.
This increase is attributable to an increase in earnings and an
increase in deferred taxes as a result of the Economic Stimulus
Act of 2008 as discussed below, and changes in working capital.
Cash used in investing activities decreased by
$46.1 million to $71.5 million for 2008 from
$117.6 million in 2007. This decrease is attributable to
the completion of construction of our new corporate headquarters
building in 2007 and a reduction in acquisitions of businesses
in 2008 as compared to 2007.
Cash used in financing activities increased by
$205.4 million to $323.2 million for 2008 from
$117.8 million used in 2007. This increase in 2008 as
compared to 2007 is primarily related to payments made to reduce
our outstanding debt and subordinated notes, offset by the
purchase in 2008 of fewer shares of common stock.
Liquidity Requirements. Our primary liquidity
requirements are for debt service, rental merchandise purchases,
capital expenditures, litigation expenses, including settlements
or judgments, and implementation of our growth strategies,
including investment in our financial services business. Our
primary sources of liquidity have been cash provided by
operations and borrowings. In the future, to provide any
additional funds necessary for the continued pursuit of our
operating and growth strategies, we may incur from time to time
additional short-term or long-term bank indebtedness and may
issue, in public or private transactions, equity and debt
securities. The availability and attractiveness of any outside
sources of financing will depend on a number of factors, some of
which relate to our financial condition and performance, and
some of which are beyond our control, such as prevailing
interest rates and general financing and economic conditions.
The global financial markets have recently experienced adverse
conditions and continued volatility in the capital markets may
affect our ability to access additional sources of financing.
There can be no assurance that additional financing will be
available, or if available, that it will be on terms we find
acceptable.
We believe the cash flow generated from operations, together
with amounts available under our senior credit facilities, will
be sufficient to fund our liquidity requirements as discussed
above (including mandatory principal payments) during the next
twelve months. Our revolving credit facilities, including our
$20.0 million line of credit at Intrust Bank, provide us
with revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount not
exceeding $420.0 million, of which $287.8 million was
available at February 20, 2009. At February 20, 2009,
we had $140.5 million in cash. To the extent we have
available cash that is not necessary to fund the items listed
above, we intend to make additional payments to service our
existing debt, and may repurchase additional shares of our
common stock or repurchase
33
some of our outstanding subordinated notes. While our operating
cash flow has been strong and we expect this strength to
continue, our liquidity could be negatively impacted if we do
not remain as profitable as we expect.
A change in control would result in an event of default under
our senior credit facilities, which would allow our lenders to
accelerate the indebtedness owed to them. In addition, if a
change in control occurs, we may be required to offer to
repurchase all of our outstanding subordinated notes at 101% of
their principal amount, plus accrued interest to the date of
repurchase. Our senior credit facilities restrict our ability to
repurchase the subordinated notes, including in the event of a
change in control. In the event a change in control occurs, we
cannot be sure we would have enough funds to immediately pay our
accelerated senior credit facility obligations and all of the
subordinated notes, or that we would be able to obtain financing
to do so on favorable terms, if at all.
Litigation. We recorded a pre-tax expense of
$11.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2007 related to the
settlement of the Eric Shafer et al. v.
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and Victor E. Johnson et al. v.
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. coordinated matters pending in state court in Los
Angeles, California. Due to fewer class members eligible to
participate in the settlement than originally estimated, as well
as negotiated reductions in settlement payments to certain
plaintiffs, the maximum claim amount remaining to be paid was
reduced by approximately $2.4 million during the fourth
quarter of 2008. We also paid settlement costs and
plaintiffs attorneys fees in the amount of
approximately $4.4 million, and settlement payments in the
aggregate amount of approximately $2.4 million during the
fourth quarter of 2008. We expect to fund the maximum remaining
settlement payments of approximately $1.8 million during
2009.
In January 2009, we paid $9.4 million in accordance with
the settlement with the California Attorney General.
In our history, we have defended class action lawsuits alleging
various regulatory violations and have paid material amounts to
settle such claims. We cannot assure you that we will not be the
subject of similar lawsuits in the future. Significant
settlement amounts or final judgments could materially and
adversely affect our liquidity. Please refer to Note K of
our consolidated financial statements included herein.
Deferred Taxes. The 2008 Stimulus Act provided
for accelerated depreciation by allowing a bonus first-year
depreciation deduction of 50% of the adjusted basis of qualified
property placed in service during 2008. Accordingly, our cash
flow benefited in 2008 from having a lower cash tax obligation
which, in turn, provided additional cash flow from operations.
We estimate that our 2008 operating cash flow increased by
approximately $75.0 million as a result of the 2008
Stimulus Act with the associated deferral expected to begin to
reverse over a three year period beginning in 2009. However, on
February 17, 2009, President Obama signed into law the
American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the 2009
Recovery Act) which extends the bonus depreciation
provision of the 2008 Stimulus Act by continuing the bonus
first-year depreciation deduction of 50% of the adjusted basis
of qualified property placed in service during 2009. We estimate
the cash tax benefit of the 2009 Recovery Act to be
approximately $85.0 million, of which $55.0 million
will offset the 2008 deferral that reverses in 2009, and the
remaining $30.0 million will increase our 2009 operating
cash flow. We estimate that at December 31, 2009 the
remaining tax deferral associated with the 2008 Stimulus Act and
the 2009 Recovery Act will be approximately $105.0 million
of which approximately 78% will reverse in 2010 and the
remainder will reverse between 2011 and 2012.
Rental Merchandise Purchases. We purchased
$730.0 million, $747.3 million and $759.2 million
of rental merchandise during the years 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
Capital Expenditures. We make capital
expenditures in order to maintain our existing operations as
well as for new capital assets in new and acquired stores. We
spent $61.9 million, $102.0 million (which included
amounts spent with respect to our new corporate headquarters
location and the conversion of the acquired Rent-Way stores to
the
Rent-A-Center
brand), and $84.4 million on capital expenditures in the
years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and expect to spend
approximately $60.0 million in 2009.
Acquisitions and New Store Openings. During
2008, we used approximately $15.7 million in cash acquiring
stores and accounts in 20 separate transactions.
34
The table below summarizes the store growth activity for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Stores at beginning of period
|
|
|
3,081
|
|
|
|
3,406
|
|
|
|
2,760
|
|
New store openings
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Acquired stores remaining open
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
Closed
stores(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged with existing stores
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Sold or closed with no surviving store
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stores at end of period
|
|
|
3,037
|
|
|
|
3,081
|
|
|
|
3,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired stores closed and accounts merged with existing stores
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
Total purchase price of acquisitions
|
|
|
$15.7 million
|
|
|
|
$20.1 million
|
|
|
|
$657.4 million
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Substantially all of the merged,
sold or closed stores in 2007 relate to our store consolidation
plans discussed in more detail in Note F, Restructuring, in
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 59.
|
The profitability of our stores tends to grow at a slower rate
approximately five years from the time we open or acquire them.
As a result of the increasing maturity of our store base, in
order for us to show improvements in our profitability, it is
important for us to increase revenue in our existing stores. We
intend to accomplish such revenue growth by offering new
products and services, such as our financial services products,
in our existing rent-to-own stores, and by acquiring customer
accounts on favorable terms. There can be no assurance that we
will be successful in adding financial services products to our
existing rent-to-own stores, or that such operations will be as
profitable as we expect, or at all. We also cannot assure you
that we will be able to acquire customer accounts on favorable
terms, or at all, or that we will be able to maintain the
revenue from any such acquired customer accounts at the rates we
expect, or at all.
Senior Credit Facilities. Our
$1,322.5 million senior credit facility consists of a
$197.5 million five-year term loan, with the loans
thereunder being referred to by us as the tranche A
term loans, a $725.0 million six-year term loan, with
the loans thereunder being referred to by us as the
tranche B term loans, and a $400.0 million
five-year revolving credit facility. The tranche A term
loans are payable in 19 consecutive quarterly installments equal
to $2.5 million from December 31, 2006 through
June 30, 2009, $5.0 million from September 30,
2009 through June 30, 2010 and $37.5 million from
September 30, 2010 through June 30, 2011. The
tranche B term loans are repayable in 23 consecutive
quarterly installments equal to approximately $1.8 million
from December 31, 2006 through June 30, 2011 and
approximately $172.6 million from September 30, 2011
through June 30, 2012.
During the fourth quarter of 2008, we repurchased approximately
$40.6 million in tranche B term loans for
approximately $36.3 million, resulting in a gain on
extinguishment of debt, net of costs, of approximately
$4.3 million. We further reduced outstanding indebtedness
on our senior term loans during 2008 by making approximately
$84.0 million in optional prepayments.
The table below shows the scheduled maturity dates of our senior
term loans outstanding at December 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31,
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
21,756
|
|
2010
|
|
|
91,756
|
|
2011
|
|
|
274,728
|
|
2012
|
|
|
320,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
709,147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
The full amount of the revolving credit facility may be used for
the issuance of letters of credit, of which $132.2 million
had been utilized as of February 20, 2009. As of
February 20, 2009, $267.8 million was available under
our revolving facility. The revolving credit facility expires in
July 2011.
Borrowings under our senior credit facilities bear interest at
varying rates equal to the Eurodollar rate plus .75% to 1.75%,
or the prime rate plus up to .75%, at our election. Interest
periods range from seven days (for borrowings under the
revolving credit facility only) to one, two, three or six
months, at our election. The weighted average Eurodollar rate on
our outstanding debt was 1.59% at December 31, 2008. The
weighted average Eurodollar rate on our outstanding debt was
0.43% at February 20, 2009. The margins on the Eurodollar
rate and on the prime rate, which are initially 1.75 and 0.75,
respectively, may fluctuate dependent upon an increase or
decrease in our consolidated leverage ratio as defined by a
pricing grid included in the credit agreement. We have not
entered into any interest rate protection agreements with
respect to term loans under the senior credit facilities. A
commitment fee equal to 0.15% to 0.50% of the unused portion of
the revolving facility is payable quarterly, and fluctuates
dependent upon an increase or decrease in our consolidated
leverage ratio. The initial commitment fee is equal to 0.50% of
the unused portion of the revolving facility.
Our senior credit facilities are secured by a security interest
in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets,
including intellectual property. Our senior credit facilities
are also secured by a pledge of the capital stock of our
wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries (other than certain
specified subsidiaries).
Our senior credit facilities contain, without limitation,
covenants that generally limit our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt in excess of $150.0 million at any
one time outstanding;
|
|
|
|
repurchase our capital stock and
71/2% notes
and pay cash dividends in the event the pro forma senior
leverage ratio is greater than 2.50x;
|
|
|
|
incur liens or other encumbrances;
|
|
|
|
merge, consolidate or sell substantially all our property or
business;
|
|
|
|
sell assets, other than inventory, in the ordinary course of
business;
|
|
|
|
make investments or acquisitions unless we meet financial tests
and other requirements;
|
|
|
|
make capital expenditures; or
|
|
|
|
enter into an unrelated line of business.
|
Our senior credit facilities require us to comply with several
financial covenants, including a maximum consolidated leverage
ratio of no greater than 3.25:1 on or after December 31,
2008 and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than
1.35:1. The table below shows the required and actual ratios
under our credit facilities calculated as of December 31,
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Required Ratio
|
|
|
Actual Ratio
|
|
|
Maximum consolidated leverage ratio
|
|
No greater than
|
|
|
3.25:1
|
|
|
|
2.43:1
|
|
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
|
|
No less than
|
|
|
1.35:1
|
|
|
|
1.86:1
|
|
These financial covenants, as well as the related components of
their computation, are defined in the amended and restated
credit agreement governing our senior credit facility, which is
included as an exhibit to this report. In accordance with the
credit agreement, the maximum consolidated leverage ratio was
calculated by dividing the consolidated funded debt outstanding
at December 31, 2008 ($881.7 million) by consolidated
EBITDA for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2008
($363.2 million). For purposes of the covenant calculation,
(i) consolidated funded debt is defined as
outstanding indebtedness less cash in excess of
$25 million, and (ii) consolidated EBITDA
is generally defined as consolidated net income (a) plus
the sum of income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and
amortization expense, extraordinary non-cash expenses or losses,
and other non-cash charges, and (b) minus the sum of
interest income, extraordinary income or gains, and other
non-cash income.
36
Consolidated EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that is
presented not as a measure of operating results, but rather as a
measure used to determine covenant compliance under our senior
credit facilities.
The minimum fixed charge coverage ratio was calculated pursuant
to the credit agreement by dividing consolidated EBITDA for the
twelve month period ended December 31, 2008, as adjusted
for certain capital expenditures ($485.4 million), by
consolidated fixed charges for the twelve month period ended
December 31, 2008 ($261.6 million). For purposes of
the covenant calculation, consolidated fixed charges
is defined as the sum of interest expense, lease expense, and
mandatory debt repayments.
Events of default under our senior credit facilities include
customary events, such as a cross-acceleration provision in the
event that we default on other debt. In addition, an event of
default under the senior credit facility would occur if a change
of control occurs. This is defined to include the case where a
third party becomes the beneficial owner of 35% or more of our
voting stock or certain changes in
Rent-A-Centers
Board of Directors occurs. An event of default would also occur
if one or more judgments were entered against us of
$30.0 million or more and such judgments were not satisfied
or bonded pending appeal within 30 days after entry.
We utilize our revolving credit facility for the issuance of
letters of credit, as well as to manage normal fluctuations in
operational cash flow caused by the timing of cash receipts. In
that regard, we may from time to time draw funds under the
revolving credit facility for general corporate purposes. The
funds drawn on individual occasions have varied in amounts of up
to $98.0 million, with total amounts outstanding ranging
from $2.0 million up to $108.0 million. The amounts
drawn are generally outstanding for a short period of time and
are generally paid down as cash is received from our operating
activities.
Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (Lehman) is one of the
lenders participating in our revolving credit facility.
Lehmans commitment under the $400.0 million revolving
credit facility is approximately $37.3 million, all of
which is unfunded. On September 15, 2008, Lehman filed for
protection under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code
in the United States Bankruptcy Court in the Southern District
of New York. We cannot be certain that Lehman will participate
in any requests by us for funding under our revolving credit
facility or whether another lender might assume Lehmans
commitment. We do not believe the Lehman bankruptcy will have a
material adverse effect on our liquidity.
71/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes. On May 6, 2003, we
issued $300.0 million in senior subordinated notes due
2010, bearing interest at
71/2%,
pursuant to an indenture dated May 6, 2003, among
Rent-A-Center,
Inc., its subsidiary guarantors and The Bank of New York, as
trustee. The proceeds of this offering were used to fund the
repurchase and redemption of our then outstanding
11% senior subordinated notes.
The 2003 indenture contains covenants that limit our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt;
|
|
|
|
sell assets or our subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
grant liens to third parties;
|
|
|
|
pay cash dividends or repurchase stock (subject to a restricted
payments basket for which $165.2 million was available for
use as of December 31, 2008); and
|
|
|
|
engage in a merger or sell substantially all of our assets.
|
Events of default under the 2003 indenture include customary
events, such as a cross-acceleration provision in the event that
we default in the payment of other debt due at maturity or upon
acceleration for default in an amount exceeding
$50.0 million, as well as in the event a judgment is
entered against us in excess of $50.0 million that is not
discharged, bonded or insured.
The
71/2% notes
may be redeemed on or after May 1, 2006, at our option, in
whole or in part, at a premium declining from 103.75%. The
premium for the period beginning May 1, 2008 through
April 30, 2009 is 101.25%. The
71/2% notes
may be redeemed on or after May 1, 2009, at our option, in
whole or in part, at par. The
71/2% notes
37
also require that upon the occurrence of a change of control (as
defined in the 2003 indenture), the holders of the notes have
the right to require us to repurchase the notes at a price equal
to 101% of the original aggregate principal amount, together
with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
repurchase. This would trigger an event of default under our
senior credit facilities. We are not required to maintain any
financial ratios under the 2003 indenture.
Store Leases. We lease space for substantially
all of our stores and service center locations, as well as
regional offices, under operating leases expiring at various
times through 2016. Most of our store leases are five year
leases and contain renewal options for additional periods
ranging from three to five years at rental rates adjusted
according to
agreed-upon
formulas.
ColorTyme Guarantee. ColorTyme is a party to
an agreement with Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. (Wells
Fargo), who provides $35.0 million in aggregate
financing to qualifying franchisees of ColorTyme generally up to
five times their average monthly revenues. Under the Wells Fargo
agreement, upon an event of default by the franchisee under
agreements governing this financing and upon the occurrence of
certain other events, Wells Fargo can assign the loans and the
collateral securing such loans to ColorTyme, with ColorTyme
paying the outstanding debt to Wells Fargo and then succeeding
to the rights of Wells Fargo under the debt agreements,
including the right to foreclose on the collateral. The Wells
Fargo agreement expires on September 30, 2010. An
additional $20.0 million of financing is provided by Texas
Capital Bank, National Association (Texas Capital
Bank) under an agreement similar to the Wells Fargo
financing.
Rent-A-Center
East, Inc., a subsidiary of
Rent-A-Center,
guarantees the obligations of ColorTyme under each of these
agreements, excluding the effects of any amounts that could be
recovered under collateralization provisions, up to a maximum
amount of $55.0 million, of which $24.5 million was
outstanding as of December 31, 2008.
Contractual Cash Commitments. The table below
summarizes debt, lease and other minimum cash obligations
outstanding as of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
Contractual Cash Obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010-2011
|
|
|
2012-2013
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Senior Debt (including current portion)
|
|
$
|
721,712
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
34,321
|
|
|
$
|
366,484
|
|
|
$
|
320,907
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
71/2% Senior
Subordinated
Notes(2)
|
|
|
250,730
|
|
|
|
16,903
|
|
|
|
233,827
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Leases
|
|
|
493,201
|
|
|
|
172,947
|
|
|
|
227,500
|
|
|
|
86,864
|
|
|
|
5,890
|
|
Capital Leases
|
|
|
9,520
|
|
|
|
5,039
|
|
|
|
4,179
|
|
|
|
302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total(3)
|
|
$
|
1,475,163
|
|
|
$
|
229,210
|
|
|
$
|
831,990
|
|
|
$
|
408,073
|
|
|
$
|
5,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes amounts due under the
Intrust line of credit. Amount referenced does not include
interest payments. Our senior credit facilities bear interest at
varying rates equal to the Eurodollar rate plus .75% to 1.75% or
the prime rate plus up to .75% at our election. The weighted
average Eurodollar rate on our outstanding debt at
December 31, 2008 was 1.59%.
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes interest payments of
$8.5 million on each of May 1 and November 1 of each year.
|
|
(3) |
|
As of December 31, 2008, we
have $2.1 million in uncertain tax positions, net of
federal benefit. Because of the uncertainty of the amounts to be
ultimately paid as well as the timing of such payments, these
liabilities are not reflected in the contractual obligations
table.
|
Repurchases of Outstanding Securities. Our
Board of Directors has authorized a common stock repurchase
program, permitting us to purchase, from time to time, in the
open market and privately negotiated transactions, up to an
aggregate of $500.0 million of
Rent-A-Center
common stock. As of December 31, 2008, we had purchased a
total of 19,412,750 shares of
Rent-A-Center
common stock for an aggregate of $457.8 million under this
common stock repurchase program. We repurchased
801,800 shares for $10.3 million in the fourth quarter
of 2008. A total of 951,800 shares were repurchased for
$13.4 million in 2008. Please see Market for
Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities on page 18
of this report.
Economic Conditions. Although our performance
has not suffered in previous economic downturns, we cannot
assure you that demand for our products, particularly in higher
price ranges, will not significantly decrease in
38
the event of a prolonged recession. Fluctuations in our targeted
customers monthly disposable income or high levels of
unemployment could adversely impact our results of operations.
2007 Store Consolidation Plan and Other Restructuring
Items. The total amount of cash used in the store
consolidation plan and other restructuring items through
December 31, 2008 was approximately $16.9 million,
which primarily related to lease terminations. We expect to use
approximately $7.4 million of cash on hand for future
payments, which will primarily relate to the satisfaction of
lease obligations at the stores. We expect the lease obligations
will be substantially settled in twelve to eighteen months, with
total completion no later than the second quarter of 2013.
Please refer to Note F, Restructuring, in the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements on page 59 of this report
for more information on our 2007 store consolidation plan.
Seasonality. Our revenue mix is moderately
seasonal, with the first quarter of each fiscal year generally
providing higher merchandise sales than any other quarter during
a fiscal year, primarily related to federal income tax refunds.
Generally, our customers will more frequently exercise their
early purchase option on their existing rental purchase
agreements or purchase pre-leased merchandise off the showroom
floor during the first quarter of each fiscal year. We expect
this trend to continue in future periods. Furthermore, we tend
to experience slower growth in the number of rental purchase
agreements on rent in the third quarter of each fiscal year when
compared to other quarters throughout the year. As a result, we
would expect revenues for the third quarter of each fiscal year
to remain relatively flat with the prior quarter. We expect this
trend to continue in future periods unless we add significantly
to our store base during the third quarter of future fiscal
years as a result of new store openings or opportunistic
acquisitions.
Effect
of New Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 141R, Business Combinations
(SFAS 141R), which establishes principles
and requirements for the reporting entity in a business
combination, including recognition and measurement in the
financial statements of the identifiable assets acquired, the
liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the
acquiree. This statement also establishes disclosure
requirements to enable users of the financial statements to
evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business
combination. SFAS 141R is effective for us on a prospective
basis for business combinations for which the acquisition date
is on or subsequent to the reporting period beginning
January 1, 2009. The impact of adopting SFAS 141R will
depend on the nature and terms of future acquisitions, if any.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Market Measurements
(SFAS 157), which defines fair value,
establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands
disclosures required for fair value measurements. SFAS 157
applies to other accounting pronouncements that require fair
value measurements but it does not require any new fair value
measurements. SFAS 157 is effective on a prospective basis
for the reporting period beginning January 1, 2008. The
impact of adopting SFAS 157 had no material effect on our
consolidated statement of earnings, financial condition,
statement of cash flows or earnings per share.
From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by
the FASB or other standards setting bodies that we adopt as of
the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, we
believe the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet
effective are either not applicable to us at this time or will
not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements upon adoption.
|
|
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
|
Interest
Rate Sensitivity
As of December 31, 2008, we had $225.4 million in
subordinated notes outstanding at a fixed interest rate of
71/2%,
$709.1 million in term loans and approximately
$12.6 million outstanding on our Intrust line of credit at
interest rates indexed to the Eurodollar rate. The fair value of
the
71/2% subordinated
notes, based on the closing price at December 31, 2008, was
$206.2 million. Carrying value approximates fair value for
all other indebtedness.
39
Market
Risk
Market risk is the potential change in an instruments
value caused by fluctuations in interest rates. Our primary
market risk exposure is fluctuations in interest rates.
Monitoring and managing this risk is a continual process carried
out by our senior management. We manage our market risk based on
an ongoing assessment of trends in interest rates and economic
developments, giving consideration to possible effects on both
total return and reported earnings. As a result of such
assessment, we may enter into swap contracts or other interest
rate protection agreements from time to time to mitigate this
risk.
Interest
Rate Risk
We hold long-term debt with variable interest rates indexed to
prime or Eurodollar rates that exposes us to the risk of
increased interest costs if interest rates rise. As of
December 31, 2008, we have not entered into any interest
rate swap agreements. The credit markets have recently
experienced adverse conditions, including wide fluctuations in
rates. Continuing volatility in the credit markets may increase
the costs associated with our existing long-term debt. Based on
our overall interest rate exposure at December 31, 2008, a
hypothetical 1.0% increase or decrease in interest rates would
have the effect of causing a $7.2 million additional
pre-tax charge or credit to our statement of earnings.
40
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data.
|
INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
41
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and Subsidiaries
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and
the related consolidated statements of earnings,
stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2008. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and Subsidiaries internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report
dated February 26, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Dallas, Texas
February 26, 2009
42
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and Subsidiaries
We have audited
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008,
based on criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The
Companys management is responsible for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting, included in the accompanying
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on the Companys internal control over financial reporting
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Rent-A-Center, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained,
in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on
criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related
consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders equity,
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2008, and our report dated
February 26, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion on
those financial statements.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Dallas, Texas
February 26, 2009
43
MANAGEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL
OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management of the Company, including the Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting
as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The
Companys internal control system was designed to provide
reasonable assurance to management and the Companys board
of directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have
inherent limitations. A system of internal control may become
inadequate over time because of changes in conditions, or
deterioration in the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures. Therefore, even those systems determined to be
effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to
financial statement preparation and presentation.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2008 using the criteria set forth by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
in Internal Control Integrated Framework.
Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as
of December 31, 2008, the Companys internal control
over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles based
on such criteria.
Grant Thornton LLP, the Companys independent registered
public accounting firm, has issued an audit report on the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. This report appears on page 43.
44
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Store
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rentals and fees
|
|
$
|
2,505,268
|
|
|
$
|
2,594,061
|
|
|
$
|
2,174,239
|
|
Merchandise sales
|
|
|
256,731
|
|
|
|
208,989
|
|
|
|
175,954
|
|
Installment sales
|
|
|
41,193
|
|
|
|
34,576
|
|
|
|
26,877
|
|
Other
|
|
|
42,759
|
|
|
|
25,482
|
|
|
|
15,607
|
|
Franchise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merchandise sales
|
|
|
33,283
|
|
|
|
34,229
|
|
|
|
36,377
|
|
Royalty income and fees
|
|
|
4,938
|
|
|
|
8,784
|
|
|
|
4,854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,884,172
|
|
|
|
2,906,121
|
|
|
|
2,433,908
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct store expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of rentals and fees
|
|
|
572,900
|
|
|
|
574,013
|
|
|
|
476,462
|
|
Cost of merchandise sold
|
|
|
194,595
|
|
|
|
156,503
|
|
|
|
131,428
|
|
Cost of installment sales
|
|
|
16,620
|
|
|
|
13,270
|
|
|
|
11,346
|
|
Salaries and other expenses
|
|
|
1,651,805
|
|
|
|
1,684,965
|
|
|
|
1,385,437
|
|
Franchise cost of merchandise sold
|
|
|
31,705
|
|
|
|
32,733
|
|
|
|
34,862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,467,625
|
|
|
|
2,461,484
|
|
|
|
2,039,535
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
125,632
|
|
|
|
123,703
|
|
|
|
93,556
|
|
Amortization and write-down of intangibles
|
|
|
16,637
|
|
|
|
15,734
|
|
|
|
5,573
|
|
Litigation expense (credit)
|
|
|
(4,607
|
)
|
|
|
62,250
|
|
|
|
73,300
|
|
Restructuring charge
|
|
|
4,497
|
|
|
|
38,713
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
2,609,784
|
|
|
|
2,701,884
|
|
|
|
2,211,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
274,388
|
|
|
|
204,237
|
|
|
|
221,944
|
|
Finance charges from refinancing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,803
|
|
Gain on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(4,335
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
66,241
|
|
|
|
94,778
|
|
|
|
58,559
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(8,860
|
)
|
|
|
(6,827
|
)
|
|
|
(5,556
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes
|
|
|
221,342
|
|
|
|
116,286
|
|
|
|
164,138
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
81,718
|
|
|
|
40,018
|
|
|
|
61,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET EARNINGS
|
|
$
|
139,624
|
|
|
$
|
76,268
|
|
|
$
|
103,092
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
2.10
|
|
|
$
|
1.11
|
|
|
$
|
1.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
2.08
|
|
|
$
|
1.10
|
|
|
$
|
1.46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
45
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and par value data)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
87,382
|
|
|
$
|
97,375
|
|
Receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $7,256 in
2008 and $4,945 in 2007
|
|
|
51,766
|
|
|
|
41,629
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
59,217
|
|
|
|
56,384
|
|
Rental merchandise, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On rent
|
|
|
634,946
|
|
|
|
735,672
|
|
Held for rent
|
|
|
184,108
|
|
|
|
202,298
|
|
Merchandise held for installment sale
|
|
|
3,433
|
|
|
|
2,334
|
|
Property assets, net
|
|
|
208,897
|
|
|
|
222,157
|
|
Goodwill, net
|
|
|
1,265,249
|
|
|
|
1,255,163
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
1,704
|
|
|
|
13,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,496,702
|
|
|
$
|
2,626,943
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES
|
Accounts payable trade
|
|
$
|
93,496
|
|
|
$
|
100,419
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
289,701
|
|
|
|
310,420
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
87,216
|
|
|
|
9,678
|
|
Senior debt
|
|
|
721,712
|
|
|
|
959,335
|
|
Subordinated notes payable
|
|
|
225,375
|
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,417,500
|
|
|
|
1,679,852
|
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Common stock, $.01 par value; 250,000,000 shares
authorized; 104,769,382 and 104,540,127 shares issued in
2008 and 2007, respectively
|
|
|
1,047
|
|
|
|
1,045
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
681,067
|
|
|
|
674,032
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
1,208,009
|
|
|
|
1,069,553
|
|
Treasury stock, 38,787,849 and 37,836,049 shares at cost in
2008 and 2007, respectively
|
|
|
(810,921
|
)
|
|
|
(797,539
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,079,202
|
|
|
|
947,091
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,496,702
|
|
|
$
|
2,626,943
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2006
|
|
|
102,988
|
|
|
$
|
1,030
|
|
|
$
|
630,308
|
|
|
$
|
890,467
|
|
|
$
|
(709,399
|
)
|
|
$
|
812,406
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103,092
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103,092
|
|
Purchase of treasury stock (203 shares)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,691
|
)
|
|
|
(4,696
|
)
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
1,204
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
20,091
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,103
|
|
Tax benefits related to exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,291
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,792
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
104,192
|
|
|
|
1,042
|
|
|
|
662,440
|
|
|
|
993,567
|
|
|
|
(714,090
|
)
|
|
|
942,959
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,268
|
|
Purchase of treasury stock (3,832 shares)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(83,449
|
)
|
|
|
(83,548
|
)
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,931
|
|
Tax benefits related to exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,050
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(230
|
)
|
|
|
(282
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(512
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
104,540
|
|
|
|
1,045
|
|
|
|
674,032
|
|
|
|
1,069,553
|
|
|
|
(797,539
|
)
|
|
|
947,091
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139,624
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139,624
|
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury stock (952 shares)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,382
|
)
|
|
|
(13,406
|
)
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,169
|
|
Tax benefits related to exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,341
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(1,554
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,563
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
104,769
|
|
|
$
|
1,047
|
|
|
$
|
681,067
|
|
|
$
|
1,208,009
|
|
|
$
|
(810,921
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,079,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
47
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
139,624
|
|
|
$
|
76,268
|
|
|
$
|
103,092
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by
operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation of rental merchandise
|
|
|
561,414
|
|
|
|
561,880
|
|
|
|
465,902
|
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
14,455
|
|
|
|
10,828
|
|
|
|
6,981
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
3,341
|
|
|
|
5,050
|
|
|
|
7,792
|
|
Depreciation of property assets
|
|
|
72,683
|
|
|
|
71,279
|
|
|
|
55,651
|
|
Loss on sale or disposal of property assets
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
|
20,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
12,589
|
|
|
|
15,734
|
|
|
|
5,573
|
|
Amortization of financing fees
|
|
|
1,703
|
|
|
|
1,824
|
|
|
|
1,606
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
77,538
|
|
|
|
11,213
|
|
|
|
(7,121
|
)
|
Financing charges from refinancing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,803
|
|
Gain on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(4,335
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charge
|
|
|
4,497
|
|
|
|
38,713
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of
acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rental merchandise
|
|
|
(438,964
|
)
|
|
|
(445,920
|
)
|
|
|
(551,968
|
)
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(24,572
|
)
|
|
|
(17,390
|
)
|
|
|
(7,325
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(7,056
|
)
|
|
|
(6,194
|
)
|
|
|
(12,853
|
)
|
Tax benefit related to stock option exercises
|
|
|
(560
|
)
|
|
|
(943
|
)
|
|
|
(4,291
|
)
|
Accounts payable trade
|
|
|
(6,924
|
)
|
|
|
(18,021
|
)
|
|
|
30,293
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(21,086
|
)
|
|
|
(84,286
|
)
|
|
|
89,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
384,722
|
|
|
|
240,380
|
|
|
|
187,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property assets
|
|
|
(61,931
|
)
|
|
|
(101,961
|
)
|
|
|
(84,409
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property assets
|
|
|
6,144
|
|
|
|
4,500
|
|
|
|
1,375
|
|
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(15,700
|
)
|
|
|
(20,112
|
)
|
|
|
(657,378
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(71,487
|
)
|
|
|
(117,573
|
)
|
|
|
(740,412
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury stock
|
|
|
(13,382
|
)
|
|
|
(83,449
|
)
|
|
|
(4,691
|
)
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
3,169
|
|
|
|
5,931
|
|
|
|
20,103
|
|
Tax benefit related to stock option exercises
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
4,291
|
|
Payments on capital leases
|
|
|
(5,662
|
)
|
|
|
(7,258
|
)
|
|
|
(1,162
|
)
|
Proceeds from debt
|
|
|
213,050
|
|
|
|
785,555
|
|
|
|
1,378,243
|
|
Repayments of debt
|
|
|
(446,338
|
)
|
|
|
(819,498
|
)
|
|
|
(809,015
|
)
|
Repurchase of subordinated notes
|
|
|
(74,625
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used) in financing activities
|
|
|
(323,228
|
)
|
|
|
(117,776
|
)
|
|
|
587,769
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
(9,993
|
)
|
|
|
5,031
|
|
|
|
34,717
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
97,375
|
|
|
|
92,344
|
|
|
|
57,627
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
87,382
|
|
|
$
|
97,375
|
|
|
$
|
92,344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
$
|
70,688
|
|
|
$
|
89,372
|
|
|
$
|
50,871
|
|
Income taxes (excludes $34,656 of income taxes refunded in 2008)
|
|
$
|
20,954
|
|
|
$
|
19,759
|
|
|
$
|
57,873
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
48
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Note A
Summary of Accounting Policies and Nature of
Operations
A summary of the significant accounting policies applied in the
preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial
statements follows:
Principles
of Consolidation and Nature of Operations
These financial statements include the accounts of
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. All intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Unless the
context indicates otherwise, references to
Rent-A-Center
refer only to
Rent-A-Center,
Inc., the parent, and references to we,
us and our refer to the consolidated
business operations of
Rent-A-Center
and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
At December 31, 2008, we operated 3,037 company-owned
stores nationwide and in Canada and Puerto Rico, including 31
stores under the names Get It Now and Home
Choice and eight rent-to-own stores located in Canada
under the name
Rent-A-Centre.
Rent-A-Centers
primary operating segment consists of leasing household durable
goods to customers on a rent-to-own basis. Get It Now and Home
Choice offer merchandise on an installment sales basis.
We also offer an array of financial services in certain of our
existing rent-to-own stores under the names RAC Financial
Services and Cash AdvantEdge. The financial
services offered include, but are not limited to, short term
secured and unsecured loans, debit cards, check cashing and
money transfer services. As of December 31, 2008, we
offered financial services in 351 of our existing rent-to-own
stores in 18 states.
ColorTyme, Inc., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of
Rent-A-Center,
is a nationwide franchisor of rent-to-own stores. At
December 31, 2008, ColorTyme had 222 franchised stores
operating in 34 states. ColorTymes primary source of
revenue is the sale of rental merchandise to its franchisees,
who in turn offer the merchandise to the general public for rent
or purchase under a rent-to-own program. The balance of
ColorTymes revenue is generated primarily from royalties
based on franchisees monthly gross revenues.
Rental
Merchandise
Rental merchandise is carried at cost, net of accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation for merchandise is provided using the
income forecasting method, which is intended to match as closely
as practicable the recognition of depreciation expense with the
consumption of the rental merchandise, and assumes no salvage
value. The consumption of rental merchandise occurs during
periods of rental and directly coincides with the receipt of
rental revenue over the rental-purchase agreement period,
generally seven to 30 months. Under the income forecasting
method, merchandise held for rent is not depreciated and
merchandise on rent is depreciated in the proportion of rents
received to total rents provided in the rental contract, which
is an activity-based method similar to the units of production
method. However, on computers that are 24 months old or
older and which have become idle, depreciation is recognized
using the straight-line method for a period of at least six
months, generally not to exceed an aggregate depreciation period
of 30 months.
Rental merchandise which is damaged and inoperable, or not
returned by the customer after becoming delinquent on payments,
is expensed when such impairment occurs. We maintain a reserve
for these expected expenses. In addition, any minor repairs made
to rental merchandise are expensed at the time of the repair.
Cash
Equivalents
Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with an
original maturity of three months or less. We maintain cash and
cash equivalents at several financial institutions, which at
times may not be federally insured or may exceed federally
insured limits. We have not experienced any losses in such
accounts and believe we are not exposed to any significant
credit risks on such accounts.
49
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Revenue
Merchandise is rented to customers pursuant to rental purchase
agreements which provide for weekly, semi-monthly or monthly
rental terms with non-refundable rental payments. Generally, the
customer has the right to acquire title either through a
purchase option or through payment of all required rentals.
Rental revenue and fees are recognized over the rental term and
merchandise sales revenue is recognized when the customer
exercises the purchase option and pays the cash price due. Cash
received prior to the period in which it should be recognized is
deferred and recognized according to the rental term. Revenue is
accrued for uncollected amounts due based on historical
collection experience. However, the total amount of the rental
purchase agreement is not accrued because the customer can
terminate the rental agreement at any time and we cannot enforce
collection for non-payment of future rents.
Revenue from the sale of merchandise in our retail installment
stores is recognized when the installment note is signed, the
customer has taken possession of the merchandise and
collectability is reasonably assured.
The revenue from our financial services is recorded depending on
the type of transaction. Fees collected on loans are recognized
ratably over the term of the loan. For money orders, wire
transfers, check cashing and other customer service type
transactions, fee revenue is recognized at the time the service
is performed.
Receivables
and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The receivable associated with the sale of merchandise at our
Get It Now and Home Choice stores generally consists of the
sales price of the merchandise purchased and any additional fees
for services the customer has chosen, less the customers
down payment. No interest is accrued and interest income is
recognized each time a customer makes a payment, generally on a
monthly basis.
Our financial services business extends short term secured and
unsecured loans. The loans are funded with our cash from
operations. The amount and length of such loans may vary
depending on applicable state law.
We have established an allowance for doubtful accounts for our
installment notes and loan receivables associated with our
financial services business. Our policy for determining the
allowance is based on historical loss experience, as well as the
results of managements review and analysis of the payment
and collection of the installment notes and loan receivables
within the previous year. We believe our allowances are adequate
to absorb any known or probable losses. Our policy is to charge
off installment notes that are 90 days or more past due and
loan receivables that are 60 days or more past due. Charge
offs are applied as a reduction to the allowance for doubtful
accounts and any recoveries of previously charged off balances
are applied as an increase to the allowance for doubtful
accounts.
The majority of ColorTymes accounts receivable relate to
amounts due from franchisees. Credit is extended based on an
evaluation of a franchisees financial condition and
collateral is generally not required. Accounts receivable are
due within 30 days and are stated at amounts due from
franchisees net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts
that are outstanding longer than the contractual payment terms
are considered past due. ColorTyme determines its allowance by
considering a number of factors, including the length of time
trade accounts receivable are past due, ColorTymes
previous loss history, the franchisees current ability to
pay its obligation to ColorTyme, and the condition of the
general economy and the industry as a whole. ColorTyme writes
off accounts receivable that are 120 days or more past due
and payments subsequently received on such receivables are
credited to the allowance for doubtful accounts.
Property
Assets and Related Depreciation
Furniture, equipment and vehicles are stated at cost less
accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided over the
estimated useful lives of the respective assets (generally five
years) by the straight-line method. Our building is depreciated
over approximately 40 years. Leasehold improvements are
amortized over the useful life of the asset or the initial term
of the applicable leases by the straight-line method, whichever
is shorter.
50
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
We incur repair and maintenance expenses on our vehicles and
equipment. These amounts are recognized when incurred, unless
such repairs significantly extend the life of the asset, in
which case we amortize the cost of the repairs for the remaining
life of the asset utilizing the straight-line method.
Intangible
Assets and Amortization
We record goodwill when the consideration paid for an
acquisition exceeds the fair value of the identifiable net
tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Goodwill
is not subject to amortization but must be periodically
evaluated for impairment. Impairment occurs when the carrying
value of goodwill is not recoverable from future cash flows. We
perform an assessment of goodwill for impairment at the
reporting unit level annually as of December 31 of each year, or
when events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have
occurred. Factors which could necessitate an interim impairment
assessment include a sustained decline in our stock price,
prolonged negative industry or economic trends and significant
underperformance relative to expected historical or projected
future operating results. We assess recoverability using several
methodologies, which include the present value of estimated
future cash flows (income approach) and comparisons of multiples
of enterprise values to earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) (market approach). The
analysis is based upon available information regarding expected
future cash flows and discount rates. Discount rates are based
upon our cost of capital. If the carrying value exceeds the
discounted fair value, a second analysis is performed to measure
the fair value of all assets and liabilities. If, based on the
second analysis, it is determined that the fair value of the
assets and liabilities is less than the carrying value, we would
recognize impairment charges in an amount equal to the excess of
the carrying value over fair value. There were no impairment
charges recognized related to goodwill in 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Accounting
for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We evaluate all long-lived assets, including intangible assets,
excluding goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be
recoverable. Impairment is recognized when the carrying amounts
of such assets cannot be recovered by the undiscounted net cash
flows they will generate.
Foreign
Currency Translation
The functional currency of our foreign operations is
predominantly the applicable local currency. Assets and
liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated
into U.S. dollars at the current rate of exchange on the
last day of the reporting period. Revenues and expenses are
generally translated at a daily exchange rate and equity
transactions are translated using the actual rate on the day of
the transaction.
Other
Comprehensive Income
Other comprehensive income is comprised exclusively of our
foreign currency translation adjustment. The currency
translation adjustment was approximately $386,000 at
December 31, 2008.
Income
Taxes
We record deferred taxes for temporary differences between the
tax and financial reporting bases of assets and liabilities at
the enacted tax rate expected to be in effect when taxes become
payable. Income tax accounting requires management to make
estimates and apply judgments to events that will be recognized
in one period under rules that apply to financial reporting in a
different period in our tax returns. In particular, judgment is
required when estimating the value of future tax deductions, tax
credits and net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs), as
represented by deferred tax assets. When it is determined the
recovery of all or a portion of a deferred tax asset is not
likely, a valuation allowance is established. We include NOLs in
the calculation of deferred tax assets. NOLs
51
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
are utilized to the extent allowable due to the provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and relevant
state statutes.
Sales
Taxes
In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue
No. 06-3,
How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to
Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income
Statement
(EITF 06-3),
we apply the net basis for sales taxes imposed on our goods and
services in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. We are
required by the applicable governmental authorities to collect
and remit sales taxes. Accordingly, such amounts are charged to
the customer, collected and remitted directly to the appropriate
jurisdictional entity.
Earnings
Per Common Share
Basic earnings per common share are based upon the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding during each period
presented. Diluted earnings per common share are based upon the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the
period, plus, if dilutive, the assumed exercise of stock options
and the assumed conversion of convertible securities at the
beginning of the year, or for the period outstanding during the
year for current year issuances.
Advertising
Costs
Costs incurred for producing and communicating advertising are
expensed when incurred. Advertising expense was
$82.5 million, $79.8 million, and $67.3 million
in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Stock-Based
Compensation
We maintain long-term incentive plans for the benefit of certain
employees, consultants and directors, which are described more
fully in Note L. We adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123R, Share-Based Payment
(SFAS 123R), on a modified prospective
basis beginning January 1, 2006 for stock-based
compensation awards granted after that date and for unvested
awards outstanding at that date. SFAS 123R requires that
the measurement and recognition of share-based payment awards to
our employees and directors be made at the estimated fair value
on the grant date. Determining the fair value of any share-based
awards requires information about several variables including,
but not limited to, expected stock volatility over the terms of
the awards, expected dividend yields and the predicted employee
exercise behavior. We base expected life on historical exercise
and post-vesting employment-termination experience, and expected
volatility on historical realized volatility trends. In
addition, all stock-based compensation expense is recorded net
of an estimated forfeiture rate. The forfeiture rate is based
upon historical activity and is analyzed at least quarterly as
actual forfeitures occur.
Under SFAS 123R, compensation costs are recognized net of
estimated forfeitures over the awards requisite service
period on a straight line basis. For the twelve months ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, in accordance with
SFAS 123R, we recorded stock-based compensation expense,
net of related taxes, of approximately $2.1 million,
$3.3 million and $4.9 million, respectively, related
to stock options and restricted stock units granted.
Cumulative
Effect of New Accounting Principle
In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior
Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current
Year Financial Statements (SAB 108).
SAB 108 was issued to provide consistency in quantifying
financial misstatements.
The methods most commonly used in practice to accumulate and
quantify misstatements are referred to as the
rollover and iron curtain methods. The
rollover method quantifies a misstatement based on the amount of
the error originating in the current year income statement. This
method can result in the accumulation of errors on the
52
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
balance sheet that may not have been material to an individual
income statement but may lead to misstatement of one or more
balance sheet accounts. The iron curtain method quantifies a
misstatement based on the amount of the error in the balance
sheet at the end of the current year. This method can result in
disregarding the effects of errors in the current year income
statement that result from the correction of an error existing
in previously issued financial statements. We previously used
the rollover method for quantifying financial statement
misstatements.
The method established by SAB 108 to quantify misstatements
is the dual approach, which requires quantification
of financial statement misstatements under both the rollover and
iron curtain methods.
SAB 108 was effective for us for the year ended
December 31, 2006. As allowed by SAB 108, the
cumulative effect of the initial application of SAB 108 was
reported in the opening amounts of the assets and liabilities as
of January 1, 2006, with the offsetting balance to retained
earnings. We recorded an increase in accounts receivable of
$4.2 million, an increase in accrued liabilities of
$31.0 million, a decrease in accumulated depreciation of
$6.4 million, an increase in deferred tax assets of
$7.6 million and a decrease in retained earnings of
$12.8 million due to adopting the dual approach in
recording deferred and accrued revenue. The error arose because
we were unable to specifically identify the total amount of
deferred and accrued revenue due to system limitations. Prior to
2006, we recorded an estimate of the net profit effect of our
cash collection pattern. We previously used the rollover method
and quantified misstatements based on the amount of the error in
the current year income statement. We did not consider these
misstatements material to any year. The deferred and accrued
revenue amounts increased with the increase in number of stores.
In addition, we recorded as of January 1, 2006 a
$1.0 million increase in prepaid expenses, a
$1.9 million decrease in accrued liabilities, a decrease in
deferred tax assets of $1.1 million and an increase in
retained earnings of $1.8 million related to adopting the
dual approach in recording property taxes. The error arose in
the calculation of the property tax accrual. We did not consider
these misstatements material to any year. The time period over
which the property tax adjustment arose was approximately three
years.
Use of
Estimates
In preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America,
we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure
of contingent losses and liabilities at the date of the
financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. In applying accounting
principles, we must often make individual estimates and
assumptions regarding expected outcomes or uncertainties. Our
estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated
based on available information and experience. Because of the
use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process,
actual results could differ from those estimates. We believe
self-insurance liabilities, litigation, tax reserves and
stock-based compensation are areas where the degree of judgment
and complexity in determining amounts recorded in our
consolidated financial statements make the accounting policies
critical.
New
Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 141R, Business Combinations
(SFAS 141R), which establishes principles
and requirements for the reporting entity in a business
combination, including recognition and measurement in the
financial statements of the identifiable assets acquired, the
liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the
acquiree. This statement also establishes disclosure
requirements to enable users of the financial statements to
evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business
combination. SFAS 141R is effective for us on a prospective
basis for business combinations for which the acquisition date
is on or subsequent to the reporting period beginning
January 1, 2009. The impact of adopting SFAS 141R will
depend on the nature and terms of future acquisitions, if any.
53
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Market Measurements
(SFAS 157), which defines fair value,
establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands
disclosures required for fair value measurements. SFAS 157
applies to other accounting pronouncements that require fair
value measurements but it does not require any new fair value
measurements. SFAS 157 is effective on a prospective basis
for the reporting period beginning January 1, 2008. The
impact of adopting SFAS 157 had no material effect on our
consolidated statement of earnings, financial condition,
statement of cash flows or earnings per share.
From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by
the FASB or other standards setting bodies that we adopt as of
the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, we
believe the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet
effective are either not applicable to us at this time or will
not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements upon adoption.
|
|
Note B
|
Receivables
and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
|
Receivables consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Installment sales receivable
|
|
$
|
29,561
|
|
|
$
|
24,677
|
|
Financial services loans receivable
|
|
|
19,327
|
|
|
|
12,285
|
|
Trade and notes receivables
|
|
|
10,134
|
|
|
|
9,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
59,022
|
|
|
|
46,574
|
|
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(7,256
|
)
|
|
|
(4,945
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net receivables
|
|
$
|
51,766
|
|
|
$
|
41,629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
4,945
|
|
|
$
|
4,026
|
|
|
$
|
3,317
|
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
14,455
|
|
|
|
10,828
|
|
|
|
6,981
|
|
Accounts written off
|
|
|
(17,843
|
)
|
|
|
(20,496
|
)
|
|
|
(9,321
|
)
|
Recoveries
|
|
|
5,699
|
|
|
|
10,587
|
|
|
|
3,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
7,256
|
|
|
$
|
4,945
|
|
|
$
|
4,026
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note C
|
Merchandise
Inventory
|
Rental
Merchandise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
On rent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
$
|
1,165,084
|
|
|
$
|
1,296,230
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(530,138
|
)
|
|
|
(560,558
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net book value, on rent
|
|
$
|
634,946
|
|
|
$
|
735,672
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held for rent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
$
|
260,649
|
|
|
$
|
276,321
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(76,541
|
)
|
|
|
(74,023
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net book value, held for rent
|
|
$
|
184,108
|
|
|
$
|
202,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation
of Merchandise Inventory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Beginning merchandise value
|
|
$
|
940,304
|
|
|
$
|
1,058,587
|
|
|
$
|
752,880
|
|
Inventory additions through acquisitions
|
|
|
4,890
|
|
|
|
5,544
|
|
|
|
213,010
|
|
Purchases
|
|
|
730,006
|
|
|
|
747,251
|
|
|
|
759,222
|
|
Depreciation of rental merchandise
|
|
|
(561,414
|
)
|
|
|
(561,880
|
)
|
|
|
(465,902
|
)
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
(175,835
|
)
|
|
|
(169,773
|
)
|
|
|
(142,774
|
)
|
Skips and stolens
|
|
|
(71,780
|
)
|
|
|
(79,818
|
)
|
|
|
(59,585
|
)
|
Effects of adopting
SAB 108(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,368
|
|
Other inventory
deletions(2)
|
|
|
(43,684
|
)
|
|
|
(59,607
|
)
|
|
|
(4,632
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending merchandise value
|
|
$
|
822,487
|
|
|
$
|
940,304
|
|
|
$
|
1,058,587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents adjustment to
accumulated depreciation due to adopting SAB 108 in
recording deferred and accrued revenue.
|
|
(2) |
|
Other inventory deletions include
loss/damage waiver claims and unrepairable and missing
merchandise, as well as acquisition write-offs.
|
55
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Furniture and equipment
|
|
$
|
223,488
|
|
|
$
|
208,492
|
|
Transportation equipment
|
|
|
34,738
|
|
|
|
43,025
|
|
Building and leasehold improvements
|
|
|
224,098
|
|
|
|
207,367
|
|
Land and land improvements
|
|
|
5,193
|
|
|
|
5,193
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
10,178
|
|
|
|
4,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
497,695
|
|
|
|
468,096
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(288,798
|
)
|
|
|
(245,939
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
208,897
|
|
|
$
|
222,157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note E
|
Intangible
Assets and Acquisitions
|
Intangibles consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Avg.
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
(years)
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amortizable intangible assets Non-compete agreements
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
6,281
|
|
|
$
|
5,957
|
|
|
$
|
7,017
|
|
|
$
|
5,845
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
62,110
|
|
|
|
60,950
|
|
|
|
61,073
|
|
|
|
49,748
|
|
Other intangibles
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3,264
|
|
|
|
3,044
|
|
|
|
3,264
|
|
|
|
1,830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,655
|
|
|
|
69,951
|
|
|
|
71,354
|
|
|
|
57,423
|
|
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,364,401
|
|
|
|
99,152
|
|
|
|
1,354,315
|
|
|
|
99,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,436,056
|
|
|
$
|
169,103
|
|
|
$
|
1,425,669
|
|
|
$
|
156,575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate Amortization Expense
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
12,589
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
15,734
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
5,573
|
|
56
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Estimated amortization expense, assuming current intangible
balances and no new acquisitions, for each of the years ending
December 31, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
1,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1,
|
|
$
|
1,255,163
|
|
|
$
|
1,253,715
|
|
Additions from acquisitions
|
|
|
9,692
|
|
|
|
13,310
|
|
Write-down of goodwill related to stores sold
|
|
|
(4,048
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Post purchase price allocation adjustments
|
|
|
4,442
|
|
|
|
(11,862
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31,
|
|
$
|
1,265,249
|
|
|
$
|
1,255,163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The post purchase price allocation adjustments in 2008 were
primarily attributable to inventory charge-offs for unrentable
or missing merchandise acquired and other items. The post
purchase price allocation adjustments in 2007 were primarily
attributable to the tax benefit associated with items recorded
as goodwill that were deductible for tax purposes, offset by
inventory charge-offs for unrentable or missing merchandise
acquired in the acquisition of Rent-Way, Inc.
(Rent-Way).
57
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Acquisitions
The following table provides information concerning the
acquisitions made during the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollar amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Number of stores acquired remaining open
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
Number of stores acquired that were merged with existing stores
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
Number of transactions
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Total purchase price
|
|
$
|
15,700
|
|
|
$
|
20,112
|
|
|
$
|
657,378
|
|
Amounts allocated to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
9,692
|
|
|
$
|
13,310
|
|
|
$
|
331,286
|
|
Non-compete agreements
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
369
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
1,091
|
|
|
|
1,210
|
|
|
|
26,433
|
|
Other intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,264
|
|
Property and other assets
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
57,175
|
|
Rental merchandise
|
|
|
4,890
|
|
|
|
5,544
|
|
|
|
213,010
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
106,022
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(46,164
|
)
|
Restructuring accruals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,017
|
)
|
Rent-Way, Inc. On November 15, 2006, we
completed the acquisition of Rent-Way whereby Rent-Way became an
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of
Rent-A-Center.
Rent-Way operated 782 stores in 34 states. The total
purchase price of approximately $622.5 million included
cash payments and borrowings under our senior credit facilities
and direct transaction costs of approximately $7.4 million.
We funded the acquisition with a $600.3 million increase in
our senior credit facilities. The operating results of Rent-Way
have been included in the consolidated financial statements
since the acquisition date of November 15, 2006.
Restructuring charges were included in the purchase price
allocation, which were for employment termination costs in
connection with closing Rent-Ways corporate headquarters
and for reserves put into place for lease buyouts for acquired
stores which were closed post acquisition in compliance with
managements pre-acquisition plans. We expect the
termination costs will be completed by the second quarter of
2010 and the reserves for lease buyouts will be completed no
later than the second quarter of 2012. The following table shows
the changes in the accrual balance from December 31, 2006
to December 31, 2008, relating to this restructuring (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
34,017
|
|
Adjustment to accrual
|
|
|
(1,863
|
)
|
Cash activity
|
|
|
(23,937
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
8,217
|
|
Adjustment to accrual
|
|
|
286
|
|
Cash
activity(1)
|
|
|
(6,673
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
1,830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Primarily related to lease
terminations.
|
58
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Acquisition purchase prices are determined by evaluating the
average monthly rental income of the acquired stores and
applying a multiple to the total. Acquired customer
relationships are amortized utilizing the straight-line method
over a 24 month period, non-compete agreements are
amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the
agreements, other intangible assets are amortized using the
straight-line method over the life of the asset and, in
accordance with SFAS 142, goodwill associated with
acquisitions is not amortized. The weighted average amortization
period was 2.0 years for intangible assets acquired during the
year ended December 31, 2008.
All acquisitions have been accounted for as purchases, and the
operating results of the acquired stores and accounts have been
included in the financial statements since their date of
acquisition.
2007 Store Consolidation Plan and Other Restructuring
Items. On December 3, 2007, we announced our
plan to close approximately 280 stores. The decision to close
these stores was based on our analysis and evaluation of every
market in which we operated based on operating results,
competitive positioning, and growth potential. As a result, we
identified 283 stores that we intended to close or merge. As of
December 31, 2008, we closed or merged 282 stores. We
intend to keep open one remaining store.
We estimated we would incur restructuring expenses related to
the store consolidation plan and other restructuring items in
the range of $36.0 million to $43.0 million,
substantially all of which would be recorded in the fourth
quarter of 2007, based on the closing date of the stores. We
recorded restructuring expenses in the amount of
$4.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31,
2008 and $38.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2007. The
following table presents the range of estimated charges as of
December 31, 2007 and the total store consolidation plan
charges and other restructuring items recorded through
December 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Remaining
|
|
|
|
Closing Plan Estimate
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
Expenses Recognized
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Through 2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Lease obligations
|
|
$
|
26,061 - $29,223
|
|
|
$
|
25,680
|
|
|
$
|
381 - $3,543
|
|
Fixed asset disposals
|
|
|
11,006 - 11,516
|
|
|
|
11,476
|
|
|
|
0 - 40
|
|
Other costs
|
|
|
2,468 - 6,704
|
|
|
|
6,054
|
|
|
|
0 - 650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
39,535 - $47,443
|
|
|
$
|
43,210
|
|
|
$
|
381 - $4,233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table shows the changes in the accrual balance
from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008 relating
to the store consolidation plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash (Payments)
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Charges to
|
|
|
Receipts or
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
Asset Write-Offs
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Lease obligations
|
|
$
|
23,152
|
|
|
$
|
441
|
|
|
$
|
(16,236
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,357
|
|
Fixed asset disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
470
|
|
|
|
(470
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,586
|
|
|
|
(3,586
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
23,152
|
|
|
$
|
4,497
|
|
|
$
|
(20,292
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total amount of cash used in the store consolidation plan
through December 31, 2008 was approximately
$16.9 million. We expect to use approximately
$7.4 million of cash on hand for future payments, which
will primarily relate to the satisfaction of lease obligations
at the stores. We expect the lease obligations will be
substantially settled in twelve to eighteen months, with total
completion no later than the second quarter of 2013.
59
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Our $1,322.5 million senior credit facility consists of a
$197.5 million five-year term loan, with the loans
thereunder being referred to by us as the tranche A
term loans, a $725.0 million six-year term loan, with
the loans thereunder being referred to by us as the
tranche B term loans, and a $400.0 million
five-year revolving credit facility. The tranche A term
loans are payable in 19 consecutive quarterly installments equal
to $2.5 million from December 31, 2006 through
June 30, 2009, $5.0 million from September 30,
2009 through June 30, 2010 and $37.5 million from
September 30, 2010 through June 30, 2011. The
tranche B term loans are repayable in 23 consecutive
quarterly installments equal to approximately $1.8 million
from December 31, 2006 through June 30, 2011 and
approximately $172.6 million from September 30, 2011
through June 30, 2012.
During the fourth quarter of 2008, we repurchased approximately
$40.6 million in tranche B term loans for
approximately $36.3 million, resulting in a gain on
extinguishment of debt, net of costs, of approximately
$4.3 million. We further reduced outstanding indebtedness
on our senior term loans during 2008 by making approximately
$84.0 million in optional prepayments.
The debt facilities as of December 31, 2008 and 2007
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Facility
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
Facility
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Available
|
|
|
Facility
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Available
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Senior Credit Facilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tranche A Term Loans
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
$
|
197,500
|
|
|
$
|
175,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
197,500
|
|
|
$
|
185,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Tranche B Term Loans
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
725,000
|
|
|
|
534,147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
725,000
|
|
|
|
665,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving
Facility(1)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
269,415
|
|
|
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
108,000
|
|
|
|
159,854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,322,500
|
|
|
|
709,147
|
|
|
|
269,415
|
|
|
|
1,322,500
|
|
|
|
958,915
|
|
|
|
159,854
|
|
Other Indebtedness:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
12,565
|
|
|
|
7,435
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
|
19,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,342,500
|
|
|
$
|
721,712
|
|
|
$
|
276,850
|
|
|
$
|
1,342,500
|
|
|
$
|
959,335
|
|
|
$
|
179,434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
At December 31, 2008 and 2007,
the amounts available under the Revolving Facility were reduced
by approximately $130.6 million and $132.2 million,
respectively, for our outstanding letters of credit.
|
Borrowings under our senior credit facilities bear interest at
varying rates equal to the Eurodollar rate plus .75% to 1.75%,
or the prime rate plus up to .75%, at our election. Interest
periods range from seven days (for borrowings under the
revolving credit facility only) to one, two, three or six
months, at our election. The weighted average Eurodollar rate on
our outstanding debt was 1.59% at December 31, 2008. The
weighted average Eurodollar rate on our outstanding debt was
0.43% at February 20, 2009. The margins on the Eurodollar
rate and on the prime rate, which are initially 1.75 and 0.75,
respectively, may fluctuate dependent upon an increase or
decrease in our consolidated leverage ratio as defined by a
pricing grid included in the credit agreement. We have not
entered into any interest rate protection agreements with
respect to term loans under the senior credit facilities. A
commitment fee equal to 0.15% to 0.50% of the unused portion of
the revolving facility is payable quarterly, and fluctuates
dependent upon an increase or decrease in our consolidated
leverage ratio. The initial commitment fee is equal to 0.50% of
the unused portion of the revolving facility.
Our senior credit facilities are secured by a security interest
in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets,
including intellectual property. Our senior credit facilities
are also secured by a pledge of the capital stock of our
wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries (other than certain
specified subsidiaries).
60
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Our senior credit facilities contain, without limitation,
covenants that generally limit our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt in excess of $150.0 million at any
one time outstanding;
|
|
|
|
repurchase our capital stock and
71/2% notes
and pay cash dividends in the event the pro forma senior
leverage ratio is greater than 2.50x;
|
|
|
|
incur liens or other encumbrances;
|
|
|
|
merge, consolidate or sell substantially all our property or
business;
|
|
|
|
sell assets, other than inventory, in the ordinary course of
business;
|
|
|
|
make investments or acquisitions unless we meet financial tests
and other requirements;
|
|
|
|
make capital expenditures; or
|
|
|
|
enter into an unrelated line of business.
|
Our senior credit facilities require us to comply with several
financial covenants, including a maximum consolidated leverage
ratio of no greater than 3.25:1 on or after December 31,
2008 and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than
1.35:1. The table below shows the required and actual ratios
under our credit facilities calculated as at December 31,
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Required Ratio
|
|
|
Actual Ratio
|
|
|
Maximum consolidated leverage ratio
|
|
No greater than
|
|
|
3.25:1
|
|
|
|
2.43:1
|
|
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
|
|
No less than
|
|
|
1.35:1
|
|
|
|
1.86:1
|
|
These financial covenants, as well as the related components of
their computation, are defined in the amended and restated
credit agreement governing our senior credit facility, which is
included as an exhibit to this report. In accordance with the
credit agreement, the maximum consolidated leverage ratio was
calculated by dividing the consolidated funded debt outstanding
at December 31, 2008 ($881.7 million) by consolidated
EBITDA for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2008
($363.2 million). For purposes of the covenant calculation,
(i) consolidated funded debt is defined as
outstanding indebtedness less cash in excess of
$25 million, and (ii) consolidated EBITDA
is generally defined as consolidated net income (a) plus
the sum of income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and
amortization expense, extraordinary non-cash expenses or losses,
and other non-cash charges, and (b) minus the sum of
interest income, extraordinary income or gains, and other
non-cash income. Consolidated EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial
measure that is presented not as a measure of operating results,
but rather as a measure used to determine covenant compliance
under our senior credit facilities.
The minimum fixed charge coverage ratio was calculated pursuant
to the credit agreement by dividing consolidated EBITDA for the
twelve month period ended December 31, 2008, as adjusted
for certain capital expenditures ($485.4 million), by
consolidated fixed charges for the twelve month period ended
December 31, 2008 ($261.6 million). For purposes of
the covenant calculation, consolidated fixed charges
is defined as the sum of interest expense, lease expense, and
mandatory debt repayments.
Events of default under our senior credit facilities include
customary events, such as a cross-acceleration provision in the
event that we default on other debt. In addition, an event of
default under the senior credit facility would occur if a change
of control occurs. This is defined to include the case where a
third party becomes the beneficial owner of 35% or more of our
voting stock or certain changes in
Rent-A-Centers
Board of Directors occurs. An event of default would also occur
if one or more judgments were entered against us of
$30.0 million or more and such judgments were not satisfied
or bonded pending appeal within 30 days after entry.
We utilize our revolving credit facility for the issuance of
letters of credit, as well as to manage normal fluctuations in
operational cash flow caused by the timing of cash receipts. In
that regard, we may from time to time draw funds under the
revolving credit facility for general corporate purposes. The
funds drawn on individual
61
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
occasions have varied in amounts of up to $98.0 million,
with total amounts outstanding ranging from $2.0 million up
to $108.0 million. The amounts drawn are generally
outstanding for a short period of time and are generally paid
down as cash is received from our operating activities.
The table below shows the scheduled maturity dates of our senior
debt outstanding at December 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
34,321
|
|
2010
|
|
|
91,756
|
|
2011
|
|
|
274,728
|
|
2012
|
|
|
320,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
721,712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note H
|
Subordinated
Notes Payable
|
71/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes. On May 6, 2003, we
issued $300.0 million in senior subordinated notes due
2010, bearing interest at
71/2%,
pursuant to an indenture dated May 6, 2003, among
Rent-A-Center,
Inc., its subsidiary guarantors and The Bank of New York, as
trustee. The proceeds of this offering were used to fund the
repurchase and redemption of our then outstanding
11% senior subordinated notes.
The 2003 indenture contains covenants that limit our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt;
|
|
|
|
sell assets or our subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
grant liens to third parties;
|
|
|
|
pay cash dividends or repurchase stock (subject to a restricted
payments basket for which $165.2 million was available for
use as of December 31, 2008); and
|
|
|
|
engage in a merger or sell substantially all of our assets.
|
Events of default under the 2003 indenture include customary
events, such as a cross-acceleration provision in the event that
we default in the payment of other debt due at maturity or upon
acceleration for default in an amount exceeding
$50.0 million, as well as in the event a judgment is
entered against us in excess of $50.0 million that is not
discharged, bonded or insured.
The
71/2% notes
may be redeemed on or after May 1, 2006, at our option, in
whole or in part, at a premium declining from 103.75%. The
premium for the period beginning May 1, 2008 through
April 30, 2009 is 101.25%. The
71/2% notes
may be redeemed on or after May 1, 2009, at our option, in
whole or in part, at par. The
71/2% notes
also require that upon the occurrence of a change of control (as
defined in the 2003 indenture), the holders of the notes have
the right to require us to repurchase the notes at a price equal
to 101% of the original aggregate principal amount, together
with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
repurchase. This would trigger an event of default under our
senior credit facilities. We are not required to maintain any
financial ratios under the 2003 indenture.
62
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note I
|
Accrued
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Accrued insurance costs
|
|
$
|
126,006
|
|
|
$
|
117,708
|
|
Accrued litigation costs
|
|
|
11,274
|
|
|
|
21,915
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
44,734
|
|
|
|
38,975
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
29,394
|
|
|
|
33,915
|
|
Taxes other than income
|
|
|
20,379
|
|
|
|
28,418
|
|
Accrued store close plan related to Rent-Way
|
|
|
1,830
|
|
|
|
4,125
|
|
Accrued capital lease obligations
|
|
|
8,214
|
|
|
|
13,435
|
|
Accrued interest payable
|
|
|
4,340
|
|
|
|
10,760
|
|
Accrued restructuring costs
|
|
|
7,357
|
|
|
|
23,152
|
|
Accrued other
|
|
|
36,173
|
|
|
|
18,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
289,701
|
|
|
$
|
310,420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The reconciliation of income tax expense at the federal
statutory rate of 35% to actual tax expense is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Tax at statutory rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit (expense)
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)%
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
Effect of foreign operations, net of foreign tax credits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
36.9
|
%
|
|
|
34.4
|
%
|
|
|
37.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of income tax expense are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Current expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
399
|
|
|
$
|
6,179
|
|
|
$
|
63,808
|
|
State
|
|
|
2,574
|
|
|
|
14,437
|
|
|
|
1,024
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
1,192
|
|
|
|
1,145
|
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
|
|
|
4,165
|
|
|
|
21,761
|
|
|
|
65,584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
73,015
|
|
|
|
35,808
|
|
|
|
(8,455
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
4,538
|
|
|
|
(17,551
|
)
|
|
|
3,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
|
77,553
|
|
|
|
18,257
|
|
|
|
(4,538
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
81,718
|
|
|
$
|
40,018
|
|
|
$
|
61,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
$
|
47,656
|
|
|
$
|
57,124
|
|
State net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
30,225
|
|
|
|
26,353
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
39,240
|
|
|
|
43,743
|
|
Property assets
|
|
|
20,462
|
|
|
|
24,211
|
|
Other assets including credits
|
|
|
1,174
|
|
|
|
14,448
|
|
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
|
|
|
2,325
|
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141,082
|
|
|
|
166,274
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(10,232
|
)
|
|
|
(9,320
|
)
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rental merchandise
|
|
|
(188,152
|
)
|
|
|
(166,008
|
)
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
(29,914
|
)
|
|
|
(624
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(218,066
|
)
|
|
|
(166,632
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred taxes
|
|
$
|
(87,216
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,678
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2008, we had approximately
$137.2 million of federal net operating loss
(NOL) carryforwards available to offset future
taxable income which expire between 2018 and 2025 and
approximately $550.0 million of state NOL carryforwards
that expire between 2009 and 2026. All of our federal NOLs and
approximately $170.0 million of our state NOLs represent
acquired NOLs and their carryforwards are subject to annual
limitations for U.S. tax purposes, including
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. A valuation allowance was provided on our acquired
state NOLs which are expected to expire before they can be
utilized.
We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign income
taxes. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state,
foreign and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for
years before 2001. The appeals process related to the IRS audit
for the taxable years 2001 through 2003 has been completed. We
have agreed with the results of the appeals process with the
exception of one issue with respect to the 2003 tax year. This
disputed issue arises also in our 2004 and 2005 tax years, the
examination of which is currently in the appeals process as
discussed below. We believe the position and supporting case law
applied by the IRS are incorrectly applied to our situation and
that our fact pattern is distinguishable from the IRS
position. We intend to vigorously defend our position on the
issue. The IRS has concluded its examination of our income tax
returns for 2004 and 2005. We have requested a conference with
the IRS Appeals Office to discuss the 2004 and 2005 proposed
adjustments related to the disputed issue from our 2003
examination. The remaining 2001 through 2003, as well as the
2004 and 2005 contested adjustments have been resolved. We do
not anticipate that adjustments, if any, regarding the 2003,
2004 and 2005 disputed issue will result in a material change to
our consolidated statement of earnings, financial condition,
statement of cash flows or earnings per share.
On January 1, 2007 we adopted the provisions of FASB
Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes an interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109 (FIN 48). Under FIN 48,
we recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position
only after determining that the relevant tax authority would
more likely than not sustain the position following an audit.
For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold,
the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest
benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of
being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax
authority. At the adoption date, we applied FIN 48 to all
tax
64
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
positions for which the statute of limitations remained open. As
a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we were not
required to recognize an increase or a decrease in the liability
for unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2007. A
reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of
unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2007
|
|
$
|
7,064
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to current year
|
|
|
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
784
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
(217
|
)
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2008
|
|
|
7,631
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to current year
|
|
|
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
701
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
(817
|
)
|
Settlements
|
|
|
(5,458
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
2,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at
December 31, 2008 is $1.3 million, net of federal
benefit, which, if ultimately recognized, will reduce our annual
effective tax rate.
In adopting FIN 48 on January 1, 2007, we changed our
previous method of classifying interest and penalties related to
unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense to classifying
interest accrued as interest expense and penalties as operating
expenses. Because the transition rules of FIN 48 do not
permit the retroactive restatement of prior period financial
statements, our comparative financial statements for 2006
continue to reflect interest and penalties on unrecognized tax
benefits as income tax expense. We recorded interest expense of
approximately $300,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008. We
accrued approximately $1.2 million as of December 31,
2008, for the payment of interest and penalties.
|
|
Note K
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Leases
We lease our service center and store facilities and most
delivery vehicles. Certain of the store leases contain
escalation clauses for increased taxes and operating expenses.
Rental expense was $215.8 million, $230.4 million and
$200.6 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Capital leases include certain transportation equipment assumed
in the Rent-Way acquisition. Future minimum rental payments
under operating/capital leases with remaining lease terms in
excess of one year at December 31, 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31,
|
|
Operating Leases
|
|
|
Capital Leases
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
172,947
|
|
|
$
|
5,039
|
|
2010
|
|
|
134,168
|
|
|
|
3,067
|
|
2011
|
|
|
93,332
|
|
|
|
1,112
|
|
2012
|
|
|
59,484
|
|
|
|
302
|
|
2013
|
|
|
27,380
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
5,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
493,201
|
|
|
|
9,520
|
|
Less amount representing interest obligations under capital lease
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,306
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
493,201
|
|
|
$
|
8,214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Our investment in equipment under capital leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Equipment under capital lease
|
|
$
|
25,261
|
|
|
$
|
32,386
|
|
Less accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(17,074
|
)
|
|
|
(18,900
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment under capital lease, net
|
|
$
|
8,187
|
|
|
$
|
13,486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Litigation
From time to time, we, along with our subsidiaries, are party to
various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of
business. We account for our litigation contingencies pursuant
to the provisions of SFAS No. 5 and FIN 14, which
require that we accrue for losses that are both probable and
reasonably estimable. We expense legal fees and expenses
incurred in connection with the defense of all of our litigation
at the time such amounts are invoiced or otherwise made known to
us.
Our accruals relating to probable losses for our outstanding
litigation follow:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Shafer/Johnson Matter
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
|
$
|
11.0
|
|
California Attorney General Settlement
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
Other Litigation
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Legal Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Accrual
|
|
$
|
11.3
|
|
|
$
|
21.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We continue to monitor our litigation exposure, and will review
the adequacy of our legal reserves on a quarterly basis in
accordance with applicable accounting rules. Except as described
below, we are not currently a party to any material litigation
and, other than as set forth above, we have not established any
other reserves for our outstanding litigation.
California Attorney General Inquiry. In
January 2009, we paid $9.4 million in accordance with the
settlement with the California Attorney General.
Eric Shafer, et al. v.
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. We recorded a pre-tax expense of
$11.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2007 related to the
settlement of the Eric Shafer et al. v.
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. and Victor E. Johnson et al. v.
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. coordinated matters pending in state court in Los
Angeles, California. Due to fewer class members eligible to
participate in the settlement than originally estimated, as well
as negotiated reductions in settlement payments to certain
plaintiffs, the maximum claim amount remaining to be paid was
reduced by approximately $2.4 million during the fourth
quarter of 2008. We also paid settlement costs and
plaintiffs attorneys fees in the amount of
approximately $4.4 million, and settlement payments in the
aggregate amount of approximately $2.4 million during the
fourth quarter of 2008. We expect to fund the maximum remaining
settlement payments of approximately $1.8 million during
2009.
In our history, we have defended class action lawsuits alleging
various regulatory violations and have paid material amounts to
settle such claims. We cannot assure you that we will not be the
subject of similar lawsuits in the future.
66
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Guarantee
ColorTyme Guarantee. ColorTyme is a party to
an agreement with Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. (Wells
Fargo), who provides $35.0 million in aggregate
financing to qualifying franchisees of ColorTyme generally up to
five times their average monthly revenues. Under the Wells Fargo
agreement, upon an event of default by the franchisee under
agreements governing this financing and upon the occurrence of
certain other events, Wells Fargo can assign the loans and the
collateral securing such loans to ColorTyme, with ColorTyme
paying the outstanding debt to Wells Fargo and then succeeding
to the rights of Wells Fargo under the debt agreements,
including the right to foreclose on the collateral. The Wells
Fargo agreement expires on September 30, 2010. An
additional $20.0 million of financing is provided by Texas
Capital Bank, National Association (Texas Capital
Bank) under an agreement similar to the Wells Fargo
financing.
Rent-A-Center
East, Inc., a subsidiary of
Rent-A-Center,
guarantees the obligations of ColorTyme under each of these
agreements, excluding the effects of any amounts that could be
recovered under collateralization provisions, up to a maximum
amount of $55.0 million, of which $24.5 million was
outstanding as of December 31, 2008.
|
|
Note L
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
|
We maintain long-term incentive plans for the benefit of certain
employees, consultants and directors. Our plans consist of the
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan (the
Prior Plan), the
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the 2006 Plan),
and the
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the Equity Incentive
Plan), which are collectively known as the
Plans.
The 2006 Plan authorizes the issuance of 7,000,000 shares
of
Rent-A-Centers
common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards granted under
the 2006 Plan, of which no more than 3,500,000 shares may
be issued in the form of restricted stock, deferred stock or
similar forms of stock awards which have value without regard to
future appreciation in value of or dividends declared on the
underlying shares of common stock. In applying these
limitations, the following shares will be deemed not to have
been issued: (1) shares covered by the unexercised portion
of an option that terminates, expires, or is canceled or settled
in cash, and (2) shares that are forfeited or subject to
awards that are forfeited, canceled, terminated or settled in
cash. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, there are 1,589,923
and 1,350,749 shares, respectively, allocated to equity
awards outstanding in the 2006 Plan.
We acquired the Equity Incentive Plan (formerly known as the
Rent-Way, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan) in conjunction with
our acquisition of Rent-Way in 2006. There were
2,468,461 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance
under the Equity Incentive Plan. There were 476,783 and
389,805 shares allocated to equity awards outstanding in
the Equity Incentive Plan at December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
Under the Prior Plan, 14,562,865 shares of
Rent-A-Centers
common stock were reserved for issuance under stock options,
stock appreciation rights or restricted stock grants. Options
granted to our employees under the Prior Plan generally become
exercisable over a period of one to four years from the date of
grant and may be exercised up to a maximum of 10 years from
the date of grant. Options granted to directors were immediately
exercisable. There were no grants of stock appreciation rights
and all equity awards were granted with fixed prices. At
December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were 2,747,016 and
3,143,317 shares, respectively, allocated to equity awards
outstanding under the Prior Plan. The Prior Plan was terminated
on May 19, 2006, upon the approval by the stockholders of
the 2006 Plan.
Under SFAS 123R, compensation costs are recognized net of
estimated forfeitures over the awards requisite service
period on a straight line basis. For the year ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, we recorded stock-based
compensation expense, net of related taxes, of approximately
$2.1 million and $3.3 million, respectively, related
to stock options granted and restricted stock units awarded.
67
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Information with respect to stock option activity related to the
Plans follows. The information for the Plans is combined because
the characteristics of the awards are similar.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Equity Awards
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance outstanding at January 1, 2008
|
|
|
4,883,871
|
|
|
$
|
21.49
|
|
|
|
6.56 years
|
|
|
$
|
5,024
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
756,995
|
|
|
|
15.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(229,605
|
)
|
|
|
13.82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,659
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(597,539
|
)
|
|
|
23.97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance outstanding at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
4,813,722
|
|
|
$
|
20.73
|
|
|
|
6.01 years
|
|
|
$
|
9,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
3,252,534
|
|
|
$
|
20.02
|
|
|
|
4.81 years
|
|
|
$
|
8,095
|
|
The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $2.5 million and
$10.6 million, respectively.
The fair value of unvested options that we expect to result in
compensation expense was approximately $5.5 million with a
weighted average number of years to vesting of 2.45 years
at December 31, 2008. The total number of unvested options
was 1,561,188 and 1,807,348, with $1.1 million intrinsic
value and no intrinsic value at December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. There were 58,860 and 53,300 restricted stock
units outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
The weighted average fair value of unvested options at
December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $3.55 and $4.34,
respectively. The weighted average fair value of options
forfeited during the year ended December 31, 2008 was $5.62.
The total number of options vested during the year ended
December 31, 2008 was 710,146, with a weighted average fair
value of $6.08. The total fair value of options vested during
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was
$4.3 million, $5.9 million and $10.3 million,
respectively.
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, the
weighted average fair values of the options granted under the
Plans were calculated using the binomial method with the
following assumptions:
|
|
|
Employee options:
|
|
|
Risk free interest rate (1.62% to 3.17%)
|
|
Weighted average 2.43%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
Expected life
|
|
4.20 years
|
Expected volatility (33.85% to 53.58%)
|
|
Weighted average 42.08%
|
Employee stock options granted
|
|
732,995
|
Weighted average grant date fair value
|
|
$4.66
|
Non-employee director options:
|
|
|
Risk free interest rate
|
|
3.54%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
Expected life
|
|
6.90 years
|
Expected volatility
|
|
41.26%
|
Non-employee director stock options granted
|
|
24,000
|
Weighted average grant date fair value
|
|
$7.02
|
68
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2007, the
weighted average fair values of the options granted under the
Plans were calculated using the binomial method with the
following assumptions:
|
|
|
Employee options:
|
|
|
Risk free interest rate (4.66% to 4.80%)
|
|
Weighted average 4.73%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
Expected life
|
|
4.20 years
|
Expected volatility (30.36% to 37.90%)
|
|
Weighted average 32.79%
|
Employee stock options granted
|
|
1,581,040
|
Weighted average grant date fair value
|
|
$5.17
|
Non-employee director options:
|
|
|
Risk free interest rate
|
|
4.66%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
Expected life
|
|
7.44 years
|
Expected volatility
|
|
47.32%
|
Non-employee director stock options granted
|
|
34,000
|
Weighted average grant date fair value
|
|
$16.79
|
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, the
weighted average fair values of the options granted under the
Plans were calculated using the binomial method with the
following assumptions:
|
|
|
Employee options:
|
|
|
Risk free interest rate (4.36% to 4.41%)
|
|
Weighted average 4.39%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
Expected life
|
|
4.20 years
|
Expected volatility (24.14% to 52.55%)
|
|
Weighted average 33.12%
|
Employee stock options granted
|
|
985,485
|
Weighted average grant date fair value
|
|
$5.61
|
Executive option:
|
|
|
Risk free interest rate
|
|
4.73%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
Expected life
|
|
6.13 years
|
Expected volatility
|
|
49.98%
|
Executive stock options granted
|
|
70,000
|
Non-employee director options:
|
|
|
Risk free interest rate
|
|
4.38%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
Expected life
|
|
6.00 years
|
Expected volatility
|
|
33.12%
|
Non-employee director stock options granted
|
|
34,000
|
Weighted average grant date fair value
|
|
$9.73
|
Tax benefits from stock option exercises of $560,000, $943,000
and $4.3 million, respectively, for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were reflected as an
outflow from operating activities and an inflow from financing
activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
69
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The option data above does not include the 554,102 stock
options, with an approximate fair value of $6.1 million,
assumed as part of the purchase price for the acquisition of
Rent Rite in May 2004. At December 31, 2008, the weighted
average remaining contractual life of the Rent-Rite options was
1.01 years. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the
weighted average exercise price was $30.62. All of the Rent Rite
options were exercisable as of December 31, 2008.
|
|
Note M
|
Deferred
Compensation Plan
|
We have implemented the
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the Deferred Compensation
Plan), an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation
plan for a select group of our key management personnel and
highly compensated employees. The Deferred Compensation Plan
first became available to eligible employees in July 2007, with
deferral elections taking effect as of August 3, 2007.
The Deferred Compensation Plan allows participants to defer up
to 50% of their base compensation and up to 100% of any bonus
compensation. Participants may invest the amounts deferred in
measurement funds that are the same funds offered as the
investment options in the
Rent-A-Center,
Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan. We may make discretionary
contributions to the Deferred Compensation Plan, which are
subject to a five-year graded vesting schedule based on the
participants years of service with us. We are obligated to
pay the deferred compensation amounts in the future in
accordance with the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan.
Assets and associated liabilities of the Deferred Compensation
Plan are included in prepaid and other assets and accrued
liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The deferred
compensation plan liability was approximately $564,000 and
$208,000 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
|
|
Note N
|
Employee
Benefit Plan
|
We sponsor a defined contribution pension plan under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for all
employees who have completed at least three months of service.
Employees may elect to contribute up to 50% of their eligible
compensation on a pre-tax basis, subject to limitations. We may
make discretionary matching contributions to the 401(k) plan.
During 2008, 2007 and 2006, we made matching cash contributions
of $5.3 million, $5.3 million, and $4.1 million,
respectively, which represents 50% of the employees
contributions to the 401(k) plan up to an amount not to exceed
4% of each employees respective compensation. Employees
are permitted to elect to purchase our common stock as part of
their 401(k) plan. As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
12.0%, 7.0%, and 15.0%, respectively, of the total plan assets
consisted of our common stock.
|
|
Note O
|
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
|
Our financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents,
receivables, payables, senior debt, and subordinated notes
payable. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents,
receivables and payables approximates fair value at
December 31, 2008 and 2007, because of the short maturities
of these instruments. Our senior debt is variable rate debt that
re-prices frequently and entails no significant change in credit
risk and, as a result, fair value approximates carrying value.
The fair value of the subordinated notes payable is estimated
based on discounted cash flow analysis using interest rates
currently offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of
similar credit quality using unobservable inputs based on
managements own assumptions. At December 31, 2008,
the fair value of the subordinated notes was
$206.2 million, which was $19.2 million below their
carrying value of $225.4 million. At December 31,
2007, the fair value of the subordinated notes was
$296.3 million, which was $3.7 million below their
carrying value of $300.0 million.
|
|
Note P
|
Stock
Repurchase Plan
|
Our Board of Directors has authorized a common stock repurchase
program, permitting us to purchase, from time to time, in the
open market and privately negotiated transactions, up to an
aggregate of $500.0 million of
Rent-A-Center
common stock. We had purchased a total of 19,412,750 shares
and 18,460,950 shares of
70
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Rent-A-Center
common stock for an aggregate of $457.8 million and
$444.3 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively, under this common stock repurchase program. We
repurchased 801,800 shares for $10.3 million in the
fourth quarter of 2008. A total of 951,800 shares were
repurchased for $13.4 million during the year ended
December 31, 2008. A total of 3,832,150 shares were
repurchased for $83.4 million during the year ended
December 31, 2007.
|
|
Note Q
|
Earnings
Per Common Share
|
Summarized basic and diluted earnings per common share were
calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Earnings
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
139,624
|
|
|
|
66,606
|
|
|
$
|
2.10
|
|
Effect of dilutive stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
139,624
|
|
|
|
67,191
|
|
|
$
|
2.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
76,268
|
|
|
|
68,706
|
|
|
$
|
1.11
|
|
Effect of dilutive stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
769
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
76,268
|
|
|
|
69,475
|
|
|
$
|
1.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
103,092
|
|
|
|
69,676
|
|
|
$
|
1.48
|
|
Effect of dilutive stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
103,092
|
|
|
|
70,733
|
|
|
$
|
1.46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For 2008, 2007, and 2006, the number of stock options that were
outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted
earnings per common share because their exercise price was
greater than the average market price of the common stock and,
therefore anti-dilutive, was 3,100,825, 2,813,529, and
1,616,822, respectively.
71
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note R
|
Unaudited
Quarterly Data
|
Summarized quarterly financial data for 2008, 2007 and 2006 is
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1st Quarter
|
|
|
2nd Quarter
|
|
|
3rd Quarter
|
|
|
4th Quarter
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
756,636
|
|
|
$
|
719,031
|
|
|
$
|
708,755
|
|
|
$
|
699,750
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
533,733
|
|
|
|
517,329
|
|
|
|
510,022
|
|
|
|
507,268
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
77,540
|
|
|
|
74,434
|
|
|
|
58,549
|
|
|
|
63,865
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
36,358
|
|
|
|
37,741
|
|
|
|
29,379
|
|
|
|
36,146
|
|
Basic earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
0.55
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
Diluted earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
|
$
|
0.56
|
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
755,299
|
|
|
$
|
724,158
|
|
|
$
|
709,701
|
|
|
$
|
716,963
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
553,168
|
|
|
|
538,491
|
|
|
|
518,523
|
|
|
|
519,420
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
46,155
|
|
|
|
87,024
|
|
|
|
60,575
|
|
|
|
10,483
|
|
Net earnings(loss)
|
|
|
15,103
|
|
|
|
41,251
|
|
|
|
25,275
|
|
|
|
(5,361
|
)
|
Basic earnings(loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
(0.08
|
)
|
Diluted earnings(loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
(0.08
|
)
|
Year ended December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
606,975
|
|
|
$
|
583,623
|
|
|
$
|
587,184
|
|
|
$
|
656,126
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
436,099
|
|
|
|
430,509
|
|
|
|
432,365
|
|
|
|
480,837
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
75,484
|
|
|
|
75,193
|
|
|
|
51,871
|
|
|
|
19,396
|
|
Net earnings(loss)
|
|
|
40,328
|
|
|
|
39,843
|
|
|
|
25,241
|
|
|
|
(2,320
|
)
|
Basic earnings(loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
Diluted earnings(loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
0.56
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
72
|
|
Item 9.
|
Changes
in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure.
|
None.
|
|
Item 9A.
|
Controls
and Procedures.
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the
participation of our management, including our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the
design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Rules 13a 15(e) and
15d 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) as of the end of the period covered by this annual
report. Based on this evaluation, our management, including our
Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer,
concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, our disclosure
controls and procedures were effective as defined in
Rules 13a 15(e) and 15d 15(e) under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Managements
Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting
Please refer to Managements Annual Report on Internal
Control over Financial Reporting on page 44 of this report.
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
For the quarter ended December 31, 2008, there have been no
changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially
affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
Item 9B.
|
Other
Information.
|
None.
PART III
|
|
Item 10.
|
Directors,
Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.(*)
|
|
|
Item 11.
|
Executive
Compensation.(*)
|
|
|
Item 12.
|
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters.(*)
|
|
|
Item 13.
|
Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
Independence.(*)
|
|
|
Item 14.
|
Principal
Accountant Fees and Services.(*)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
The information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 is
or will be set forth in the definitive proxy statement relating
to the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of
Rent-A-Center,
Inc., which is to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. This definitive proxy
statement relates to a meeting of stockholders involving the
election of directors and the portions therefrom required to be
set forth in this
Form 10-K
by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 are incorporated herein by
reference pursuant to General Instruction G(3) to
Form 10-K. |
73
PART IV
|
|
Item 15.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules.
|
Financial
Statement Schedules
The financial statements included in this report are listed in
the Index to Financial Statements on page 41 of this
report. Schedules for which provision is made in the applicable
accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
are either not required under the related instructions or
inapplicable.
Exhibits
The exhibits required to be furnished pursuant to Item 15
are listed in the Exhibit Index filed herewith, which
Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
74
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned duly
authorized.
RENT-A-CENTER,
INC.
Robert D. Davis
Executive Vice President Finance,
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Date: February 27, 2009
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mark
E. Speese
Mark
E. Speese
|
|
Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mitchell
E. Fadel
Mitchell
E. Fadel
|
|
President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert
D. Davis
Robert
D. Davis
|
|
Executive Vice President Finance, Treasurer and
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael
J. Gade
Michael
J. Gade
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jeffery
M. Jackson
Jeffery
M. Jackson
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kerney
Laday
Kerney
Laday
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ J.
V. Lentell
J.
V. Lentell
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Leonard
H. Roberts
Leonard
H. Roberts
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Paula
Stern
Paula
Stern
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
75
INDEX TO
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Rent-A-Center, Inc., as amended
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
registrants Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of
December 31, 2002.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of
Rent-A-Center, Inc., dated May 19, 2004 (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the registrants Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2004.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Rent-A-Center, Inc. (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrants
Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of December 11, 2008.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Form of Certificate evidencing Common Stock (Incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on January 13, 1999.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Indenture, dated as of May 6, 2003, by and among Rent-A-Center,
Inc., as Issuer, Rent-A-Center East, Inc., ColorTyme, Inc.,
Rent-A-Center West, Inc., Get It Now, LLC, Rent-A-Center Texas,
L.P. and Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C., as Guarantors, and The
Bank of New York, as Trustee (Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 4.9 to the registrants Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.3
|
|
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 4, 2003,
between Rent-A-Center, Inc., as Issuer, the Guarantors named
therein, as Guarantors, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the
registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year
ended December 31, 2003.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.4
|
|
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 26, 2004,
between Rent-A-Center, Inc., as Issuer, the Guarantors named
therein, as Guarantors, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the
registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended March 31, 2004.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.5
|
|
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2004, between
Rent-A-Center, Inc., as Issuer, the Guarantors named therein, as
Guarantors, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the registrants
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2004.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.6
|
|
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 14, 2004, between
Rent-A-Center, Inc., as Issuer, the Guarantors named therein, as
Guarantors, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the registrants
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2004.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.7
|
|
Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2005, between
Rent-A-Center, Inc., as Issuer, the Guarantors named therein, as
Guarantors, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the registrants
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
2005.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.8
|
|
Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 17, 2006,
between Rent-A-Center, Inc., as Issuer, the Guarantors named
therein, as Guarantors, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the
registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.9
|
|
Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 17, 2006,
between Rent-A-Center, Inc., as Issuer, the Guarantors named
therein, as Guarantors, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the
registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended September 30, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.10
|
|
Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2006,
between Rent-A-Center, Inc., as Issuer, the Guarantors named
therein, as Guarantors, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the
registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc. Long-Term Incentive
Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended September 30, 2003.)
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated
as of May 28, 2003, as amended and restated as of July 14, 2004,
made by Rent-A-Center, Inc. and certain of its Subsidiaries in
favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
registrants Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 15,
2004.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Franchisee Financing Agreement, dated April 30, 2002, but
effective as of June 28, 2002, by and between Texas Capital
Bank, National Association, ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center,
Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the
registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 2002.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Supplemental Letter Agreement to Franchisee Financing Agreement,
dated May 26, 2003, by and between Texas Capital Bank, National
Association, ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center, Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the
registrants Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed July
11, 2003.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
First Amendment to Franchisee Financing Agreement, dated August
30, 2005, by and among Texas Capital Bank, National Association,
ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center East, Inc. (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the registrants
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
30, 2005.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Amended and Restated Franchise Financing Agreement, dated
October 1, 2003, by and among Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc.,
ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center East, Inc. (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the registrants
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
30, 2003.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Franchisee Financing
Agreement, dated December 15, 2003, by and among Wells Fargo
Foothill, Inc., ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center East, Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the
registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year
ended December 31, 2003.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Franchisee Financing
Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2004, by and among Wells Fargo
Foothill, Inc., ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center East, Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the
registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended March 31, 2004.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Franchisee Financing
Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2006, by and among Wells
Fargo Foothill, Inc., ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center East,
Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the
registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended September 30, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Franchisee Financing
Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2006, by and among Wells
Fargo Foothill, Inc., ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center East,
Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the
registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to Directors pursuant to
the Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc. Long-Term Incentive
Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the
registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2004.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to management pursuant
to the Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc. Long-Term
Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.21 to the registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2004.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.13*
|
|
Summary of Director Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Form of Stock Compensation Agreement issuable to management
pursuant to the Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc.
Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.15 to the registrants Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Form of Long-Term Incentive Cash Award issuable to management
pursuant to the Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc.
Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.16 to the registrants Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.)
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Form of Loyalty and Confidentiality Agreement entered into with
management (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to
the registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the registrants
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to management pursuant
to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the
registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Form of Stock Compensation Agreement issuable to management
pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the
registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Form of Long-Term Incentive Cash Award issuable to management
pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive
Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the
registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and Amendment
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the
registrants Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 4, 2007)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to management pursuant
to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the
registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Form of Stock Compensation Agreement issuable to management
pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive
Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the
registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to Directors pursuant to
the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the
registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.25*
|
|
Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement issuable to
Directors pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
Form of Executive Transition Agreement entered into with
management (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to
the registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, between
Rent-A-Center, Inc. and Mark E. Speese (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the registrants Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.28
|
|
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated October 2, 2006,
between Rent-A-Center, Inc. and Mark E. Speese (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the registrants
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
30, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.29
|
|
Rent-A-Center, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the
registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 2007.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.30*
|
|
Rent-A-Center, Inc. 401-K Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.31
|
|
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of
November 15, 2006, among Rent-A-Center, Inc., the several banks
and other financial institutions or entities from time to time
parties thereto, Union Bank of California, N.A., as
documentation agent, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as
syndication agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
administrative agent (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K
dated November 15, 2006.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
Subsidiaries of Rent-A-Center, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
.1*
|
|
Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 implementing Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Mark E. Speese
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
.2*
|
|
Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 implementing Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Robert D. Davis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
.1*
|
|
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by
Mark E. Speese
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
.2*
|
|
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by
Robert D. Davis
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management contract or compensatory
plan or arrangement
|
|
*
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
79
exv10w13
Exhibit 10.13
Rent-A-Center, Inc.
Summary of Director Compensation
Annual Retainers:
Non-employee directors each receive an annual retainer of $40,000. In addition, the chairperson of
the Audit Committee receives an annual retainer of $10,000, and the chairpersons of each of the
Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee receives an annual
retainer of $6,000. Members of the Audit Committee other than the chairperson receive an annual
retainer of $7,000, and members of each of the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee receive an annual retainer of $5,000. All retainers are payable in
cash, in four equal installments on the first day of each fiscal quarter.
Meeting Fees:
Non-employee
directors each receive $2,500 for each Board of Directors meeting attended in person
and are reimbursed for their expenses in attending such meetings.
Equity Awards:
Non-employee directors shall receive an annual award of restricted stock units valued at $50,000,
on the first business day of each fiscal year. These restricted stock units vest upon a directors
retirement.
exv10w25
Exhibit 10.25
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
DIRECTOR STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
STOCK
UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT made as of the ___ day of , 200___, between
Rent-A-Center, Inc. (the Company) and (the Director).
1. Stock Unit Award. In accordance with and subject to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006
Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Plan) and this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Director
a deferred stock award under the Plan, consisting of the right to
receive shares of the
Companys common stock (Shares).
2. Vesting and Issuance of Shares. This award is fully vested and nonforfeitable from
inception. The Director will be entitled to receive the Shares covered by this award upon the
termination of the Directors service as a member of the Companys Board of Directors (the Board).
3. Restrictions on Transfer. The Directors right to receive Shares under this
Agreement may not be sold, assigned, transferred, alienated, commuted, anticipated, or otherwise
disposed of (except by will or the laws of descent and distribution), or pledged or hypothecated as
collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of any obligation, or be otherwise
encumbered, and may not become subject to attachment, garnishment, execution or other legal or
equitable process, and any attempt to do so shall be null and void.
4. Compliance with Law. The Company will not be obligated to issue or deliver Shares
pursuant to this award unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares complies with applicable
law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, and the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which the
Companys common stock may then be listed.
5. Transfer Orders; Legends. All certificates for Shares delivered under this
Agreement shall be subject to such stock-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may
deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, any stock exchange or market upon which the Common Stock may then be listed, and any
applicable federal or state securities law. The Company may cause a legend or legends to be placed
on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
6. Provisions of the Plan. The provisions of the Plan, the terms of which are hereby
incorporated by reference, shall govern if and to the extent that there are inconsistencies between
those provisions and the provisions hereof. The Director acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan
prior to the execution of this Agreement.
7. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to its principles of conflict of laws.
-1-
8. Miscellaneous. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified other than by
written instrument executed by the parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RENT-A-CENTER, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
|
-2-
exv10w30
Exhibit 10.30
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
As Amended and Restated
Generally Effective as of January 1, 2007
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II ELIGIBILITY |
|
|
15 |
|
2.1 Initial Eligibility Requirements |
|
|
15 |
|
2.2 Treatment of Interruptions of Service |
|
|
16 |
|
2.3 Change in Status |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III CONTRIBUTIONS |
|
|
17 |
|
3.1 Pre-Tax Contributions |
|
|
17 |
|
3.2 Matching Contributions |
|
|
19 |
|
3.3 Profit Sharing Contributions |
|
|
19 |
|
3.4 Discretionary Contributions |
|
|
19 |
|
3.5 Form of Contributions |
|
|
20 |
|
3.6 Timing of Contributions |
|
|
20 |
|
3.7 Contingent Nature of Company Contributions |
|
|
20 |
|
3.8 Restoration Contributions |
|
|
21 |
|
3.9 USERRA Compliance |
|
|
21 |
|
3.10 Catch-up Contributions |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS BETWEEN PLANS |
|
|
22 |
|
4.1 Rollover Contributions |
|
|
22 |
|
4.2 Transfer Contributions |
|
|
23 |
|
4.3 Spin-offs to Other Plans |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V PARTICIPANTS ACCOUNTS: CREDITING AND ALLOCATIONS |
|
|
24 |
|
5.1 Establishment of Participants Account |
|
|
24 |
|
5.2 Allocation and Crediting of Pre-Tax, Matching, Profit Sharing,
Rollover and Transfer Contributions |
|
|
24 |
|
5.3 Allocation and Crediting of Discretionary Contributions |
|
|
24 |
|
5.4 Crediting of Restoration Contributions |
|
|
25 |
|
5.5 Allocation of Forfeitures |
|
|
25 |
|
5.6 Allocation and Crediting of Investment Experience |
|
|
25 |
|
5.7 Notice to Participants of Account Balances |
|
|
26 |
|
5.8 Good Faith Valuation Binding |
|
|
26 |
|
5.9 Errors and Omissions in Accounts |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI CONTRIBUTION AND SECTION 415 LIMITATIONS AND NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS |
|
|
27 |
|
6.1 Deductibility Limitations |
|
|
27 |
|
6.2 Maximum Limitation on Elective Deferrals |
|
|
27 |
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
6.3 Nondiscrimination Requirements for Pre-Tax Contributions |
|
|
28 |
|
6.4 Nondiscrimination Requirements for Matching Contributions |
|
|
30 |
|
6.5 Order of Application |
|
|
33 |
|
6.6 Code Section 415 Limitations on Maximum Contributions |
|
|
33 |
|
6.7 Construction of Limitations and Requirements |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII INVESTMENTS |
|
|
36 |
|
7.1 Establishment of Trust Account |
|
|
36 |
|
7.2 Investment Fund |
|
|
36 |
|
7.3 Participant Direction of Investments |
|
|
36 |
|
7.4 Valuation |
|
|
38 |
|
7.5 Voting and Tender Offer Rights |
|
|
39 |
|
7.6 Fiduciary Responsibilities for Investment Directions |
|
|
41 |
|
7.7 Appointment of Investment Manager; Authorization to Invest in
Collective Trust |
|
|
41 |
|
7.8 Purchase of Life Insurance |
|
|
42 |
|
7.9 Transition Rule |
|
|
42 |
|
7.10 Effective Date of Employer Stock Fund Amendments |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII VESTING IN ACCOUNTS |
|
|
42 |
|
8.1 General Vesting Rule |
|
|
42 |
|
8.2 Vesting Upon Attainment of Normal Retirement Age, Death or
Disability |
|
|
43 |
|
8.3 Timing of Forfeitures and Vesting after Restoration Contribution
|
|
|
43 |
|
8.4 Vesting after Delayed or In-Service Distribution |
|
|
44 |
|
8.5 Amendment to Vesting Schedule |
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX PAYMENT OF BENEFITS FROM ACCOUNTS |
|
|
45 |
|
9.1 Benefits Payable Upon Separation From Service for Reasons Other
Than Death |
|
|
45 |
|
9.2 Death Benefits |
|
|
47 |
|
9.3 Forms of Distribution |
|
|
48 |
|
9.4 Cash-Out Payment of Benefit |
|
|
48 |
|
9.5 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders |
|
|
49 |
|
9.6 Beneficiary Designation |
|
|
49 |
|
9.7 Claims and Appeal Procedures |
|
|
50 |
|
9.8 Explanation of Rollover Distributions |
|
|
50 |
|
9.9 Unclaimed Benefits |
|
|
51 |
|
9.10 Transition Rule |
|
|
51 |
|
9.11 Distribution Upon Severance from Employment |
|
|
51 |
|
9.12 Minimum Distribution Requirements |
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS |
|
|
56 |
|
10.1 Hardship Withdrawals |
|
|
56 |
|
10.2 Age 591/2 Withdrawals |
|
|
57 |
|
10.3 Rollover Account and After-Tax Account Withdrawals |
|
|
57 |
|
10.4 Source of Withdrawal Amounts |
|
|
57 |
|
10.5 Election to Withdraw |
|
|
57 |
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
10.6 Payment of Withdrawal |
|
|
57 |
|
10.7 Loans to Participants |
|
|
58 |
|
10.8 Transition Rule |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI ADMINISTRATION |
|
|
58 |
|
11.1 Plan Administrator |
|
|
58 |
|
11.2 Powers and Responsibility |
|
|
58 |
|
11.3 Reporting and Disclosure |
|
|
59 |
|
11.4 Construction of the Plan |
|
|
59 |
|
11.5 Assistants and Advisors |
|
|
59 |
|
11.6 Investment Authority |
|
|
60 |
|
11.7 Direction of Trustee |
|
|
60 |
|
11.8 Bonding |
|
|
60 |
|
11.9 Indemnification |
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XII ALLOCATION OF AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES |
|
|
61 |
|
12.1 Controlling Company and Board |
|
|
61 |
|
12.2 Trustee |
|
|
61 |
|
12.3 Limitations on Obligations of Fiduciaries |
|
|
61 |
|
12.4 Delegation |
|
|
61 |
|
12.5 Multiple Fiduciary Role |
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND ADOPTION |
|
|
62 |
|
13.1 Amendment |
|
|
62 |
|
13.2 Termination |
|
|
62 |
|
13.3 Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Company |
|
|
63 |
|
13.4 Merger, Consolidation and Transfer of Assets or Liabilities
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIV TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS |
|
|
65 |
|
14.1 Top-Heavy Plan Years |
|
|
65 |
|
14.2 Determination of Top-Heavy Status |
|
|
65 |
|
14.3 Top-Heavy Minimum Contribution |
|
|
68 |
|
14.4 Top-Heavy Minimum Vesting |
|
|
69 |
|
14.5 Construction of Limitations and Requirements |
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XV MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
70 |
|
15.1 Nonalienation of Benefits and Spendthrift Clause |
|
|
70 |
|
15.2 Headings |
|
|
71 |
|
15.3 Construction, Controlling Law |
|
|
71 |
|
15.4 No Contract of Employment |
|
|
71 |
|
15.5 Legally Incompetent |
|
|
71 |
|
15.6 Heirs, Assigns and Personal Representatives |
|
|
71 |
|
15.7 Title to Assets, Benefits Supported Only By Trust Fund |
|
|
71 |
|
15.8 Legal Action |
|
|
72 |
|
15.9 Severability |
|
|
72 |
|
15.10 Exclusive Benefit: Refund of Contributions |
|
|
72 |
|
15.11 Predecessor Service |
|
|
73 |
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
15.12 Plan Expenses |
|
|
73 |
|
15.13 Residents of Puerto Rico |
|
|
73 |
|
iv
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
Rent-A-Center, Inc., a holding company duly organized and existing under the laws of the State
of Delaware (the Controlling Company), hereby amends and restates the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 401(k)
Retirement Savings Plan (the Plan) generally effective as of January 1, 2007.
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE
A. The Plan initially was adopted effective as of October 1, 1997 under the name Renters
Choice, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan. Effective January 1, 1999, the Thorn Americas 401(k)
Savings Plan was merged into the Plan, and, in connection with such merger, the Plan was amended
and restated and its name was changed to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan.
B. The Plan has been amended from time-to-time since the 1999 restatement, including amendment
and restatements effective January 1, 2001 and January 1, 2003 and subsequent amendments.
C. The Plan is hereby amended and restated effective January 1, 2007 (the Effective Date)
(except where otherwise specifically provided) to incorporate the provisions of Amendments No. One
and Two to the Plan; except to the extent that the failure to retroactively make any provisions
effective prior to the Effective Date would result in the Plan (as it existed prior to the
Effective Date) containing a disqualifying provision, as defined in Treasury Regulations Section
1.401(b)-1 (as modified by any Treasury guidance), or an operational defect, as defined in Revenue
Procedure 2006-27, in which case such provision (and any definitions pertinent to the application
of such provision) will be retroactively effective to the date which will result in no such
disqualifying provision or operational defect in the Plan prior to the Effective Date. The Plan,
as set forth in this document, is intended and should be construed as a restatement and
continuation of the Plan as previously in effect, as so amended.
D. The purpose of the Plan is to provide certain benefits for the Employers Eligible
Employees and their Beneficiaries. It is the intention of the Controlling Company that the Plan
meet all of the requirements necessary or appropriate to qualify it as a 401(k) profit sharing plan
under Code Sections 401(a) and 401(k) and that the Trust made a part hereof be exempt from tax
under Code Section 501(a), and all provisions hereof shall be interpreted accordingly.
STATEMENT OF AGREEMENT
To amend and restate the Plan with the purposes and goals as herein above described, the
Controlling Company hereby sets forth the terms and provisions of the Plan as follows:
1
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of the Plan, the following terms, when initially capitalized, shall have the
meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning plainly is required by the context.
1.1 Account shall mean, with respect to a Participant or Beneficiary, the amount of
money or other property in the Trust Fund, as is evidenced by the last balance posted in accordance
with the terms of the Plan to the account record established for such Participant or Beneficiary.
The Plan Administrator, as required by the terms of the Plan and otherwise as it deems necessary or
desirable in its sole discretion, may establish and maintain separate subaccounts for each
Participant and Beneficiary, provided allocations are made to such subaccounts in the manner
described in Article V of the Plan. Account shall refer to the aggregate of all separate
subaccounts or to individual, separate subaccounts, as the appropriate context requires.
1.2 ACP or Average Contribution Percentage shall mean, with respect to a specified
group of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each
Participant in such group and rounded to the nearest 1/100th of a percent) of (i) the total of the
amount of Matching Contributions and, to the extent designated by the Plan Administrator, the other
elective and/or qualified nonelective contributions (excluding Pre-Tax, other elective and/or
qualified nonelective contributions counted for purposes of Section 6.3 and any Contributions
returned to a Participant or otherwise removed from his Account to correct excess Annual Additions)
actually paid to the Trustee on behalf of each such Participant for a specified Plan Year, to
(ii) such Participants Compensation for such specified Plan Year. If a Highly Compensated
Employee participates in the Plan and in one or more other plans of any Affiliates to which
matching or after-tax contributions are made (other than a plan for which aggregation with the Plan
is not permitted), the matching and after-tax contributions made with respect to such Highly
Compensated Employee shall be aggregated for purposes of determining his ACP. The ACP shall be
rounded to the nearest 1/100th of a percent and shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the
terms of Code section 401(m) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. If a Participant is
eligible to participate in the Plan for all or a portion of a Plan Year by reason of satisfying the
eligibility requirements of Article II but makes no Pre-Tax Contributions which are taken into
account (as described above) for purposes of calculating his ACP, and if he receives no allocations
of Matching Contributions or qualified nonelective contributions which are taken into account (as
described above) for purposes of calculating his ACP, such Participants ACP for such Plan Year
shall be zero.
1.3 ACP Tests shall mean the nondiscrimination tests described in Section 6.4.
1.4 Active Participants shall mean, for any Plan Year (or any portion thereof), any
Covered Employee who, pursuant to the terms of Article II, has been admitted to, and not removed
from, active participation in the Plan since the last date his employment commenced or recommenced.
2
1.5 ADP or Actual Deferral Percentage shall mean, with respect to a specified group of
Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant
in such group and rounded to the nearest 1/100th of a percent) of (i) the total of the amount of
Pre-Tax Contributions and Discretionary Contributions (excluding Pre-Tax Contributions and
Discretionary Contributions, if any, designated by the Plan Administrator to be taken into account
under Section 6.4 to help satisfy the ACP Tests, or removed from a Participants Account to correct
excess Annual Additions) and, to the extent designated under Section 6.3(b) by the Plan
Administrator, other elective and/or qualified nonelective contributions (excluding qualified
nonelective contributions counted for purposes of Section 6.4(c)) made on behalf of each such
Participant for a specified Plan Year, to (ii) such Participants Compensation for such specified
Plan Year. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in the Plan and one or more plans of any
Affiliates to which pre-tax contributions are made (other than a plan for which aggregation with
the Plan is not permitted), the pre-tax contributions made with respect to such Highly Compensated
Employee shall be aggregated for purposes of determining his ADP. The ADP shall be rounded to the
nearest 1/100th of a percent and shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the terms of Code
section 401(k) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. If a Participant is eligible to
participate in the Plan for all or a portion of a Plan Year by reason of satisfying the eligibility
requirements of Article II but makes no Pre-Tax Contributions and receives no allocation of
qualified nonelective contributions that are taken into account for purposes of the ADP Tests, such
Participants ADP for such Plan Year shall be zero percent.
1.6 ADP Tests shall mean the nondiscrimination tests described in Section 6.3.
1.7 Affiliate shall mean (i) a Participating Company, and (ii) any company, person or
organization which, on such date (A) is a member of the same controlled group of corporations
(within the meaning of Code section 414(b)) as is a Participating Company; (B) is a trade or
business (whether or not incorporated) which controls, is controlled by or is under common control
(within the meaning of Code section 414(c)) with a Participating Company; (C) is a member of an
affiliated service group (as defined in Code section 414(m)) which includes a Participating
Company; or (D) is required to be aggregated with a Participating Company pursuant to regulations
promulgated under Code section 414(o); provided, solely for purposes of Section 6.6, the term
Affiliate as defined in this Section shall be deemed to include any corporation that would be an
Affiliate if the phrase more than 50 percent were substituted for the phrase at least 80
percent in each place the latter phrase appears in Code section 1563(a)(1).
1.8 After-Tax Account shall mean the separate subaccount established and maintained on
behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to
after-tax contributions made to the Thorn Americas Plan prior to January 1, 1998.
1.9 Annual Addition shall mean the sum of the amounts described in Section 6.6(c)(1).
1.10 Beneficiary shall mean the person(s) designated in accordance with Section 9.6,
to receive any death benefits that may be payable under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.
3
1.11 Benefit Commencement Date shall mean, with respect to a Participant or
Beneficiary, the first day of the first period for which payment of his benefit under the Plan is
scheduled to commence, either as a result of his written election or by operation of the Plan.
1.12 Board shall mean the board of directors of the Controlling Company. A reference
to the board of directors of any other Participating Company shall specify it as such.
1.13 Break in Service shall mean, with respect to periods of severance of an Employee
beginning on and after January 1, 1999, a period of 12 consecutive months beginning on a post-1998
Severance Date or a post-1998 anniversary of such date, during which such Employee does not
complete an Hour of Service. For purposes of determining whether or not the Employee has incurred
a Break in Service, and solely for the purpose of avoiding a Break in Service, an Employee absent
from work due to a Maternity or Paternity Leave shall not have a Break in Service until the second
anniversary of the first day of such absence from employment, provided that the period between the
first and second anniversary of such first day of absence is not a period of service for any other
purpose.
For the purpose of determining whether or not an Employee has incurred a Break in Service, and
solely for the purpose of avoiding a Break in Service, to the extent required under the Family and
Medical Leave Act of 1993 and the regulations thereunder, an Employee shall be deemed to be
performing services for an Affiliate during any period the Employee is granted leave under such Act
for (i) the birth of a child, (ii) the placement with the Employee of a child for adoption or
foster care, (iii) to care for a spouse, child or parent of the Employee with a serious health
condition, or (iv) for a serious health condition that makes the Employee unable to perform the
functions of the Employees job.
1.14 Business Day shall mean each day on which the Trustee operates and is open to the
public for its business. If more than one trust is used as a funding vehicle for the Plan,
Business Day shall be determined by reference to the institutional Trustee; provided, if there is
more than one institutional Trustee, the Plan Administrator shall designate and specify the
institutional Trustee with respect to which Business Day shall be determined.
1.15 Catch-up Contributions shall mean contributions made pursuant to Section 3.10 of
the Plan and Code Section 414(v).
1.16 Catch-up Contribution Election shall mean an election by an Active Participant
directing the Participating Company of which he is an Employee to withhold an amount from his
current Compensation and to contribute such withheld amount to the Plan as a Catch-up Contribution.
In order to make a Catch-up Contribution Election, a Participant shall meet the eligibility
requirements of Section 3.10 and shall have made an election to make Pre-Tax Contributions up to
the Maximum Deferral Amount.
1.17 Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.18 Company Contributions shall mean Pre-Tax, Catch-up, Matching, Profit Sharing and
Discretionary Contributions made by the Participating Companies pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
4
1.19 Company Stock shall mean Company Stock issued by the Controlling Company which
constitutes qualifying employer securities under Code section 4975(e)(8). In the event Company
Stock or other qualifying employer securities are or become not readily tradeable on an established
securities market, the fair market value thereof shall be as determined by an independent appraiser
meeting requirements similar to those contained in Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code
section 170(a)(1).
1.20 Compensation shall have the meaning set forth in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d)
hereof, whichever is applicable:
(a) Benefit Compensation. For purposes of determining the amount of Pre-Tax
Contributions under Section 3.1, determining the amount of Matching Contributions and Profit
Sharing Contributions under Section 3.2 and 3.3, and allocating Discretionary Contributions
under Section 5.3, and for all other purposes except those set forth in Subsections (b),
(c), (d) and (e) hereof, Compensation shall mean, for any Plan Year, the total of the
amounts described in subsections (1) and (2) minus the amounts described in subsections (3),
(4), and (5), as follows:
(1) All amounts that are wages within the meaning of Code section 3401(a) and
all other payments of compensation to an employee by his employer (in the course of
the employees trade or business) for which the employer is required to furnish the
employee a written statement under Code section 6041(d), section 6051(a)(3) and
section 6052; provided, such amounts shall be determined without regard to any rules
under Code section 3401 that limit remuneration included in wages based on the
nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)); plus
(2) all pre-tax, salary deferral or reduction contributions made to the Plan
and other Section 401(k), Section 125 and Section 132 plans of the Affiliates on
behalf of a Participant for such Plan Year (including any contributions made under
Code section 402(e)(3), section 402(h)(1)(B) or section 403(b)); minus
(3) all amounts included in subsection (1) or (2) that consist of
reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash),
moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits (even if includable in
gross income); minus
(4) any amounts paid or made available to a Participant during the Plan Year
while he is not actively participating in the Plan; minus
(5) all Compensation in excess of $200,000 (as determined under Code
section 401(a)(17) and adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury under such Code
section for cost of living expenses).
(b) Section 415 Compensation. Solely for purposes of Section 6.1 (relating to
maximum deductible contribution limitations under Code section 404), Section 6.6 (relating
to maximum contribution and benefit limitations under Code section 415) and
5
Section 14.3 (relating to minimum Contributions under a Top-Heavy Plan), Compensation
shall mean, with respect to a Participant for a specified period, the amounts from all
Affiliates referred to in subsection (a)(1) hereof. Compensation as determined hereunder
shall also include any elective deferrals as defined in Section 402(g)(3) and any deferrals
made pursuant to Code sections 125, 132 or 457.
(c) Key Employee Compensation. Solely for purposes of determining which
Employees are Key Employees under Section 14.2 and which Employees are Highly Compensated
Employees under Section 1.43, for any applicable Plan Year, Compensation shall mean the
total of the amounts from all Affiliates determined under subsections (a)(1), (a)(2) and
(a)(5) hereof.
(d) Testing Compensation. For purposes of performing discrimination testing to
ensure compliance with Code section 401(a)(4), section 401(k) and section 401(m),
Compensation generally shall be defined separately for the Controlling Company and its
Affiliates as the amounts determined under subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(4), and (a)(5);
provided, on a Plan Year-by-Plan Year basis, the Plan Administrator may elect to use the
definition of Compensation as set forth in subsection (b) or (c) hereof or any other
definition that satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code section 414(s).
1.21 Contributions shall mean, individually or collectively, the Pre-Tax, Catch-up,
Matching, Profit Sharing, Discretionary, Rollover and Transfer Contributions permitted under the
Plan.
1.22 Controlling Company shall mean Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware holding company,
and its successors which adopt the Plan.
1.23 Covered Employee shall mean an Employee other than:
(a) An Employee who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from an
Affiliate which constitutes income from sources within the United States;
(b) An Employee who is a member of a collective bargaining unit, unless the terms of
the collective bargaining agreement between the Participating Company of the Employee and
the bargaining unit require that the Employee be eligible to participate in the Plan.
(c) An individual classified as an independent contractor or leased employee under a
Participating Companys customary worker classification procedures (whether or not such
individual is actually an Employee). The term leased employee means any person (other than
an employee of the recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any
other person (leasing organization) has performed services for the recipient (or the
recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code)
on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one (1) year and such services
are performed under the primary direction or control by the recipient. Contributions or
benefits provided a leased employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to
services performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient
employer.
6
A leased employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient if (i) such
employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer
contribution rate of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation, as defined in
Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but not including amounts contributed by the employer
pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which is excludable from the employees gross
income under Section 125, Section 402(a)(8), Section 402(h) or Section 403(b) of the Code,
(2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (ii) leased employees
do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the recipients workforce that are not
Highly-Compensated Employees.
(d) an individual employed pursuant to an agreement providing that the individual is
not eligible to participate in the Plan.
(e) an Employee whose basic compensation for services on behalf of a Participating
Company is not paid directly by the Participating Company or an Affiliate.
(f) an individual who is not contemporaneously classified as an Employee of a
Participating Companys payroll system. In the event such individual is reclassified as an
Employee for any purpose, including, without limitation, as a common law or statutory
employee, by any action of any third party, including, without limitation, any government
agency, or as a result of any private lawsuit, action, or administrative proceeding, such
individual will, notwithstanding such reclassification, remain ineligible for participation
hereunder and will not be considered a Covered Employee. In addition to and not in
derogation of the foregoing, the exclusive means for an individual who is not
contemporaneously classified as an Employee of a Participating Companys payroll system to
become eligible to participate in this Plan is through an amendment to the Plan which
specifically renders such individual eligible for participation hereunder.
1.24 Deferral Election shall mean an election by an Active Participant directing the
Participating Company of which he is an Employee to withhold a percentage of his current
Compensation from his paychecks and to contribute such withheld amounts to the Plan as Pre-Tax
Contributions, all as provided in Section 3.1.
1.25 Defined Benefit Minimum shall mean the minimum benefit level as described in
Section 14.3(d).
1.26 Defined Benefit Plan shall mean any qualified retirement plan maintained by an
Affiliate which is not a Defined Contribution Plan.
1.27 Defined Contribution Minimum shall mean the minimum contribution level as
described in Section 14.3(c).
1.28 Defined Contribution Plan shall mean a plan described in Section 6.6(c)(2).
1.29 Determination Date shall mean the date described in Section 14.2(b)(1).
1.30 Disability or Disabled shall mean a disability as determined under the Companys
long-term disability plan. Any claims with respect to any determination of Disability under the
7
Companys long-term disability plan shall be resolved under the claims procedures that apply
to such long-term disability plan. No determination of Disability shall be made under this Plan.
1.31 Discretionary Contributions shall mean the amounts paid by each Participating
Company to the Trust Fund as provided in Section 3.4.
1.32 Discretionary Account shall mean the separate subaccount established and
maintained on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund
attributable to Discretionary Contributions.
1.33 Effective Date shall mean January 1, 2007, the date that this restatement of the
Plan generally shall be effective; provided, any effective date specified herein for any provision,
if different from the Effective Date, shall control.
1.34 Elective Deferrals shall mean, with respect to a Participant for any calendar
year, the total amount of his Pre-Tax Contributions plus such other amounts as shall be determined
pursuant to the terms of Code section 402(g)(3).
1.35 Eligible Participant shall mean, for purposes of allocating Discretionary
Contributions for any Plan Year, any Active Participant who was not a Highly Compensated Employee.
1.36 Eligible Retirement Plan shall mean a plan which is a defined contribution plan,
the terms of which permit the acceptance of rollover distributions and which is either (i) an
individual retirement account described in Code section 408(a), (ii) an individual retirement
annuity described in Code section 408(b) (other than an endowment contract), (iii) a qualified
trust described in Code section 401(a) and exempt from tax under Code section 501(a), (iv) an
annuity plan described in Code section 403(a), (v) an annuity contract described in Section 403(b)
of the Code, or (vi) and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a
state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political
subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such
plan from this Plan. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of
distribution to a Surviving Spouse or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under
a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.
1.37 Eligible Rollover Distribution shall mean any distribution to (i) a Participant,
(ii) his Surviving Spouse (after his death), or (iii) his Spouse or former Spouse who is his
alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order (see Sections 9.5 and 15.1), of all or
any portion of the balance to his credit in a qualified trust (including any distribution to a
Participant of all or any portion of his Account); provided, an Eligible Rollover Distribution
shall not include (i) any distribution which is one of a series of substantially equal periodic
payments made, not less frequently than annually, (A) for the life (or life expectancy) of the
employee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the employee and his beneficiary, or
(B) for a specified period of 10 years or more, (ii) any distribution to the extent such
distribution is required under Code section 401(a)(9), (iii) the portion of any distribution that
is not includible in gross income of the employee, and (iv) any amount that is distributed on
account of hardship.
8
1.38 Employee shall mean any individual who is employed by a Participating Company
including officers, but excluding independent contractors, and directors who are not officers or
otherwise employees.
1.39 Employment Date shall mean the date on which an Employee first completes an Hour
of Service.
1.40 Entry Date shall mean the first day of each calendar month during the period in
which the Plan remains in effect.
1.41 ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.42 Forfeiture shall mean, for any Plan Year, the dollar amount of an Account of a
former Employee that is removed from the Account during such Plan Year.
1.43 Highly Compensated Employee shall mean an employee of an Affiliate who:
(a) was a five percent (5%) owner (5 Percent owner) during a Plan Year or during the
preceding Plan Year; or
(b) received compensation from a Participating Company in excess of $80,000 (subject to
indexing as permitted by the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder) during the preceding
Plan Year and, if the Company elects in accordance with Code Section 414(q), is in the group
consisting of the top twenty percent (20%) of the employees of the Participating Company
when ranked on the basis of compensation paid during such year.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Controlling Company can elect to use compensation
received in the current Plan Year in lieu of compensation received in the preceding Plan
Year under Section 1.43(b) to the extent permitted by Code Section 414(q) and applicable
guidance of the Internal Revenue Service.
For purposes of this Section 1.43, the term compensation means compensation as
defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code.
A former employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee if:
(1) Such employee was a Highly Compensated Employee when such employee
separated from service; or
(2) Such employee was a Highly Compensated Employee at any time after attaining
age fifty-five (55).
(c) Nonresident Aliens. For purposes of this Section, nonresident aliens who
receive no earned income from an Affiliate which constitutes income from sources within the
United States (as described in Code section 414(q)(8)) shall not be treated as employees.
9
(d) Compliance with Code Section 414(q). The determination of who is a Highly
Compensated Employee shall be made in accordance with Code section 414(q) and the
regulations promulgated thereunder.
1.44 Hour of Service shall mean each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled
to payment, for the performance of duties for an Affiliate.
1.45 Investment Fund or Funds shall mean one or all of the investment funds
established from time to time pursuant to the terms of Section 7.2.
1.46 Investment Manager shall mean an investment manager within the meaning of ERISA
Section 3(38).
1.47 Key Employee shall mean any person described in Section 14.2(b)(2).
1.48 Leave of Absence shall mean an excused leave of absence granted to an Employee by
an Affiliate in accordance with applicable federal or state law or the Affiliates personnel
policy. Among other things, Leave of Absence shall be granted to an Employee under such
circumstances as the Plan Administrator shall determine are fair, reasonable and equitable, as
applied uniformly among Employees under similar circumstances.
1.49 Limitation Year shall mean the 12-month period ending on each December 31, which
shall be the limitation year for purposes of Code section 415 and the regulations promulgated
thereunder.
1.50 Matching Account shall mean the separate subaccount established and maintained on
behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to
Matching Contributions.
1.51 Matching Contributions shall mean the amounts paid by each Participating Company
to the Trust Fund as a match to Participants Pre-Tax Contributions, as provided in Section 3.2.
1.52 Maternity or Paternity Leave shall mean any period during which an Employee is
absent from work as an employee of an Affiliate (i) because of the pregnancy of such Employee;
(ii) because of the birth of a child of such Employee; (iii) because of the placement of a child
with such Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by such Employee; or (iv) for
purposes of such Employee caring for a child immediately after the birth or placement of such
child.
1.53 Maximum Deferral Amount shall mean the maximum Pre-Tax Contribution that can be
made to this Plan, as determined under Section 402(g)(5), but shall not include Catch-up
Contributions.
1.54 Named Fiduciary shall mean the Controlling Company, the Board, the Plan
Administrator and the Trustee.
1.55 Non-Key Employee shall mean any person described in Section 14.2(b)(3).
10
1.56 Normal Retirement Age shall mean age 62.
1.57 Participant shall mean any person who has been admitted to, and has not been
removed from, participation in the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article II. Participant
shall include Active Participants and former Employees who have an Account under the Plan.
1.58 Participating Company shall mean any company that has adopted or hereafter may
adopt the Plan for the benefit of its employees and which continues to participate in the Plan, all
as provided in Section 13.3. Participating Companies as of the Effective Date are set out on
Schedule B.
1.59 Permissive Aggregation Group shall mean the group of plans described in
Section 14.2(b)(4).
1.60 Plan shall mean the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan as
contained herein and all amendments thereto. The Plan is intended to be a profit sharing plan
qualified under Code sections 401(a) and 401(k).
1.61 Plan Year shall mean the 12-month period ending on each December 31.
1.62 Pre-Tax Account shall mean the separate subaccount established and maintained on
behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to
Pre-Tax Contributions.
1.63 Pre-Tax Contributions shall mean the amounts paid by each Participating Company
to the Trust Fund at the election of Participants pursuant to Section 3.1(a).
1.64 Prior Plan shall mean this Plan as in effect prior to January 1, 2007.
1.65 Profit Sharing Account shall mean the separate subaccount established and
maintained on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund
attributable to Profit Sharing Contributions.
1.66 Profit Sharing Contributions shall mean the amounts paid by each Participating
Company to the Trust Fund, as provided in Section 3.3.
1.67 Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall mean the amounts paid by each
Participating Company to the Trust Fund as provided in Section 3.4.
1.68 Qualified Spousal Waiver shall mean a written election executed by a Spouse,
delivered to the Plan Administrator and witnessed by a notary public or a Plan representative,
which consents to the payment of all or a specified portion of a Participants death benefit to a
Beneficiary other than such Spouse and which acknowledges that such Spouse has waived his right to
be the Participants Beneficiary under the Plan. A Qualified Spousal Waiver shall be valid only
with respect to the Spouse who signs it and shall apply only to the alternative Beneficiary
designated therein, unless the written election expressly permits other designations without
further consent of the Spouse. A Qualified Spousal Waiver shall be irrevocable unless revoked by
the Participant by way of (i) a written statement executed by the Participant and
11
delivered to the Plan Administrator, or (ii) a written revocation of the nonspouse Beneficiary
designation to which such Spouse has consented; provided, any such revocation must be received by
the Plan Administrator prior to the Participants date of death.
1.69 Required Aggregation Group shall mean the group of plans described in
Section 14.2(b)(5).
1.70 Restoration Contributions shall mean the amounts paid to the Trust Fund by or on
behalf of a rehired individual pursuant to Section 3.8.
1.71 Rollover Account shall mean the separate subaccount established and maintained on
behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to
Rollover Contributions.
1.72 Rollover Contributions shall mean the amounts contributed to the Trust Fund (and
received and accepted by the Trustee) as rollover contributions received from an Eligible
Retirement Plan as defined in Code section 402(c) and Section 1.36 of the Plan. An amount shall be
treated as a Rollover Contribution only to the extent that its acceptance by the Trustee is
permitted under the Code (including the regulations and rulings promulgated thereunder).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall not accept a rollover contribution from any plan or
account which has an after-tax account or from any plan which requires that distributions be made
in any form other than a single sum distribution.
1.73 Severance Date shall mean, with respect to an Employee of an Affiliate, the
earlier of:
(a) the date on which such Employee quits, retires, is discharged or dies; or
(b) the first anniversary of the first date such Employee is absent from employment
with all Affiliates (with or without pay) for any other reason (for example, vacation,
Disability, Leave of Absence or layoff).
1.74 Severance from Employment means a separation from service that occurs when:
(a) an Employee ceases to be employed by the Controlling Company or an Affiliate, or
(b) a person fails to report for work with the Controlling Company or an Affiliate, at
the termination of an authorized leave of absence.
A transfer of employment from the Controlling Company to an Affiliate or from an Affiliate to
the Controlling Company shall not constitute a Severance from Employment for purposes of the Plan.
A person shall not be considered to have incurred a Severance from Employment due to his having
entered the Uniformed Services of the United States unless it is determined by the Plan
Administrator that he has no reemployment rights under the law. Upon the sale of all of the stock
(or other membership or equity interests) or substantially all of the assets used in a trade or
business of any Participating Company which has adopted the Plan prior to such sale, a Severance
from Employment shall occur on the date of such sale with respect to
12
any Employee who continues in employment with the purchaser of such assets or with such
Participating Company, as the case may be, provided that the following conditions are met:
(a) the Controlling Company continues to maintain the Plan after such sale;
(b) the Participating Company ceased to be a Participating Company under the Plan prior
to such sale;
(c) the purchaser of such Participating Companys stock (or other membership or equity
interests) does not adopt the Plan;
(d) the purchaser is not an Affiliate; and
(e) no assets or liabilities of the Plan are transferred to a defined contribution plan
maintained by the purchaser, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the purchaser, as the case
may be.
After incurring a Severance from Employment, a terminated person shall not be eligible for or
credited with Hours of Service or Years of Vesting Service for any purpose under the Plan with
respect to any period after such Severance from Employment.
1.75 Spouse or Surviving Spouse shall mean, with respect to a Participant the person
who is treated as married to such Participant under the laws of the state in which the Participant
resides. The determination of a Participants Spouse or Surviving Spouse shall be made as of the
earlier of the date as of which benefit payments from the Plan to such Participant are made or
commence (as applicable) or the date of such Participants death. In addition, a Participants
former spouse shall be treated as his Spouse or Surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a
qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code section 414(p).
1.76 Thorn Americas Plan shall mean the Thorn Americas 401(k) Savings Plan which was
merged into this Plan on January 1, 1999.
1.77 Top-Heavy Group shall mean the group of plans described in Section 14.2(b)(6).
1.78 Top-Heavy Plan shall mean a plan to which the conditions set forth in Article XIV
apply.
1.79 Transfer Account shall mean one or more separate subaccounts established and
maintained on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund
attributable to Transfer Contributions; provided, to the extent that the Plan Administrator (in
conjunction with the Plans recordkeeper) deems appropriate, other subaccounts may be used to
reflect Participants interests attributable to Transfer Contributions. Transfer Account shall
refer to the aggregate of all separate subaccounts established for Transfer Contributions or to
individual, separate subaccounts appropriately described, as may be appropriate in context.
Transfer Accounts shall be reflected and described on a schedule hereto.
1.80 Transfer Contributions shall mean amounts which are received either (i) by a
direct trustee to trustee transfer or (ii) as part of a spin-off, merger or other similar event by
the
13
Trustee from the trustee or custodian of another qualified retirement plan and held in the
Trust Fund on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary. Transfer Contributions shall retain the
character that those contributions had under the other qualified retirement plan; for example,
after-tax contributions under a prior plan shall continue to be treated as after-tax contributions
when held in the Transfer Account.
1.81 Trust or Trust Agreement shall mean the separate agreement between the
Controlling Company and the Trustee governing the creation of the Trust Fund and all amendments
thereto.
1.82 Trustee shall mean INTRUST Bank, N.A.
1.83 Trust Fund shall mean the total amount of cash and other property held by the
Trustee (or any nominee thereof) at any time under the Trust Agreement.
1.84 Valuation Date shall mean each Business Day; provided, the value of an Account or
the Trust Fund on a day other than a Business Day shall be the value determined for the immediately
preceding Business Day.
1.85 Years of Vesting Service shall mean, with respect to an Employee, the number of
whole 12-month periods of service commencing on the Employees Employment Date and ending on
Severance Date, subject to the following provisions:
(a) Aggregation Rule. In determining an Employees number of whole 12-month
periods of service for purposes of this Section, nonsuccessive periods of service shall be
aggregated (to the extent that any portion of such service is not excluded pursuant to the
terms of subsection (c) or (d) hereof) on the basis of days of service, with 365 days
(366 days in a leap year) of service equal to one Year of Vesting Service. Periods of
service of less than 365 days (366 days in a leap year) shall be disregarded.
(b) Counting Periods of Severance. In determining an Employees periods of
service for purposes of this Section, the following periods of severance shall be taken into
account and treated as periods of service:
(1) If an Employees employment with all Affiliates terminates and the Employee
then performs an Hour of Service within 12 months of his Severance Date, the period
between his Severance Date and his next, succeeding Employment Date shall be treated
as a period of service; and
(2) If an Employees employment with all Affiliates terminates before the end
of the initial 12-month period that begins on the first date such Employee is absent
from employment with all Affiliates for any reason other than termination of his
employment (for example, vacation, Disability, Leave of Absence or layoff), and if
such Employee then performs an Hour of Service before the end of said initial
12-month period, the period from his initial date of absence to his next succeeding
Employment Date shall be treated as a period of service.
14
(c) Pre-Break Service. Years of Vesting Service shall exclude any period of
time prior to a Break in Service if the Employee was not vested in his Matching Account
prior to the Break in Service and has incurred 5 or more consecutive 1-year Breaks in
Service.
(d) Post-Break Service. Years of Vesting Service completed after a period in
which the Participant had at least 5 consecutive Breaks in Service shall be disregarded for
the purpose of determining his vested interest in that portion of his Account which accrued
before such Breaks in Service.
(e) Predecessor Plan. To the extent required by Code section 414(a)(1) and not
otherwise counted hereunder, if an Affiliate maintains a plan that is or was the qualified
retirement plan of a predecessor employer, an Employees periods of employment with such
predecessor employer shall be taken into account in determining his Years of Vesting
Service.
(f) Predecessor Employer. To the extent determined by the Plan Administrator,
set forth on Schedule C attached hereto, and not otherwise counted hereunder, an Employees
periods of employment with one or more companies or enterprises acquired by or merged into,
or all or a portion of the assets or business of which are acquired by, an Affiliate shall
be taken into account in determining his Years of Vesting Service.
ARTICLE II
ELIGIBILITY
2.1 Initial Eligibility Requirements.
(a) General Rule. Except as provided in this subsection or in subsection (b) or
(c) hereof, all as modified by subsection (d) hereof, every Covered Employee shall become an
Active Participant on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date that is the
3-month anniversary date of the Covered Employees Employment Date by the Company or an
Affiliate, provided he is a Covered Employee on such Entry Date.
(b) Participation Upon Effective Date. Each Covered Employee who is an Active
Participant in the Prior Plan on the day immediately preceding the Effective Date shall be
an Active Participant in the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
(c) New Participating Companies. For employees of companies that become
Participating Companies after the Effective Date, each Covered Employee employed by a
Participating Company on the date such Participating Company first becomes a Participating
Company shall become an Active Participant as of such Participating Companys effective date
under the Plan, if, as of the Participating Companys effective date, the Covered Employee
has met the applicable eligibility requirements under Section 2.1(a).
15
(d) Predecessor Employer. To the extent determined by the Plan Administrator,
set forth on Schedule B hereto and not otherwise counted hereunder, an Employees periods of
employment with one or more companies or enterprises acquired by or merged into, or all or a
portion of the assets or business of which are acquired by, an Affiliate shall be taken into
account in determining whether he has completed the eligibility requirements set forth
herein; and, in its sole discretion, the Plan Administrator may establish a special entry
date for all Covered Employees of such an acquired business.
2.2 Treatment of Interruptions of Service.
(a) Leave of Absence or Layoff. If a Covered Employee satisfies the eligibility
requirements set forth in Section 2.1 but is on a Leave of Absence at the time he would have
become an Active Participant, he shall become an Active Participant on the date he
subsequently resumes the performance of duties as a Covered Employee in accordance with the
terms of his Leave of Absence.
(b) Reemployment Before Break in Service. If a Covered Employee satisfies the
eligibility requirements set forth in Section 2.1, terminates employment with a
Participating Company before the Entry Date on which he otherwise would become an Active
Participant, and then is reemployed by a Participating Company prior to completing a Break
in Service, he shall become an Active Participant on the later of (i) the Entry Date on
which he otherwise would have become an Active Participant if he had not terminated
employment, or (ii) the date he is reemployed as a Covered Employee.
(c) Reemployment After Break in Service.
(1) If a Covered Employee (other than a Covered Employee described in
subsection (2)) satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 2.1,
terminates employment with a Participating Company (and all other Participating
Companies) before the Entry Date on which he otherwise would become an Active
Participant, and then is reemployed as a Covered Employee by a Participating Company
after completing a Break in Service, he shall become an Active Participant as of the
Entry Date coinciding with or next following his completion of the eligibility
requirements set forth in Section 2.1 for the period commencing on his reemployment
date that follows his last Break in Service.
(2) A Covered Employee who was an Employee as defined under this Plan prior
to the Effective Date and who satisfies the Plans eligibility conditions but who
terminates employment prior to becoming a Participant in this Plan will become a
Participant on the later of the (i) the Entry Date on which he otherwise would have
become an Active Participant if he had not terminated employment, or (ii) the date
he is reemployed as a Covered Employee. The rule in this subsection (2) shall apply
whether or not the Covered Employee incurs a Break in Service.
16
(d) Reparticipation Upon Reemployment. If an Active Participant terminates
employment with a Participating Company (and all other Participating Companies), his active
participation in the Plan shall cease immediately, and he again shall become an Active
Participant as of the day he again becomes a Covered Employee. However, regardless of
whether he again becomes an Active Participant, he shall continue to be a Participant until
he no longer has an Account under the Plan.
2.3 Change in Status.
(a) Loss of Covered Employee Status. If a Covered Employee (i) satisfies the
eligibility requirements set forth in Section 2.1, (ii) changes his employment status (but
remains employed) so that he ceases to be a Covered Employee before the Entry Date on which
he otherwise would become an Active Participant, and (iii) then again changes his employment
status and becomes a Covered Employee prior to completing a Break in Service, he shall
become an Active Participant as of the later of (A) the date that would have been his Entry
Date, or (B) the date he again becomes a Covered Employee. If an Employee covered by this
subsection does complete a Break in Service prior to again becoming a Covered Employee, his
entry to participation in the Plan will be governed by Section 2.2(c).
(b) Change to Covered Employee Status. If an Employee who first satisfies the
eligibility requirements of Section 2.1 while he is not a Covered Employee subsequently
changes his employment status so that he becomes a Covered Employee, he shall become an
Active Participant as of the later of (i) the date that would have been his Entry Date, or
(ii) the date of his change in status.
(c) Change by Participant. If an Active Participant changes his status of
employment (but remains employed) so that he is no longer a Covered Employee, his active
participation in the Plan shall cease immediately, and he shall again become an Active
Participant in the Plan as of the day he again becomes a Covered Employee. However,
regardless of whether he again becomes an Active Participant, he shall continue to be a
Participant until he no longer has an Account under the Plan.
ARTICLE III
CONTRIBUTIONS
3.1 Pre-Tax Contributions.
(a) Generally. Each Participating Company shall contribute to the Plan, on
behalf of each Active Participant employed by such Participating Company and for each
regular payroll period and any payment of bonuses for which an Active Participant has a
Deferral Election in effect with such Participating Company, a Pre-Tax Contribution in an
amount equal to the amount by which such Active Participants Compensation has been reduced
for such period pursuant to his Deferral Election. The amount of the Pre-Tax Contribution
shall be determined in increments of 1 percent of such Active Participants Compensation for
each payroll period. An Active Participant may elect to
17
reduce his Compensation for any period by a minimum of 1 percent and a maximum of 50
percent (or such other minimum or maximum percentage and/or amount established by the Plan
Administrator from time to time), subject to the maximum limitations in Article VI;
provided, however, that the maximum percentage by which an Active Participant who is a
resident of Puerto Rico can elect to reduce his Compensation for any period is 10 percent.
(b) Deferral Elections. Each Active Participant who desires that his
Participating Company make a Pre-Tax Contribution on his behalf shall complete and deliver
to the Participating Company (or its designee) a Deferral Election. Such Deferral Election
shall provide for the reduction of his Compensation from each regular paycheck, bonus
paycheck and any other payment of compensation while he is an Active Participant employed by
such Participating Company. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall prescribe
the form of all Deferral Elections and may prescribe such nondiscriminatory terms and
conditions governing the use of the Deferral Elections as it deems appropriate. Subject to
any modifications, additions or exceptions which the Plan Administrator, in its sole
discretion, deems necessary, appropriate or helpful, the following terms shall apply to
Deferral Elections:
(1) Effective Date. An Active Participants initial Deferral Election
with a Participating Company shall be effective for the first payroll period which
ends after the Deferral Election is made and after the effective date of such
Deferral Election. If an Active Participant fails to submit a Deferral Election in a
timely manner, he shall be deemed to have elected a deferral of zero percent. For
purposes of this subsection, the effective date of a Deferral Election shall mean:
(A) for a Participant who commences participation in the Plan on an Entry Date, that
Entry Date; and (B) for a Participant who commences or recommences participation in
the Plan on a date other than an Entry Date, the date that is as soon as practicable
after the date on which the Deferral Election is processed by the Participating
Company.
(2) Term. Each Active Participants Deferral Election with a
Participating Company shall remain in effect in accordance with its original terms
until the earlier of (A) the date the Active Participant ceases to be a Covered
Employee of all Participating Companies, (B) the date the Active Participant revokes
such Deferral Election pursuant to the terms of subsection (b)(3) hereof, or (C) the
date the Active Participant or the Plan Administrator modifies such Deferral
Election pursuant to the terms of subsection (b)(4) or (b)(5) hereof. If a
Participant is transferred from the employment of a Participating Company to the
employment of another Participating Company, his Deferral Election with the first
Participating Company will remain in effect and will apply to his Compensation from
the second Participating Company until the earlier of (A), (B) or (C) of the
preceding sentence.
(3) Revocation. An Active Participants Deferral Election shall
terminate upon his ceasing to be a Covered Employee. In addition, an Active
Participant may revoke his Deferral Election with a Participating Company in the
18
manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, and such revocation shall be
effective as soon as practicable in the calendar month following the calendar month
in which it is made (under procedures established for the Plan). An Active
Participant who revokes a Deferral Election may enter into a new Deferral Election
in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, effective as soon as practicable
after the date on which it is processed; provided, the Plan Administrator, in its
sole discretion, may specify a suspension period for all Participants who
voluntarily revoke their Deferral Elections, such that any new Deferral Election
shall not be effective until a later date.
(4) Modification by Participant. An Active Participant may modify his
existing Deferral Election to increase or decrease the percentage of his
Contribution by making a new Deferral Election in the manner prescribed by the Plan
Administrator not more than once each calendar month. Such modification shall be
effective as soon as practicable in the calendar month following the calendar month
in which it is made (under procedures established for the Plan).
(5) Modification by Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything herein
to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may modify any Deferral Election of any
Active Participant at any time by decreasing the percentage of any Pre-Tax
Contributions to any extent the Plan Administrator believes necessary to comply with
the limitations described in Article VI.
3.2 Matching Contributions. For each Active Participant on whose behalf a
Participating Company has made any Pre-Tax Contributions, the Participating Company may, in its
discretion, make a Matching Contribution based on but no greater than the first 4 percent of the
Active Participants Compensation. Effective for the Plan Year beginning on the Effective Date, the
Matching Contribution on behalf of an Active Participant shall be $.50 for each $1.00 of Pre-Tax
Contributions, calculated as of each payroll period, but including no more than 4 percent of
Compensation for each such payroll period. The total amount of the Matching Contributions which a
Participating Company shall make for any Active Participant in a Plan Year shall not exceed
4 percent of such Active Participants Compensation paid by such Participating Company. The Board,
in its sole discretion, may change the matching percentage at any time.
3.3 Profit Sharing Contributions. For each Active Participant who is employed on the
last day of a Plan Year, the Participating Company, in its sole discretion, may make Profit Sharing
Contributions at the end of each Plan Year. The Participating Company has complete discretion to
determine the amount of the Profit Sharing Contribution, if any, each year. The Participating
Company shall allocate Profit Sharing Contributions to such Active Participants in the same ratio
as each Participants Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
Participants for the Plan Year.
3.4 Discretionary Contributions. To the extent and in such amounts as the Plan
Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems desirable or helpful as a method to help satisfy the
ADP and/or ACP Tests for any Plan Year and subject to the requirements and limitations set forth in
Sections 6.1, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.6, each Participating Company shall make a Discretionary
19
Contribution for such Plan Year. In the case of a Discretionary Contribution which is a
Qualified Nonelective Contribution, such Qualified Nonelective Contribution for a Plan Year shall
meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) (or any successor thereto),
shall be treated as Pre-Tax Contributions and shall be allocated to each affected Participants
Pre-Tax Account in a manner proportionate to the Compensation of all affected Participants. The
maximum Qualified Nonelective Contribution for each Eligible Participant for each Plan Year shall
be an amount equal to the difference between the maximum amount permitted under Section 6.6 after
taking into account the Pre-Tax Contributions and Matching Contributions for such Participant. Such
Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be nonforfeitable and shall be subject to the same
restrictions on distribution that apply to Pre-Tax Contributions, except that Qualified Nonelective
Contributions (and the earnings thereon) shall not be distributable under Section 10.1 in the event
of hardship.
3.5 Form of Contributions. All Contributions shall be paid to the Trustee in the form
of cash.
3.6 Timing of Contributions.
(a) Pre-Tax Contributions. Each Participating Company that withholds Pre-Tax
Contributions from an Active Participants paycheck pursuant to Section 3.1 (a) shall pay
such Pre-Tax Contributions to the Trustee as of the earliest date on which such
Contributions can reasonably be segregated from the Participating Companys general assets
(generally not to exceed 15 business days after the end of the month within which such
amounts otherwise would have been payable to such Active Participant in cash or such earlier
time as may be required by law).
(b) Matching, Profit Sharing, and Discretionary Contributions. To the extent
administratively practicable, all Matching, Profit Sharing, and Discretionary Contributions
shall be paid to the Trustee no later than (1) the date for filing the Participating
Companys federal income tax return (including extensions thereof) for the tax year to which
such Matching, Profit Sharing, and Discretionary Contributions relate, or (ii) such other
date as shall be within the time allowed to permit the Participating Company to properly
deduct, for federal income tax purposes and for the tax year of the Participating Company in
which the obligation to make such Contributions was incurred, the full amount of such
Matching, Profit Sharing, and Discretionary Contributions.
(c) Catch-up Contributions. Each Participating Company that withholds Catch-up
Contributions from an Active Participants paycheck pursuant to a Catch-up Contribution
Election under Section 3.10 shall pay such Catch-up Contribution to the Trustee as of the
earliest date on which such Contribution can reasonably be segregated from the Participating
Companys general assets (generally not to exceed fifteen (15) business days after the end
of the month within which such amounts otherwise would have been payable to such Active
Participant in cash or such earlier time as may be required by law).
3.7 Contingent Nature of Company Contributions. Notwithstanding Section 3.1 and
subject to the terms of Section 15.11, each Company Contribution made to the Plan by a
20
Participating Company is made expressly contingent upon the deductibility thereof for federal
income tax purposes for the taxable year of the Participating Company with respect to which such
Company Contribution is made.
3.8 Restoration Contributions.
(a) Restoration Upon Buy-Back. If a Participant who is not 100 percent vested
in his Matching Account and Profit Sharing Account has received a distribution of the entire
vested portion of his Matching Account and Profit Sharing Account in a manner described in
Section 8.3(a) (such that he forfeited the nonvested portion of his Matching Account and
Profit Sharing Account in accordance with the terms of Section 8.3(a)), and such Participant
is subsequently rehired as a Covered Employee prior to the occurrence of 5 consecutive
Breaks in Service, that individual may, prior to the earlier of (i) 5 years after the first
day on which he is rehired or (ii) the close of the first period of 5 consecutive Breaks in
Service commencing after the distribution, repay the full amount of the distribution to the
Trustee (unadjusted for gains or losses). Upon such repayment, his Accounts will be
credited with (i) all of the benefits (unadjusted for gains or losses) which were forfeited,
and (ii) the amount of the repayment.
(b) Restoration of Other Forfeitures. If a Participant has forfeited his
nonvested Accounts in accordance with Section 8.3(b) or Section 8.4, and such Participant
subsequently is rehired as a Covered Employee prior to the occurrence of 5 consecutive
Breaks in Service, his Account shall be credited with all of the benefits (unadjusted for
gains or losses) which were forfeited, as determined pursuant to the terms of
Section 8.3(b) or Section 8.4, respectively.
(c) Restoration Contribution. The assets necessary to fund the Account of the
rehired individual (in excess of the amount of the repayment, if any) shall be provided no
later than as of the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which repayment occurs
(if subsection (a) hereof applies) or in which the individual is rehired (if
subsection (b) hereof applies), and shall be provided in the discretion of the Plan
Administrator from (i) income or gain to the Trust Fund with respect to Forfeitures,
(ii) Forfeitures arising from the Accounts of Participants employed or formerly employed by
the Participating Companies, or (iii) Contributions by the Participating Companies.
3.9 USERRA Compliance. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary,
contributions, benefits, Plan loan repayment suspensions and service credit with respect to
qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u), which provides
special rules relating to the reemployment of veterans under the Uniformed Services Employment and
Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (USERRA).
3.10 Catch-up Contributions. Effective January 1, 2002, all Active Participants
(other than Participants who work in and are residents of Puerto Rico, so long as Puerto Rico law
does not permit Catch-up Contributions) who are eligible to make Pre-Tax Contributions under this
Plan and who have attained or will attain age fifty (50) before the close of the Plan Year shall be
eligible to make Catch-up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of,
Section 414(v) of the Code. Such Catch-up Contributions shall not be taken into account for
21
purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Section 402(g)
and 415 of the Code. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the
Plan implementing the requirements of Section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b) or 416 of
the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-up Contributions. Each Active
Participant who desires that his Participating Company make a Catch-up Contribution on his behalf
shall complete and deliver to the Participating Company (or its designee) a Catch-up Deferral
Election, in the form prescribed for such purpose and under such terms and conditions as shall be
determined by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, the Plan Administrator may modify any Catch-up Contribution Election of any Active
Participant at any time to the extent the Plan Administrator believes necessary to comply with the
limitations of this Section 3.10 and Code Section 414(v). For purposes of clarification, although a
Catch-up Contribution is made on a pre-tax basis and is an elective deferral under the Code, the
defined terms Pre-Tax Contributions and Elective Deferral as used in this Plan do not refer to
Catch-up Contributions. Accordingly, there are no Matching Contributions with respect to Catch-up
Contributions. Catch-up Contributions shall be maintained in the Pre-Tax Account of a Participant
and shall not require a separate subaccount.
ARTICLE IV
ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS BETWEEN PLANS
4.1 Rollover Contributions.
(a) Request by Covered Employee. A Covered Employee may make a written request
to the Plan Administrator that he be permitted to contribute, or cause to be contributed, to
the Trust Fund a Rollover Contribution which is received by such Covered Employee or to
which such Covered Employee is entitled. Such written request shall contain information
concerning the type of property constituting the Rollover Contribution and a statement,
satisfactory to the Plan Administrator, that the property constitutes a Rollover
Contribution. If a Covered Employee who is not a Participant makes a Rollover Contribution,
the time and method of distribution of such Covered Employees Rollover Account shall be
determined under the terms of the Plan as if such Covered Employee were a Participant, but
he shall not be considered a Participant under the Plan for any other purpose.
(b) Acceptance of Rollover. Subject to the terms of the Plan and the Code
(including regulations and rulings promulgated thereunder), the Plan Administrator, in its
sole discretion, shall determine whether (and if so, under what conditions and in what form)
a Rollover Contribution shall be accepted at any time by the Trustee. For example, the Plan
Administrator, in its sole discretion, may decide to allow Rollover Contributions from
Participants and/or direct Rollover Contributions from another qualified retirement plan (as
described in Code section 401(a)(31)) and may decide to pass through to the Covered Employee
making the Rollover Contribution any recordkeeping fees directly attributable to his
Rollover Contribution. In the event the Plan Administrator permits an Active Participant to
make a Rollover Contribution, the amount of the Rollover Contribution shall be transferred
to the Trustee and allocated as soon as practicable
22
thereafter to a Rollover Account for the Active Participant. Unless the Plan
Administrator permits otherwise, all Rollover Contributions shall be made in cash.
4.2 Transfer Contributions.
(a) Direct Transfers Permitted. The Plan Administrator, in its sole
discretion, shall permit direct trustee-to-trustee transfers of assets and liabilities to
the Plan (which shall be distinguished from direct Rollover Contributions as described in
Code section 401(a)(31)) as a Transfer Contribution on behalf of an Active Participant.
However, in no event shall a Transfer Contribution be accepted on behalf of an Active
Participant if such Transfer Contribution is from a retirement plan which, with respect to
such Participant, is subject to the requirements of providing any alternative form of
benefit not permitted under the Plan.
(b) Mergers and Spin-offs Permitted. The Plan Administrator, in its sole
discretion, shall permit other qualified retirement plans to transfer assets and liabilities
to the Plan as part of a merger, spin-off or similar transaction. Any such transfer shall
be made in accordance with the terms of the Code and subject to such rules and requirements
as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate. Without limitation, the Plan Administrator
shall determine the schedule under which such Transfer Contributions shall vest.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall a Transfer Contribution
be accepted if the transferring plan is subject to the requirements of providing any
alternative form of benefit not permitted under the Plan.
(c) Establishment of Transfer Accounts. As soon as practicable after the date
the Trustee receives a Transfer Contribution, there shall be credited to one or more
Transfer Accounts of each Participant the total amount received from the respective accounts
of such Participant in the transferring qualified retirement plan. Any amounts so credited
as a result of any such merger or spin-off or other transfer shall be subject to all of the
terms and conditions of the Plan from and after the date of such transfer.
(d) Certain Transfer Accounts. The Plan will only accept Transfer
Contributions in the event that the Plan would not be required to provide any form of
distribution with respect to the resulting Transfer Account other than a single sum
distribution. For this reason, the Plan will not accept Transfer Contributions which are
required to provide annuity or installment forms of distribution. The Plan Administrator
may develop additional rules and terms applicable to Transfer Contributions and resulting
Transfer Accounts.
4.3 Spin-offs to Other Plans. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may
cause the Plan to transfer to another qualified retirement plan (as part of a spin-off or similar
transaction) assets and liabilities maintained under the Plan. Any such transfer shall be made in
accordance with the terms of the Code and subject to such rules and requirements as the Plan
Administrator may deem appropriate. Upon the effectiveness of any such transfer, the Plan and
Trust shall have no further responsibility or liability with respect to the transferred assets and
liabilities.
23
ARTICLE V
PARTICIPANTS ACCOUNTS: CREDITING AND ALLOCATIONS
5.1 Establishment of Participants Account. The Plan Administrator shall establish
and maintain, on behalf of each Participant and Beneficiary, an Account which shall be divided into
segregated subaccounts. The subaccounts shall include (to the extent applicable) Pre-Tax,
After-Tax, Matching, Profit Sharing, Rollover, and Transfer Accounts and such other subaccounts as
the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate or helpful. Each Account shall be credited with
Contributions allocated to such Account and generally shall be credited with income on investments
derived from the assets of such Accounts. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, while
Contributions may be allocated to a Participants Account as of a particular date (as specified in
the Plan), such Contributions shall actually be added to a Participants Account and shall be
credited with investment experience only from the date such Contributions are received and credited
to the Participants Account by the Trustee. Each Account of a Participant or Beneficiary shall be
maintained until the value thereof has been distributed to or on behalf of such Participant or
Beneficiary.
5.2 Allocation and Crediting of Pre-Tax, Matching, Profit Sharing, Rollover and Transfer
Contributions. As of each Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately following the date on
which Pre-Tax, Matching, Profit Sharing, Rollover and Transfer Contributions are received on behalf
of an Active Participant, such Contributions shall be allocated and credited directly to the
appropriate Pre-Tax, Matching, Profit Sharing, Rollover and Transfer Accounts, respectively, of
such Active Participant.
5.3 Allocation and Crediting of Discretionary Contributions.
(a) General Provision. As of the last day of each Plan Year for which the
Participating Companies make (or are deemed to have made) Discretionary Contributions, the
Plan Administrator shall cause such Discretionary Contributions to be allocated in
accordance with the terms of subsection (b), (c), (d) or (e), whichever is applicable.
(b) Per Capita Discretionary Contributions. To the extent that the
Administrative Committee designates all or any portion of the Discretionary Contributions
for a Plan Year as Per Capita Discretionary Contributions, such Contributions shall be
allocated to the Accounts of all Eligible Participants who were Employees on the last day of
such Plan Year on a per capita basis (that is the same dollar amount shall be allocated to
the Account of each such Eligible Participant).
(c) Proportional Discretionary Contributions. To the extent that the Plan
Administrator designates all or any portion of the Discretionary Contributions for a Plan
Year as Proportional Discretionary Contributions, such Contributions shall be allocated to
the Account of each Eligible Participant who was an Employee on the last day of such Plan
Year in the same proportion that (i) the Compensation of such Eligible Participant for such
Plan Year bears to (ii) the total Compensation of all such Eligible Participants for such
Plan Year.
24
(d) Section 415 Discretionary Contributions. To the extent that the Plan
Administrator designates all or any portion of the Discretionary Contributions for a Plan
Year as Section 415 Discretionary Contributions, such Contributions shall be allocated to
the Discretionary Account of some or all Eligible Participants (i) beginning with such
Eligible Participant(s) who have the lowest Compensation (within the meaning of Testing
Compensation as described in Section 1.20(d)), until such Eligible Participants) reach
their annual addition limits (as described in Section 6.6), or the amount of the
Discretionary Contributions is fully allocated, and then (ii) continuing with successive
individuals or groups of Eligible Participants in the same manner until the amount of the
Section 415 Discretionary Contributions is fully allocated.
(e) Qualified Nonelective Contributions. To the extent that the Plan
Administrator designates all or any portion of the Discretionary Contributions as Qualified
Nonelective Contributions, such contributions shall be allocated to the appropriate
subaccount of each Eligible Participant with respect to whom such contributions are made.
5.4 Crediting of Restoration Contributions. As of each Valuation Date coinciding with
or immediately following the date (i) on which a Restoration Contribution pursuant to Section 3.8
is received from an Active Participant, or (ii) on which the Plan restores the forfeitable portion
of his Account pursuant to Section 3.8(c), such amount shall be credited to the appropriate
Pre-Tax, Matching, Profit Sharing, Rollover and Transfer Accounts of the Active Participant, in the
amounts distributed or forfeitable from such Accounts immediately prior to the earlier distribution
to such Participant.
5.5 Allocation of Forfeitures. To the extent Forfeitures for a Plan Year are not used
to pay Restoration Contributions pursuant to Section 3.8(b), to replace abandoned Accounts as
provided in Section 9.9, or to pay Plan expenses as provided in Section 15.12, the Plan
Administrator, in its sole discretion shall deem such Forfeitures to be Matching, Profit Sharing
and/or Discretionary Contributions (which shall first be used to reduce the Participating
Companies obligation, if any, to make such Contributions pursuant to the terms of the Plan and
then shall be added to, and combined with, any such other Contributions made for such Plan Year by
the Participating Companies), and such Forfeitures shall be allocated pursuant to the terms of
Section 5.2 or Section 5.3, as applicable.
5.6 Allocation and Crediting of Investment Experience. As of each Valuation Date, the
Trustee shall determine the fair market value of the Trust Fund which shall be the sum of the fair
market values of the Investment Funds. The Plan Administrator shall determine the amount of the
Accounts as follows:
(a) Determination of Investment Experience. As of each Valuation Date, the
investment earnings (or losses) of each Investment Fund shall be the amount by which the sum
determined in (1) exceeds (or is less than) the sum determined in (2), where (1) and (2) are
as follows:
(1) The sum of (A) the fair market value of such Investment Fund as of such
Valuation Date, plus (B) the amount of distributions and withdrawals and
25
any transfers to other Investment Funds made since the immediately preceding
Valuation Date from amounts invested in the Investment Fund; and
(2) The sum of (A) the fair market value of the Investment Fund as of the
immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus (B) Contributions deposited in and
amounts transferred to such Investment Fund since the immediately preceding
Valuation Date.
(b) Utilization of Investment Experience. To the extent directed by the Plan
Administrator, investment earnings initially shall be used to pay Restoration Contributions
pursuant to Section 3.8(b), to replace abandoned Accounts as provided in Section 9.9 or to
pay Plan expenses as provided in Section 15.12. As of each Valuation Date and prior to the
allocations described in Section 5.2, Section 5.3, Section 5.4 and Section 5.5, each
Participants Account shall be allocated and credited with a portion of such remaining
earnings or debited with a portion of such losses of each Investment Fund, as determined in
accordance with subsection (a) hereof, in the proportion that (i)(A) the amount credited to
such Account that was invested in such Investment Fund as of the immediately preceding
Valuation Date, minus (B) any distributions or withdrawals or transfers to other Investment
Funds which were made from such Account since such preceding Valuation Date and on or before
such current Valuation Date, plus (C) any amounts transferred to such Investment Fund since
the immediately preceding Valuation Date bears to (ii)(A) the total amount invested in such
Investment Fund by all Participants as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date, minus
(B) any distributions or withdrawals or transfers to other Investment Funds which were made
since such preceding Valuation Date and on or before such current Valuation Date, plus
(C) any amounts transferred to such Investment Fund since the immediately preceding
Valuation Date.
(c) Unitized Investments. To the extent that the Plans recordkeeper keeps its
records on the basis of units, the fair market value of each Investment Fund shall be
determined on the basis of units. Furthermore, adjustments for Contributions,
distributions, withdrawals and transfers to or from each such Investment Fund for purposes
of determining fair market value shall be made on the basis of units.
5.7 Notice to Participants of Account Balances. At least once for each Plan Year, the
Plan Administrator shall cause a written statement of a Participants Account balance to be
distributed to the Participant.
5.8 Good Faith Valuation Binding. In determining the value of the Trust Fund and the
Accounts, the Trustee and the Plan Administrator shall exercise their best judgment, and all such
determinations of value (in the absence of bad faith) shall be binding upon all Participants and
Beneficiaries.
5.9 Errors and Omissions in Accounts. If an error or omission is discovered in the
Account of a Participant or Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator shall cause appropriate, equitable
adjustments to be made as of the Valuation Date as soon as practicable following the discovery of
such error or omission.
26
ARTICLE VI
CONTRIBUTION AND SECTION 415 LIMITATIONS
AND NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS
6.1 Deductibility Limitations. In no event shall the total Company Contribution
amount for any taxable year of a Participating Company exceed that amount which is properly
deductible for federal income tax purposes under the then appropriate provisions of the Code.
Generally, the maximum, tax-deductible Company Contribution amount for any taxable year of a
Participating Company shall be equal to 15 percent of the total Compensation paid or accrued during
such taxable year to all Participants employed by such Participating Company; provided, no Company
Contribution amount shall be deductible if it shall cause the Plan to exceed the applicable maximum
allocation limitations under Code section 415, as described in Section 6.6. For purposes of this
Section, a Company Contribution may be deemed made by a Participating Company for a taxable year if
it is paid to the Trustee on or before the date of filing the Participating Companys federal
income tax return (including extensions thereof) for that year or on or before such other date as
shall be within the time allowed to permit proper deduction by the Participating Company of the
amount so contributed for federal income tax purposes for the year in which the obligation to make
such Company Contribution was incurred.
6.2 Maximum Limitation on Elective Deferrals.
(a) Maximum Elective Deferrals Under Participating Company Plans. The
aggregate amount of a Participants Elective Deferrals made for any calendar year under the
Plan and any other plans, contracts or arrangements with the Participating Companies shall
not exceed the Maximum Deferral Amount.
(b) Return of Excess Pre-Tax Contributions. If the aggregate amount of a
Participants Pre-Tax Contributions made for any calendar year by itself exceeds the Maximum
Deferral Amount, the Participant shall be deemed to have notified the Plan Administrator of
such excess, and the Plan Administrator shall cause the Trustee to recharacterize, if
possible, all or a portion of such excess amount as a Catch-up Contribution to the extent
permitted under Section 3.10 and Code Section 414(v), and then if there is still an excess
remaining, to distribute to such Participant, on or before April 15 of the next succeeding
calendar year, the total of (i) the amount by which such Pre-Tax Contributions exceed the
Maximum Deferral Amount, plus (ii) any earnings allocable thereto. In determining the
amount of earnings allocable to Excess Pre-Tax Contributions, any reasonable alternative
method of calculating earnings allocable to Excess Pre-Tax Contributions may be utilized,
including the safe harbor method. Earnings from the end of the Plan Year through a date
that is no more than seven (7) days before the actual date of distribution (gap period
income) will also be calculated and distributed with such Excess Pre-Tax Contributions. In
addition, Matching Contributions made on behalf of the Participant which are attributable to
the distributed Pre-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited.
(c) Return of Excess Elective Deferrals Provided by Other Participating Company
Arrangements. If after the reduction described in subsection (b) hereof, a
27
Participants aggregate Elective Deferrals under plans, contracts and arrangements with
Participating Companies still exceed the Maximum Deferral Amount, then, the Participant
shall be deemed to have notified the Plan Administrator of such excess, and, unless the Plan
Administrator directs otherwise, such excess shall be reduced by distributing to the
Participant Elective Deferrals that were made for the calendar year under such plans,
contracts and/or arrangements with Participating Companies other than the Plan. However, if
the Plan Administrator decides to make any such distributions from Pre-Tax Contributions
made to the Plan, such distributions (including forfeiture of Matching Contributions) shall
be made in a manner similar to that described in subsection (b) hereof.
(d) Discretionary Return of Elective Deferrals. If, after the reductions
described in subsections (b) and (c) hereof, (i) a Participants aggregate Elective
Deferrals made for any calendar year under the Plan and any other plans, contracts or
arrangements with Participating Companies and any other employers still exceed the Maximum
Deferral Amount, and (ii) such Participant submits to the Plan Administrator, on or before
the March 1 following the end of such calendar year, a written request that the Plan
Administrator distribute to such Participant all or a portion of his remaining Pre Tax
Contributions made for such calendar year, and any earnings attributable thereto (including
gap period income as described in subsection (b) hereof), then the Plan Administrator may,
but shall not be required to, cause the Trustee to distribute such amount to such
Participant on or before the following April 15. However, if the Plan Administrator decides
to make any such distributions from Pre-Tax Contributions made to the Plan, such
distributions (including forfeiture of Matching Contributions) shall be made in a manner
similar to that described in subsection (b) hereof.
(e) Return of Excess Annual Additions. Any Pre-Tax Contributions returned to a
Participant to correct excess Annual Additions shall be disregarded for purposes of
determining whether the Maximum Deferral Amount has been exceeded.
(f) Recharacterization of Catch-up Contributions. In the event a Participants
Pre-Tax Contributions for a Plan Year do not equal the Maximum Deferral Amount, a
Participants Catch-up Contributions, if any, for such Plan Year shall be recharacterized as
Pre-Tax Contributions for all purposes to the extent necessary to increase Pre-Tax
Contributions to equal such Maximum Deferral Amount. In the event that such Catch-up
Contributions are recharacterized as Pre-Tax Contributions, such recharacterized amounts
shall be treated as Pre-Tax Contributions for all purposes hereunder, including limitations.
6.3 Nondiscrimination Requirements for Pre-Tax Contributions.
(a) ADP Test. The annual allocation of the aggregate of all Pre-Tax
Contributions, any Qualified Nonelective Contributions designated by the Plan Administrator
for use in connection with the ADP Tests, and, to the extent taken into account under
subsection (b) hereof, elective and/or qualified nonelective contributions made under
another plan, shall satisfy at least one of the following ADP Tests for each Plan Year:
28
(1) The ADP for a Plan Year for the Highly Compensated Employees who are Active
Participants shall not exceed the product of (A) the ADP for the current Plan Year
for the Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees, multiplied by
(B) 1.25; or
(2) The ADP for a Plan Year for the Highly Compensated Employees who are Active
Participants shall not exceed the ADP for the current Plan Year for the Active
Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees by more than 2 percentage
points, nor shall it exceed the product of (A) the ADP for the current Plan Year of
the Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees, multiplied by
(B) 2.
(b) Multiple Plans. If pre-tax and/or qualified nonelective contributions are
made to one or more other plans (other than employee stock ownership plans as described in
Code section 4975(e)(7)) which, along with the Plan, are considered as a single plan for
purposes of Code section 401(a)(4) or section 410(b), such plans shall be treated as one
plan for purposes of this Section, and the pre-tax and applicable qualified nonelective
contributions made to those other plans shall be combined with the Pre-Tax and applicable
Discretionary Contributions for purposes of performing the tests described in subsection (a)
hereof. In addition, the Plan Administrator may elect to treat the Plan as a single plan
along with the one or more other plans (other than employee stock ownership plans as
described in Code section 4975(e)(7)) to which pre-tax and/or qualified nonelective
contributions are made for purposes of this Section; provided, the Plan and all of such
other plans also must be treated as a single plan for purposes of satisfying the
requirements of Code section 401(a)(4) and section 410(b) (other than the requirements of
Code section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)). However, plans may be aggregated for purposes of this
subsection only if they have the same plan year.
(c) Adjustments to Actual Deferral Percentages. In the event that the
allocation of the Pre-Tax Contributions and qualified nonelective contributions for a Plan
Year does not satisfy one of the ADP Tests of subsection (a) hereof, the Plan Administrator
shall cause the Pre-Tax and Discretionary Contributions for such Plan Year to be adjusted in
accordance with one or a combination of the following options:
(1) The Plan Administrator may cause the Participating Companies to make, with
respect to such Plan Year, Discretionary Contributions on behalf of, and allocable
to, the Eligible Participants described in Section 5.3 with respect to such Plan
Year, in the minimum amount necessary to satisfy one of the ADP Tests. Such
Discretionary Contributions shall be allocated among such Eligible Participants
pursuant to one of the methods described in Section 5.3.
(2) (A) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess Contributions,
plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later
than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose Accounts such Excess
Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year. The Committee will
determine the aggregate amount of Excess Contributions to be distributed by reducing
the ADP Percentage of the Highly Compensated
29
Employee with the highest ADP to the extent necessary to (i) satisfy the ADP
limits of Section 6.3(a), or (ii) cause such Highly Compensated Employees ADP to
equal the ADP of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest ADP, and then
repeat this process until the ADP limits of Section 6.3(a) are satisfied. The
aggregate amount of Excess Contributions shall then be distributed, pro rata, to
each Highly Compensated Employee with the highest dollar amount of Pre-Tax
Contributions of such Highly Compensated Employee to equal the dollar amount of the
Pre-Tax Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest
dollar amount of Pre-Tax Contributions. This process shall be repeated until the
aggregate amount of Excess Contributions is distributed.
(B) For purposes of this Section 6.3(c)(2), Excess Contributions shall
mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
(i) The aggregate amount of Pre-Tax Contributions and Qualified
Nonelective contributions actually taken into account in computing
the ADP of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
(ii) The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the
ADP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on
behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of the ADPs,
beginning with the highest of such percentages).
(3) In determining the amount of income allocable to Excess Contributions which
are distributed pursuant to subsection 6.3(c)(2), any reasonable alternative method
of calculating earnings allocable to such Excess Contributions may be utilized,
including the safe harbor method. Earnings from the end of the Plan Year through a
date that is no more than seven (7) days before the actual date of distribution
(gap period income) will also be calculated and distributed with such Excess
Contributions.
6.4 Nondiscrimination Requirements for Matching Contributions.
(a) ACP Test. The amount of the aggregate of all of a Plan Years After Tax
and Matching Contributions, any Qualified Nonelective Contributions designated by the Plan
Administrator for use in connection with the ACP Tests, and, to the extent designated by the
Plan Administrator pursuant to subsection (b) hereof, other elective and/or qualified
nonelective contributions made under another plan, shall satisfy at least one of the
following ACP Tests for such Plan Year:
(1) The ACP for a Plan Year for the Highly Compensated Employees who are Active
Participants shall not exceed the product of (A) the ACP for the current Plan Year
for the Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees, multiplied by
(B) 1.25; or
30
(2) The ACP for a Plan Year for the Highly Compensated Employees who are Active
Participants shall not exceed the ACP for the current Plan Year for the Active
Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees by more than 2 percentage
points, nor shall it exceed the product of (A) the ACP for the current Plan Year of
the Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees, multiplied by
(B) 2.
(b) Multiple Plans. If matching, after-tax, elective and/or qualified
nonelective contributions are made to one or more other plans (other than employee stock
ownership plans as described in Code section 4975(e)(7)) which, along with the Plan, are
considered as a single plan for purposes of Code section 401(a)(4) or section 410(b), such
plans shall be treated as one plan for purposes of this Section, and the matching,
after-tax, pre-tax and applicable qualified nonelective contributions made to those other
plans shall be combined with the Matching, Pre-Tax and Discretionary Contributions for
purposes of performing the tests described in subsection (a) hereof. In addition, the Plan
Administrator may elect to treat the Plan as a single plan along with one or more other
plans (other than employee stock ownership plans as described in Code section 4975(e)(7)) to
which matching, after-tax, elective and/or qualified nonelective contributions are made for
purposes of this Section; provided, the Plan and all of such other plans also must be
treated as a single plan for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Code
section 401(a)(4) and section 410(b) (other than the requirements of Code
section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)). However, plans may be aggregated for purposes of this
subsection only if they have the same plan year.
(c) Adjustments to Average Contribution Percentages. In the event that the
allocation of the After-Tax, Pre-Tax, Matching and Discretionary Contributions and other
elective and qualified nonelective contributions for a Plan Year does not satisfy one of the
ACP Tests of subsection (a) hereof, the Plan Administrator shall cause such Matching and/or
Discretionary Contributions for the Plan Year to be adjusted in accordance with one or a
combination of the following options:
(1) The Plan Administrator may cause the Participating Companies to make, with
respect to such Plan Year, Discretionary Contributions on behalf of, and
specifically allocable to, the Eligible Participants described in Section 5.3 with
respect to such Plan Year, in the minimum amount necessary to satisfy one of the ACP
Tests; such Discretionary Contributions shall be allocated among the affected
Eligible Participants pursuant to the methods described in Section 5.3.
Alternatively or in addition, the Plan Administrator may add a portion of the
Pre-Tax Contributions, that are made for the Plan Year by the Participants who are
not Highly Compensated Employees and that are not needed for the Plan to satisfy the
ADP Tests for the Plan Year, to the Matching Contributions for such Participants to
increase the ACP for such Participants.
(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, by the last day of the
Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the annual allocation failed both of the
ACP Tests, the Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to reduce the Excess
Aggregate Contributions taken into account with respect to Highly
31
Compensated Employees under such failed ACP Tests by the amount of Excess
Aggregate Contributions. Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus
any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited and treated as a Forfeiture;
provided, however, if the Excess Aggregate Contributions to be reduced are vested
and therefore may not be forfeited, those Excess Aggregate Contributions (plus any
earnings and minus any loss attributable thereto) shall be distributed to the Highly
Compensated Employees from whose Accounts such reductions have been made. Such
reductions in Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be made in accordance with, and
solely to the Accounts of those Highly Compensated Employees who are affected by,
the following procedure:
(A) Any distributions of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be
distributed first to the Highly Compensated Employees with the highest
dollar amounts of Matching Contributions (and any qualified Matching
Contributions taken into account in the ACP Test) pro rata, in an amount
equal to the lesser of (i) the total amount of Excess Aggregate
Contributions for the Plan Year or (ii) the amount necessary to cause the
amount of such Employees Matching Contributions (and any Pre-Tax
Contributions taken into account in computing actual contribution
percentages) to equal the amount of Matching Contributions (and any Pre-Tax
Contributions taken into account in computing actual contribution
percentages) of the Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest
dollar amount of Matching Contributions (and any Pre-Tax Contributions taken
into account in computing actual contribution percentages). This process is
repeated until the aggregate amount distributed equals the total amount of
Excess Aggregate Contributions. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions are
distributed more than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the last day of
the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a ten percent (10%) excise
tax will be imposed on the Participating Company maintaining the Plan with
respect to those amounts. Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated
as Annual Additions under the Plan.
(B) For purposes of this Section 6.4(c)(2), Excess Aggregate
Contributions shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
(i) The aggregate amount of the Matching Contributions and
after tax contributions (and any Qualified Nonelective
Contributions or Pre-Tax Contributions taken into account in
computing the ACP) actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated
Employees for such Plan Year, over
(ii) The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the
ACP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on
behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their ACP,
beginning with the highest of such percentages).
32
(3) In determining the amount of income allocable to Excess Aggregate
Contributions which are forfeited or distributed pursuant to subsection 6.4(c)(2),
any reasonable alternative method of calculating earnings allocable to such Excess
Aggregate Contributions may be utilized, including the safe harbor method. Earnings
from the end of the Plan Year through a date that is no more than seven (7) days
before the actual date of forfeiture or distribution (gap period income) will also
be calculated and forfeited or distributed with such Excess Aggregate Contributions.
6.5 Order of Application. For any Plan Year in which adjustments shall be necessary
or otherwise made pursuant to the terms of Sections 6.2, 6.3 and/or 6.4, such adjustments shall be
applied in the order prescribed by the Secretary of Treasury in Treasury Regulations or other
published authority.
6.6 Code Section 415 Limitations on Maximum Contributions.
(a) General Limit on Annual Additions. In no event shall the Annual Addition
to a Participants Account for any Limitation Year, under the Plan and any other Defined
Contribution Plan (including voluntary employee contribution accounts in a defined benefit
plan, key employee accounts under a welfare benefit plan described in Section 419 of the
Code, Participating Company contributions allocated to an individual retirement account
under Section 408 of the Code and individual medical accounts, as defined in
Section 415(1)(2) of the Code, maintained by a Participating Company, which provide Annual
Additions) maintained by an Affiliate, exceed the lesser of:
(1) $40,000, or if greater, the amount as adjusted by the Secretary of Treasury
for increases in the cost of living, or
(2) 100 percent (100%) of such Participants Compensation as determined under
Code Section 415 during such Plan Year, plus Pre-Tax Contributions and Participant
Contributions excluded from income under Code Sections 125, 132, 402(g)(3) or 457.
(b) Correction of Excess Annual Additions. If, as a result of either the
allocation of Forfeitures to an Account, a reasonable error in estimating a Participants
Compensation or Elective Deferrals, or such other occurrences as the Internal Revenue
Service permits to trigger this subsection, the Annual Addition made on behalf of a
Participant exceeds the limitations set forth in this Section, the Plan Administrator shall
direct the Trustee to take such of the following actions as it shall deem appropriate,
specifying in each case the amount of Contributions involved:
(1) As the first step in reducing a Participants Annual Addition, the total of
the Pre-Tax Contributions allocated to the Participants Pre-Tax Account and the
amount of any Matching Contributions attributable thereto shall be reduced in the
amount of the excess. The amount of the reduction from the Participants Pre-Tax
Account (plus any earnings thereon) shall be returned to the Participant, and any
Matching Contributions (and earnings thereon) attributable to
33
the returned Pre-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited and reallocated in the
manner described in subsection (c)(2) or (c)(3) hereof.
(2) If further reduction is necessary, the Discretionary Contributions
allocated to the Participants Account shall be reduced in the amount of the lesser
of (A) the amount of his Discretionary Contributions for such year, or (B) the
excess. The amount of the reduction shall be reallocated to the Accounts of Active
Participants who otherwise are eligible for allocations of Contributions and who are
not affected by such limitations, pursuant to the same method as Discretionary
Contributions otherwise are allocated to such Accounts, disregarding those Active
Participants whose Annual Addition equals or exceed the limitations hereunder.
(3) If the reallocation to the Accounts of other Participants in the then
current Limitation Year (as described in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) hereof) is
impossible without causing them or any of them to exceed the Annual Addition
limitations described in this Section, the amount that cannot be reallocated without
exceeding such limitations shall continue to be held in a suspense account and shall
be applied to reduce permissible Contributions in each successive Plan Year until
such amount is fully allocated; provided, so long as any suspense account is
maintained pursuant to this Section: (A) no Contributions shall be made to the Plan
which would be precluded by Code section 415; (B) investment gains and losses of the
Trust Fund shall not be allocated to such suspense account; and (C) amounts in the
suspense account shall be allocated in the same manner as Contributions as of the
earliest Valuation Date possible, until such suspense account is exhausted.
(c) Special Definitions Applicable to Code Section 415 Limitations.
(1) Annual Addition. For purposes of this Section, the term Annual
Addition for any Participant means the sum for any Limitation Year of:
(A) contributions made by an Affiliate on behalf of the Participant
under all Defined Contribution Plans;
(B) contributions made by the Participant under all Defined
Contribution Plans of an Affiliate (excluding rollover contributions as
defined in Code sections 402(c)(4), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3) and
contributions of previously distributed benefits which result in such a
Plans restoration of previously forfeited benefits pursuant to Treasury
Regulations Section 1.411(a)-7(d)); provided, the Annual Additions
limitation for Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987 shall not
be recomputed to treat all after-tax contributions as Annual Additions;
(C) forfeitures allocated to the Participant under all Defined
Contribution Plans of an Affiliate;
(D) amounts allocated for the benefit of the Participant after
March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account established under a
34
pension or annuity plan maintained by an Affiliate, as described in
Code section 415(1); and
(E) if the Participant was a Key Employee (as defined in Code
section 419A(d)(3)) at any time during the Plan Year during which or
coincident with which the Limitation Year ends or during any preceding Plan
Year, any amount paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, by an Affiliate to
a special account under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code
section 419(e)) to provide post-retirement medical or life insurance
benefits to the Participant, as described in Code section 419A(d)(2).
Contributions do not fail to be Annual Additions merely because they are
(i) Pre-Tax Contributions that exceed the Maximum Deferral Amount, (ii) Pre-Tax
Contributions that cause the Plan to fail the ADP Tests, or (iii) Matching
Contributions that cause the Plan to fail the ACP Tests, or merely because the
Contributions described in clauses (ii) and (iii) immediately above are corrected
through distribution or recharacterization; Contributions described in clause (i)
immediately above that are distributed in accordance with the terms of Section 6.2
shall not be Annual Additions. Rollover Contributions and Catch-up Contributions
shall not be Annual Additions.
(2) Defined Contribution Plan. The term Defined Contribution Plan
shall mean any qualified retirement plan maintained by an Affiliate which provides
for an individual account for each Participant and for benefits based solely on the
amount contributed to the Participants account and any income, expenses, gains,
losses and forfeitures of accounts of other Participants, which may be allocated to
such Participants account.
(d) Compliance with Code Section 415. The limitations in this Section are
intended to comply with the provisions of Code section 415 so that the maximum benefits
permitted under plans of the Affiliates shall be exactly equal to the maximum amounts
allowed under Code section 415 and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The provisions
of this Section generally are effective as of the Effective Date, but to the extent the Code
requires an earlier or later effective date with respect to any portions) of this Section,
such other effective date shall apply. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions
of this, Section and the provisions of Code section 415 and the regulations promulgated
thereunder, such discrepancy shall be resolved in such a way as to give full effect to the
provisions of the Code.
6.7 Construction of Limitations and Requirements. The descriptions of the limitations
and requirements set forth in this Article are intended to serve as statements of the minimum legal
requirements necessary for the Plan to remain qualified under the applicable terms of the Code.
The Participating Companies do not desire or intend, and the terms of this Article shall not be
construed, to impose any more restrictions on the operation of the Plan than required by law.
Therefore, the terms of this Article and any related terms and definitions in the Plan shall be
interpreted and operated in a manner which imposes the least restrictions on the Plan. For
example, if use of a more liberal definition of Compensation or a more liberal
35
multiple use test is permissible at any time under the law, then the more liberal provisions
may be applied as if such provisions were included in the Plan.
ARTICLE VII
INVESTMENTS
7.1 Establishment of Trust Account. All Contributions are to be paid over to the
Trustee to be held in the Trust Fund and invested in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the
Trust.
7.2 Investment Fund.
(a) Establishment of Investment Funds. In accordance with the investment
policy and objectives established by the Plan Administrator and the terms of the Plan and
the Trust, the Trustee shall establish and maintain for the investment of assets of the
Trust Fund, Investment Funds for the investment of Contributions and Accounts. Such
Investment Funds shall be made available in a manner sufficient to comply with ERISA
Section 404(c). The Trustee shall also be permitted to eliminate one or more of the then
existing Investment Funds, whether or not replaced with a new Investment Fund. Such
Investment Funds shall be established and modified by the Trustee from time to time without
necessity of amendment to the Plan. Investment Funds also may be established and maintained
for any limited purpose(s) the Plan Administrator may direct (for example, for the
investment of certain specified Accounts transferred from a prior plan). Notwithstanding
the above, the Trustee, upon the direction of the Plan Administrator, shall establish a
Company Stock Investment Fund. Such fund may only be established upon the direction of the
Plan Administrator, and shall only be modified or eliminated upon direction of the Plan
Administrator. The Trustee thus shall have no discretion with respect to or control over
any such investment fund.
(b) Reinvestment of Cash Earnings. Any investment earnings received in the
form of cash with respect to any Investment Fund (in excess of the amounts necessary to make
cash distributions or Restoration Contributions or to pay Plan or Trust expenses) shall be
reinvested in such Investment Fund.
7.3 Participant Direction of Investments. Subject to the provisions of section 404(c)
of ERISA, each Participant or Beneficiary generally may direct the manner in which his Accounts and
Contributions shall be invested in and among the Investment Funds described in Section 7.2.
Participant investment directions shall be made in accordance with the requirements of ERISA
section 404(c) and the following terms:
(a) Investment of Contributions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section,
each Participant may elect, on a form provided by the Plan Administrator, through an
interactive telephone system, website or in such other manner as the Plan Administrator may
prescribe, the percentage of his future Contributions that will be invested in each
Investment Fund. An initial election of a Participant shall be made as of the Entry Date
coinciding with or immediately following the date the Participant
36
commences or recommences participation in the Plan and shall apply to all such
specified Contributions credited to such Participants Account after such Entry Date;
provided, an earlier investment election may be made with respect to a Rollover Contribution
made before an Employee becomes an Active Participant. Such Participant may make subsequent
elections as of any Valuation Date, and such elections shall apply to all such Contributions
credited to such Participants Accounts following such date; for purposes hereof,
Contributions and/or Forfeitures that are credited to a Participants or Beneficiarys
Account shall be subject to the investment election in effect on the date on which such
amounts are actually received and credited, regardless of any prior date as of which such
Contributions may have been allocated to his Account. Any election made pursuant to this
subsection with respect to future Contributions shall remain effective until changed by the
Participant. In the event a Participant never makes an investment election or makes an
incomplete or insufficient election in some manner, the Trustee, based on authorized
directions from the Plan Administrator, shall direct the investment of the Participants
future Contributions.
(b) Investment of Existing Account Balances. Except as otherwise provided in
this Section, each Participant or Beneficiary may elect, on a form provided by the Plan
Administrator, through an interactive telephone system, website or in such other manner as
the Plan Administrator may prescribe, the percentage of his existing Accounts that will be
invested in each Investment Fund. Such Participant or Beneficiary may make such elections
effective as of any Valuation Date following his Entry Date into the Plan. Each such
election shall remain in effect until changed by such Participant or Beneficiary. In the
event a Participant fails to make an election for his existing Account pursuant to the terms
of this subsection (b) which is separate from any election he made for his Contributions
pursuant to the terms of subsection (a) hereof, or if a Participants or Beneficiarys
investment election is incomplete or insufficient in some manner, the Participants or
Beneficiarys existing Account will continue to be invested in the same manner provided
under the terms of the initial election affecting his Contributions.
(c) Conditions Applicable to Elections. Allocations of investments in the
various Investment Funds, as described in Subsections (a) and (b) hereof, shall be made in
even multiples of 1 percent as directed by the Participant or Beneficiary. The Plan
Administrator shall have complete discretion to adopt and revise procedures to be followed
in making such investment elections. Such procedures may include, but are not limited to,
the process of the election, the permitted frequency of making elections, the deadline for
making elections and the effective date of such elections; provided, elections must be
permitted at least once every 3 months. Any procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator
that are inconsistent with the deadlines or procedures specified in this Section shall
supersede such provisions of this Section without the necessity of a Plan amendment.
(d) Restrictions on Investment. To the extent any investment or reinvestment
restrictions apply with respect to any Investment Funds (for example, restrictions on
changes of investments between competing funds) or as a result of unanticipated depletion of
cash liquidity within an Investment Fund, a Participants or Beneficiarys ability to direct
investments hereunder may be limited.
37
(e) Sales and Purchases of Company Stock. Up to 100 percent of the Trust Fund
may be invested in Company Stock by investing in the Company Stock Investment Fund described
in Section 7.2, as follows:
(1) To the extent that any cash amounts received by or held in the Trust Fund
are to be invested in Company Stock, the Trustee, as directed by the Plan
Administrator, or, pursuant to Section 7.3, by a Participant or Beneficiary, shall
effect purchases of whole shares of Company Stock pursuant to procedures established
by the Plan Administrator. The Trustee shall make such purchases in compliance with
all applicable securities laws and may purchase Company Stock (A) in the open
market, (B) in privately negotiated transactions with holders of Company Stock
and/or the Controlling Company, and/or (C) through the exercise of stock rights,
warrants or options. With respect to Company Stock purchased on the open market,
the total cost to Participants shall include acquisition costs.
(2) To the extent that any shares of Company Stock held in the Trust Fund are
to be liquidated for purposes of investing in one or more of the other Investment
Funds, making distributions and/or otherwise, the Trustee, in a manner consistent
with the terms of subsection (e)(1) hereof, shall sell, at fair market value, the
appropriate number of shares of Company Stock to effect such election.
(3) If Company Stock is to be purchased or sold, such purchases and sales shall
be made as soon as administratively practicable.
7.4 Valuation.
(a) As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall determine the fair market value of
each of the Investment Funds after first deducting any expenses which have not been paid by
the Participating Companies. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with Plan
investments and, unless paid by the Participating Companies, all costs and expenses incurred
in connection with the general administration of the Plan and the Trust, shall be allocated
between the Investment Funds in the proportion in which the amount invested in each
Investment Fund bears to the amount invested in all Investment Funds as of the appropriate
Valuation Date; provided, all costs and expenses directly identifiable to one Investment
Fund shall be allocated to that Investment Fund.
(b) All purchases and sales of Company Stock or Investment Fund units shall be credited
to a Participants account for reporting purposes after the purchase and sale of the Company
Stock or such units is settled by the Trustee.
(c) In the event Company Stock or other qualifying securities are or become not readily
tradable on an established market, the fair market value thereof shall be as determined by
an independent appraiser meeting requirements similar to those contained in Treasury
Regulations promulgated under section 170(a)(1) of the Code and shall be determined (i), in
the case of a transaction between the Plan and a disqualified person, as of the date of the
transaction; or (ii), in the case of all other transactions, as of the most
38
recent prior date in the Plan Year of the transaction or the immediately preceding Plan
Year for which such value has been so determined by such an appraiser.
7.5 Voting and Tender Offer Rights.
(a) Voting and Tender Offer Rights With Respect to Investment Funds. To the
extent and in the manner permitted by the Trust and/or any documents establishing or
controlling any of the Investment Funds, Participants and Beneficiaries shall be given the
opportunity to vote and tender their interests in each such Investment Fund. Otherwise,
such interests shall be voted and/or tendered by the Investment Manager or other fiduciary
that controls such Investment Fund, as may be provided in the controlling documents.
(b) Voting and Tender Offer Rights With Respect to Company Stock.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, the provisions of this
Section 7.5(b) shall govern the voting and tendering of Company Stock held in the Trust
Fund.
(1) Voting.
(A) At the time of mailing of notice of each annual or special
stockholders meeting, the Controlling Company or its soliciting agent shall
send a copy of such notice and all proxy solicitation materials to each
Participant, together with a voting instruction form for return to the
Trustee or its designee. Such form shall show the number of full and
fractional shares of Company Stock credited to the Participants Account.
For purposes of this Section 7.5(b), the number of shares of Company Stock
deemed credited to any Participants Account shall be determined as of the
last preceding Valuation Date for which crediting and adjustment of Accounts
has been completed. The Controlling Company shall provide the Trustee with
a copy of any materials provided to the Participants and shall certify to
the Trustee, if requested, that such materials have been mailed or otherwise
sent to Participants.
(B) Each Participant shall have the right to instruct the Trustee as to
the manner in which the Trustee is to vote that number of shares of Company
Stock allocated to such Participants Accounts. Instructions from a
Participant to the Trustee concerning the voting of Company Stock shall be
communicated in writing, or any other means established by the Trustee.
Upon its receipt of such instructions, the Trustee shall vote such shares of
Company Stock as instructed by the Participant. If the Trustee shall not
receive voting instructions from a Participant with respect to shares of
Company Stock allocated to the Participants Account, the Trustee shall vote
such shares in accordance with Section 7.5(b)(1)(C) below.
39
(C) The Trustee shall vote all shares of Company Stock as to which it
has not received voting instructions in the same proportion on each issue as
it votes those shares allocated to Participants Accounts for which it
received voting instructions from Participants.
(D) Any instruction or other communication by a Participant to the
Trustee concerning any voting matter shall be held in confidence by the
Trustee and shall not be divulged to the Controlling Company or to any
officer or employee thereof or to any other person or entity.
(E) For purposes of this subsection (1), as well as subsection (2)
below, the term Participant shall include the beneficiary of a deceased
Participant and any alternate payee (as described in Section 9.5) for whom
an account has been established with an interest in Company Stock.
(2) Tender Offers.
(A) Upon commencement of a tender offer for Company Stock, the
Controlling Company shall notify each Participant of such tender offer and
utilize its best efforts to distribute or cause to be distributed to the
Participant such information as is distributed to shareholders of the
Controlling Company in connection with such tender offer and shall provide a
means by which the Participant can instruct the Trustee whether or not to
tender the Company Stock credited to such Participants Account. The
Controlling Company shall provide the Trustee with a copy of any materials
provided to the Participants and shall certify to the Trustee, if requested,
that such materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to Participants.
(B) Each Participant, whether or not such Participant is then vested in
such Participants Accounts, shall have the right to instruct the Trustee as
to the manner in which the Trustee is to respond to the tender offer for any
or all of the Company Stock held in the Company Stock Investment Fund that
are credited to such Participants Account. Instructions from a Participant
to the Trustee concerning the tender of Company Stock shall be communicated
in writing, or any other means established by the Trustee. The Trustee
shall respond to the tender offer with respect to such Company Stock as
instructed by the Participant. if a Trustee has not received tender
instructions from a Participant with respect to Company Stock credited to
that Participants Account, the Trustee shall have the responsibility for
responding to the tender offer with respect to such shares.
(C) A Participant who has directed the Trustee to tender any or all of
the shares of Company Stock credited to such Participants Account may, at
any time prior to the tender offer withdrawal date, instruct the
40
Trustee to withdraw, and the Trustee shall withdraw, such shares from
the tender offer prior to the tender offer withdrawal deadline. A
Participant shall not be limited as to the number of instructions to tender
or withdraw that the Participant may give to the Trustee.
(D) Any instruction or other communication by a Participant to the
Trustee concerning any tender offer matter shall be held in confidence by
the Trustee and shall not be divulged to the Controlling Company or to any
officer or employee thereof or to any other person or entity.
7.6 Fiduciary Responsibilities for Investment Directions. All fiduciary
responsibility with respect to the selection of Investment Funds for the investment of a
Participants or Beneficiarys Accounts shall be allocated to the Participant or Beneficiary who
directs the investment. Neither the Plan Administrator, the Investment Manager, the Trustee nor
any Participating Company shall be accountable for any loss sustained by reason of any action
taken, or investment made, pursuant to an investment direction.
7.7 Appointment of Investment Manager; Authorization to Invest in Collective Trust.
(a) Investment Manager. The Plan Administrator may appoint any one or more
individuals or entities to serve as the Investment Manager or Managers of the entire Trust
or of all or any designated portion of a particular Investment Fund or Investment Funds.
The Investment Manager shall certify that it is qualified to act as an investment manager
within the meaning of Section 3(38) of ERISA and shall acknowledge in writing its fiduciary
status with respect to the assets placed under its control. The appointment of the
Investment Manager shall be effective upon the Trustees receipt of a copy of an appropriate
Plan Administrator resolution (or such later effective date as may be contained therein),
and the appointment shall continue in effect until receipt by the Trustee of a copy of an
Plan Administrator resolution removing or accepting the resignation of the Investment
Manager (or such later effective date as may be specified therein). If an Investment
Manager is appointed, the Investment Manager shall have the power to manage, acquire and
dispose of any and all assets of the Trust Fund, as the case may be, which have been placed
under its control, except to the extent that such power is reserved to the Trustee by the
Controlling Company. If an Investment Manager is appointed; the Trustee shall be relieved
of any and all liability for the acts or omissions of the Investment Manager, and the
Trustee shall not be under any obligation to invest or otherwise manage any assets which are
subject to the management of the Investment Manager.
(b) Collective Trust. The Plan Administrator may designate that all or any
portion of the Trust Fund shall be invested in a collective trust fund, in accordance with
the provisions of Revenue Ruling 81-100 or any successor ruling, which collective trust fund
shall have been specifically identified in the Trust and adopted thereby as part of the
Plan. The trustee of said collective trust shall be appointed as either a co-trustee or
Investment Manager of the Plan, effective upon the Trustees receipt of a copy of an
appropriate Plan Administrator resolution (or such later effective date as may be contained
therein), and the investment in said collective trust shall continue in effect until
41
receipt by the Trustee of a copy of an Plan Administrator resolution terminating said
investment (or such later effective date as may be contained therein). Said designation or
direction shall be in addition to the powers to invest in commingled funds maintained by the
Trustee provided for in the Trust.
7.8 Purchase of Life Insurance. Life insurance contracts shall not be purchased.
7.9 Transition Rule. For purposes of effectuating a change in the Plans
recordkeeper, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VII to the contrary, the Plan
Administrator may designate a period during which no participant direction of investments shall be
permitted.
7.10 Effective Date of Employer Stock Fund Amendments. The provisions of Sections
1.19, 7.2(a), 7.3(e), 7.4 and 7.5 were first effective as of March 15, 2000.
ARTICLE VIII
VESTING IN ACCOUNTS
8.1 General Vesting Rule.
(a) Fully Vested Accounts. All Participants shall at all times be fully vested
in their Pre-Tax and Rollover Accounts, as well as in any subaccount that holds Qualified
Nonelective Contributions made in their behalf. Transfer Accounts shall be subject to the
vesting schedule in subsection (d) hereof unless a different vesting schedule is specified
on a schedule to the Plan.
(b) Prior Plan Participants. All individuals who were participants under the
Prior Plan on December 31, 2000, shall be credited with years of vesting service in
accordance with the terms of the Prior Plan on that date.
(c) Thorn Americas Plan Participants. All Participants who were participants
in the Thorn Americas Plan shall become fully vested in all assets credited to their
respective Matching Accounts on December 31, 1998.
(d) Matching Account and Profit Sharing Account. Except as provided in
Sections 8.2, 8.3 and 8.4, the Matching Account and Profit Sharing Account of each
Participant (including Participants who were participants in the Thorn Americas Plan, with
respect to contributions credited to their respective Matching Accounts and Profit Sharing
Accounts after January 1, 1999), who performs an Hour of Service on or after the Effective
Date shall vest in accordance with the following vesting schedule, based on the total of the
Participants Years of Vesting Service:
42
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage of Participants |
Completed by Participant |
|
Matching Account and Profit Sharing Account |
Less than 1 Year |
|
|
0 |
% |
1 Year, but less than 2 |
|
|
20 |
% |
2 Years, but less than 3 |
|
|
40 |
% |
3 Years, but less than 4 |
|
|
60 |
% |
4 Years, but less than 5 |
|
|
80 |
% |
5 Years or more |
|
|
100 |
% |
8.2 Vesting Upon Attainment of Normal Retirement Age, Death or Disability.
Notwithstanding Section 8.1, a Participants Matching Account and Profit Sharing Account shall
become 100 percent vested and nonforfeitable upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a) The Participants attainment of Normal Retirement Age while still employed as an
employee of any Affiliate;
(b) The Participants death while still employed as an employee of any Affiliate; or
(c) The Participants becoming Disabled while still employed as an employee of any
Affiliate.
8.3 Timing of Forfeitures and Vesting after Restoration Contribution. If a
Participant who is not yet 100 percent vested in his Matching and Profit Sharing Accounts separates
from service with all Affiliates, the nonvested amount in his Matching and Profit Sharing Accounts
shall be forfeited and shall become available for allocation as a Forfeiture (in accordance with
the terms of Section 5.5) in the Plan Year after such Participant incurs 5 consecutive 1-year
Breaks in Service; provided, if such Participant elects to receive a distribution of all of his
vested Matching and Profit Sharing Accounts, the nonvested amount in the Matching and Profit
Sharing Accounts (i) shall be forfeited and shall become available for allocation as a forfeiture
(in accordance with the terms of Section 5.5) in the Plan Year during which such distribution
occurs and (ii) shall be subject to the restoration rules set forth herein; and, provided further,
if a Participant has no vested interest in his Matching and Profit Sharing Accounts at the time he
separates from service, he shall be deemed to have received a cash-out distribution at the time he
separates from service, and the forfeiture provisions of this Section shall apply. If such a
Participant resumes employment with an Affiliate after he has incurred 5 or more consecutive Breaks
in Service, such nonvested amount shall not be restored. If such a Participant resumes employment
with an Affiliate before he has incurred 5 consecutive Breaks in Service, the nonvested amount
shall be restored as follows:
(a) Reemployment and Vesting After Cash-Out Distribution. If by the date of
reemployment such a Participant has received a distribution of the entire vested interest in
his Matching and Profit Sharing Accounts not later than the second Plan Year following the
Plan Year in which his separation from service with all Affiliates occurred,
43
the provisions of Section 3.7(a) shall be applicable (requiring repayment by such a
Participant as a condition for restoration of the nonvested amount). Upon such repayment,
the rehired individual immediately shall be credited on the Vesting Schedule set forth in
Section 8.1 with all previously earned Years of Vesting Service.
(b) Reemployment and Vesting Before Any Distribution. If such a Participant
has no vested interest in his Account (such that he had a deemed cashout of his Matching and
Profit Sharing Accounts), his Matching and Profit Sharing Accounts shall be restored
pursuant to the terms of Section 3.7 and then shall be subject to all of the vesting rules
in this Article VIII as if no Forfeitures had occurred.
8.4 Vesting after Delayed or In-Service Distribution. If a Participant (i) has
received an in-service withdrawal of all or a portion of his Matching Account and/or Profit Sharing
Account, or (ii) or becomes reemployed by any Affiliate before incurring 5 consecutive 1-year
Breaks in Service and after having received a distribution of the entire vested interest in his
Matching and Profit Sharing Accounts later than the close of the second Plan Year following the
Plan Year in which separation from service with all Affiliates occurred, then, notwithstanding the
general rules set forth in Section 8.1, the nonvested amount of his Accounts shall be restored
pursuant to the terms of Section 3.8, and the total amount of his undistributed Matching Account
(including the restored amount) shall be credited to his Matching Account and the total amount of
his undistributed Profit Sharing Account (including the restored amount shall be credited to his
Profit Sharing Account. The vested interest of such Participant in such Matching and Profit
Sharing Accounts prior to the date such Participant (i) again separates from service with all
Affiliates, (ii) incurs 5 consecutive Breaks in Service (such that the nonvested portions of his
Matching and Profit Sharing Accounts are forfeited), or (iii) becomes 100 percent vested pursuant
to the terms of Sections 8.1 or 8.2 hereof (whichever is earliest), shall be determined pursuant to
the following formula:
X = P (AB + [R x D]) (R x D),
where X is the vested interest at the relevant time (that is, the time at which the
vested percentage in such Matching Account cannot increase); P is the vested percentage at the
relevant time; AB is the balance of his Matching Account at the relevant time; D is the amount of
the distribution; and R is the ratio of his Matching Account balance at the relevant time to such
Accounts balance immediately after the distribution.
8.5 Amendment to Vesting Schedule. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
in no event shall the terms of any amendment to the Plan reduce the vested percentage that any
Participant has earned under the Plan. In the event that the Plan provides for Participants to
vest in their Accounts at a rate which is faster than that provided under any amendment hereto (or
in the event any other change is made that directly has an adverse effect on Participants vested
percentage), any Participant who has 3 or more years of vesting service (calculated in a manner
consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(a)-8T (or any successor section)) may elect to
have his vested percentage calculated under the schedule in the Plan before any such change, and
the Plan Administrator shall give each such Participant notice of his rights to make such an
election. The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the
amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and shall end on the
44
latest of: (1) 60 days after the amendment is adopted; (2) 60 days after the amendment becomes
effective; or (3) 60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by a
Participating Company or Plan Administrator.
ARTICLE IX
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS FROM ACCOUNTS
9.1 Benefits Payable Upon Separation From Service for Reasons Other Than Death.
(a) General Rule Concerning Benefits Payable. In accordance with the terms of
subsection (b) hereof and subject to the restrictions set forth in Subsections (c) and (d)
hereof, if a Participant separates from service with all Affiliates for any reason other
than death, or if a Participant becomes Disabled but remains an employee of an Affiliate, he
(or his Beneficiary, if he dies after such separation from service) shall be entitled to
receive or begin receiving a distribution of (i) the vested amount credited to his Account
determined as of the Valuation Date on which such distribution is processed, plus (ii) the
vested amount of any Contributions made on his behalf since such Valuation Date. For
purposes of this Article, the date on which such distribution is processed refers to the
date established for such purpose by administrative practice, even if actual payment and/or
processing is made at a later date due to delays in the valuation, administrative or any
other procedure.
(b) Timing of Distribution.
(1) Except as provided in Subsections (b)(2), (b)(3) and (d) hereof, benefits
payable to a Participant under this Section shall be distributed as soon as
administratively practicable after the Participant becomes Disabled or separates
from service with all Affiliates for any reason other than death.
(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (A) the value of the
Participants Account exceeds or at the time of any prior distribution exceeded
$1,000 and (B) the distribution date described in subsection (b)(1) hereof occurs or
is to occur prior to the Participants attainment of Normal Retirement Age, benefits
shall not be distributed to such Participant at the time set forth in subsection
(b)(1) hereof without the Participants written election on a form provided by the
Plan Administrator. In order for such Participants election to be valid, he must
actually separate from service or he must become Disabled on or before the
distribution date described in subsection (b)(1), his election must be filed with
the Plan Administrator within the 30-day period ending on such date, and the Plan
Administrator (no later than 30 days before such distribution date) must have
presented him with a notice informing him of his right to defer his distribution;
provided, the Participant may elect to waive the minimum 30 day notice period and to
receive his distribution before the end of such period. If the Participant does not
consent in writing to the distribution of his benefit at such time, his benefit
shall be distributed as soon as practicable after the earlier of (i)
45
the date he files a written election with the Plan Administrator requesting
such payment, or (ii) the date he attains age 65.
(3) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall
payment of the Participants benefit be made later than 60 days after the end of the
Plan Year which includes the latest of (i) the date on which the Participant
attained Normal Retirement Age, (ii) the date which is the 10th anniversary of the
date he commenced participation in the Plan, or (iii) the date he actually separates
from service with all Affiliates; provided, if the amount of the payment cannot be
ascertained by the date as of which payments are scheduled to be made hereunder,
payment shall be made no later than 60 days after the earliest date on which such
payment can be ascertained under the Plan.
(4) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Participants
benefit payments shall be made (or commence) no later than as provided for in
Section 9.12.
(c) Restrictions on Distributions from Pre-Tax Accounts. Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, (i) amounts in the Participants Pre-Tax Account,
(ii) amounts in a Participants Transfer Accounts credited with pre-tax contributions, and
amounts in a Participants Qualified Nonelective Contributions subaccount, if any, shall not
be distributable to such Participant earlier than the earliest of the following to occur:
(1) The Participants death, Disability or Severance from Employment with all
Affiliates;
(2) The termination of the Plan without the establishment or maintenance of a
successor defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as
defined in Code section 4975(e)) at the time the Plan is terminated or within the
period ending 12 months after the final distribution of all assets in all Pre-Tax
and Transfer Accounts described above in this subsection (c); provided, if fewer
than 2 percent of the Employees who are or were eligible under the Plan at the time
of its termination are or were eligible under another defined contribution plan at
any time during the 24 month period beginning 12 months before the time of
termination, such other plan shall not be a successor plan;
(3) The date of disposition by the Participating Company employing such
Participant of substantially all of its assets (within the meaning of Code
section 409(d)(2)) that were used by such Participating Company in a trade or
business; provided, such Participant continues employment with the corporation
acquiring such assets. The sale of 85 percent of the assets used in a trade or
business will be deemed a sale of substantially all of the assets used in such
trade or business;
(4) The date of disposition by the Participating Company employing such
Participant of its interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code
46
section 409(d)(3)); provided, such Participant continues employment with such
subsidiary;
(5) The attainment by such Participant of age 591/2; or
(6) Except in the case of Qualified Nonelective Contributions (and the earnings
thereon), the Participants incurrence of a financial hardship as described in
Section 10.1;
provided, for an event described in Subsections (c)(2), (c)(3) or (c)(4) hereof to
constitute events permitting a distribution from a Pre-Tax Account or a sub-account
containing Qualified Nonelective Contributions (or the affected Transfer Accounts), such
distribution must be made on account of such event in the form of a lump sum distribution,
as defined in Code section 402(d)(4) (without regard to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of
subparagraph (A), or subparagraphs (B) and (F) thereof); and provided further, for the
events described in Subsections (c)(3) or (c)(4) hereof to constitute events permitting such
a distribution, the Participating Company must maintain the Plan after the disposition.
(d) Delay Upon Reemployment or Termination of Disability. If a Participant
becomes eligible to receive a benefit payment in accordance with the terms of subsection (a)
and subsequently is reemployed by an Affiliate (or ceases to be Disabled, as applicable)
prior to the time his Account has been distributed, the distribution to such Participant
shall be delayed until such Participant again becomes eligible to receive a distribution
from the Plan.
9.2 Death Benefits.
(a) General Rule. If a Participant dies before payment of his benefits from
the Plan is made, the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated by such Participant in his
latest beneficiary designation form filed with the Plan Administrator in accordance with the
terms of Section 9.6 shall be entitled to receive a distribution of the total of (i) the
entire vested amount credited to such Participants Account determined as of the Valuation
Date on which the distribution is processed, plus (ii) any Contributions made on such
Participants behalf since such Valuation Date. Benefits shall be distributed to such
Beneficiary or Beneficiaries as soon as administratively feasible (and, if practicable,
within 90 days) after the date of the Participants death (or, if later, after timing
restrictions and requirements under the Code are satisfied). As required by Code
section 401(a)(9), in no event shall any such distribution be made later than 5 years after
the date of the Participants death. The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to
distribute a Participants Account to a Beneficiary without the written consent of such
Beneficiary.
(b) Rule for Surviving Spouse as Beneficiary. Notwithstanding
subsection 9.2(a), if the Beneficiary is a surviving Spouse and is eligible to receive the
Participants benefits, payment of such benefit shall commence as soon as practicable
following the later of (i) the date on which the Participant would have attained his
47
Normal Retirement Age (if he had survived) or (ii) the Participants date of death;
provided, if the Participant dies before his Normal Retirement Age, the Spouse instead may
elect (in a form provided for this purpose by the Plan Administrator and in a manner that
satisfies the requirements of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984) for the payment of his
survivor benefit to be distributed in a single lump-sum as soon as practicable following the
Participants date of death.
(c) Minimum Benefit Rule. Since all distributions under the Plan will be made
in a single lump-sum, all distributions will, in fact, comply with the minimum benefit
rule of Code section 401(a)(9), the regulations promulgated under Code section 401(a)(9),
including Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-2 and any other provisions reflecting the
requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) and prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, all
of which are incorporated by reference.
9.3 Forms of Distribution.
(a) General Rule. Except as provided in subsection (b), Participants shall be
entitled to elect to have all benefits described in this Article IX distributed by payment
in a lump sum; provided, to the extent a Participants or Beneficiarys Account is invested
in at least 5 whole shares of Company Stock, the Participant or Beneficiary may elect to
receive his distribution in whole shares of such stock, rather than in cash.
(b) Direct Rollover Distributions. If a Participant, Surviving Spouse, or a
spousal alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order who is the recipient of
any Eligible Rollover Distribution, elects to have such Eligible Rollover Distribution paid
directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan and specifies (in such form and at such time as the
Plan Administrator may prescribe) the Eligible Retirement Plan to which such distribution is
to be paid, such distribution shall be made in the form of a direct trustee-to-trustee
transfer to the specified Eligible Retirement Plan; provided, such transfer shall be made
only to the extent that the Eligible Rollover Distribution would be included in gross income
if not so transferred (determined without regard to Code section 402(c) and
section 403(a)(4)).
9.4 Cash-Out Payment of Benefit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Article IX, in the event that (i) a Participant has not elected a distribution in accordance with
Section 9.1(b)(2) and the amount of his vested Account balance falls below $1,000 at any time
following the date he is first eligible for a distribution, or (ii) the amount of the Participants
vested Account balance is $1,000 or less when he is first eligible for a distribution, the Plan
Administrator may distribute such Participants vested Account balance to him without written
consent, provided that (A) proper notice regarding the Participants rights to a distribution is
given to the Participant, and (B) the amount of the vested Account balance remains less than $1,000
on the date the distribution is made.
In determining the value of a Participants Account for purposes of this Section 9.4 relating
to the $1,000 limit, the Plan Administrator shall include that portion of the Participants Account
that is attributable to Rollover Contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning
of Code Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii) and 457(e)(16).
48
In the event a Participant has no vested interest in his Account at the time of his separation
from service, he shall be deemed to have received a cash-out distribution at the time of his
separation from service, and the forfeiture provisions of Section 8.3 shall apply.
9.5 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. In the event the Plan Administrator receives
a domestic relations order which it determines to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Plan
shall pay such benefit to the prescribed alternate payee(s) at such time and in such form as shall
be described in the qualified domestic relations order and permitted under Section 15.1(b). If the
qualified domestic relations order requires immediate payment, the specified benefit shall be paid
to the alternate payee as soon as practicable following the end of the month within which the Plan
Administrator determines that the order is qualified or, if later, after timing restrictions and
requirements under the Code are satisfied. To the extent consistent with the qualified domestic
relations order, the amount of the payment to an alternate payee shall include earnings, interest
and other investment proceeds through (but not after) the Valuation Date as of which the Trustee
processes the distribution. If a Participants Account is partially paid or payable to an
alternate payee, the Participants remaining portion of his Account shall be reduced accordingly
and shall be subject to the distribution provisions in this Article IX.
9.6 Beneficiary Designation.
(a) General. In accordance with the terms of this Section, Participants shall
designate and from time to time may redesignate their Beneficiary or Beneficiaries of the
benefits described in this Article IX in such form and manner as the Plan Administrator may
determine. A Participant shall be deemed to have named his Surviving Spouse, if any, as his
sole Beneficiary unless his Spouse consents to the payment of all or a specified portion of
the Participants benefit to a Beneficiary other than or in addition to the Surviving Spouse
in a manner satisfying the requirements of a Qualified Spousal Waiver and such other
procedures as the Plan Administrator may establish. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
married Participant may designate a nonspouse Beneficiary without a Qualified Spousal Waiver
if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that a
Qualified Spousal Waiver may not be obtained because his Spouse cannot be located or such
other permissible circumstances exist as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by
regulation.
(b) No Designation or Designee Dead or Missing. In the event that:
(1) a Participant dies without designating a Beneficiary;
(2) the Beneficiary designated by a Participant is not surviving when a payment
is to be made to such person under the Plan, and no contingent Beneficiary has been
designated; or
(3) the Beneficiary designated by a Participant cannot be located by the Plan
Administrator within 1 year after the date benefits are to commence to such person;
49
then, in any of such events, the Beneficiary of such Participant with respect
to any benefits that remain payable under this Article IX shall be the Participants
Surviving Spouse, if any, and if not, then the estate of the Participant.
(c) Former Spouse. Upon the marriage of a single Participant who was formerly
married and upon the entry of a decree of divorce respecting a married Participant and his
or her former spouse, any designation of a former spouse as Beneficiary of such Participant
shall be revoked automatically and become ineffective on and after the date the decree is
entered, unless otherwise provided in a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. The automatic
revocation of such Beneficiary designation shall cause the Participants benefit to be
distributed under the provisions of the Plan as if such spouse had predeceased the
Participant. However, a Participant may designate a former spouse as a Beneficiary under
the Plan, provided a properly completed Beneficiary designation form is filed with the
Administrative Committee subsequent to the marriage of a single Participant who was formerly
married or the entry of a decree of divorce respecting a Participant and a former spouse.
9.7 Claims and Appeal Procedures.
(a) Claims and Appeal Procedures. The Plan Administrator shall adopt, and may
change from time to time, claims and appeal procedures, provided that such claims and appeal
procedures and any changes thereto shall conform with Section 503 of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Such claims and
appeal procedures, as in effect from time to time, shall be deemed to be incorporated herein
and made a part hereof.
(b) Satisfaction of Claims. Any payment to a Participant or Beneficiary, or to
his legal representative or heirs at law, all in accordance with the provisions of the Plan,
shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the
Trustee, the Plan Administrator and the Adopting Company, any of whom may require such
Participant, Beneficiary, legal representative or heirs at law, as a condition to such
payment, to execute a receipt and release therefore in such form as shall be determined by
the Trustee, the Plan Administrator or the Adopting Company, as the case may be. If receipt
and release shall be required but execution by such Participant, Beneficiary, legal
representative or heirs at law shall not be accomplished so that the terms of Section 9.1
(b) (dealing with the timing of distributions) may be fulfilled, such benefits may be
distributed or paid into any appropriate court or to such other place as such court shall
direct, for disposition in accordance with the order of such court, and such distribution
shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of Section 9.1(b).
9.8 Explanation of Rollover Distributions. Within a reasonable period of time (as
defined for purposes of Code section 402(f)) before making an Eligible Rollover Distribution from
the Plan to a Participant or Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator shall provide such Participant or
Beneficiary with a written explanation of (i) the provisions under which the distributee may have
the distribution directly transferred to another Eligible Retirement Plan, (ii) the provisions
which require the withholding of tax on the distribution if it is not directly transferred to
another Eligible Retirement Plan, (iii) the provisions under which the distribution
50
will not be subject to tax if transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan within 60 days after
the date on which the distributee receives the distribution, and (iv) such other terms and
provisions as may be required under Code section 402(f) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
9.9 Unclaimed Benefits. The Plan shall not require either the Plan Administrator or
the Trustee to search for, or to ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. In
the event (i) a Participant becomes entitled to benefits under this Article IX, other than death
benefits, (ii) the Plan Administrator is unable to locate such Participant (after sending a letter
return receipt requested to the Participants last known address) and (iii) the Participant fails
to claim his distributive share or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Plan Administrator
within six (6) months from the date of the mailing of the letter notifying such Participant of his
entitlement to such benefits, then the full Account of the Participant shall be deemed abandoned
and treated as a Forfeiture. A Forfeiture under this paragraph, will occur at the end of the
notice period or, if later, the earliest date applicable Treasury Regulations would permit the
Forfeiture; provided, in the event such Participant is located or makes a claim subsequent to the
allocation of the abandoned Account; the amount of such abandoned Account (unadjusted for any
investment gains or losses from the time of abandonment) shall be restored (from abandoned
Accounts, Forfeitures, Trust earnings or Contributions made by the Participating Companies) to such
Participant, as appropriate; and provided further, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion,
may delay the deemed date of abandonment of any such Account for a longer period if it believes
that it is in the best interest of the Plan to do so.
9.10 Transition Rule. For purposes of effectuating a change in the Plans
recordkeeper, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Article IX to the contrary, the Plan
Administrator may designate a period during which no distributions shall be permitted.
9.11 Distribution Upon Severance from Employment. A Participants Accounts shall be
distributable on account of the Participants Severance from Employment, regardless of when the
Severance from Employment occurred. However, such a distribution shall be subject to the other
provisions of the Plan regarding distributions, other than provisions that require a separation
from service before such amounts may be distributed.
9.12 Minimum Distribution Requirements. Rev. Proc. 2002-29 required that qualified
retirement plans be amended by the end of the first plan year beginning on or after January 1,
2003, to comply with final and temporary regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, relating
to required minimum distributions, and provided sample amendments for this purpose. The following
provisions reflect such sample amendments, but are not intended to provide any right to any
optional form of distribution not otherwise provided in the Plan. The Plan provides for
distributions in a single, lump sum only.
(a) General Rules.
(1) Effective Date. The provisions of this Section 9.12 will apply for
purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning
with the 2003 calendar year.
51
(2) Precedence. The requirements of this Section 9.12 will take
precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.
(3) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All
distributions required under this Section 9.12 will be determined and made in
accordance with the Treasury regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.
(4) TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other
provisions of this Section 9.12 distributions may be made under a designation made
before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and
Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to
Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.
(b) Time and Manner of Distribution.
(1) Required Beginning Date. The Participants entire interest will be
distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the
Participants required beginning date.
(2) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the
Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participants entire interest will
be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
(A) If the Participants Surviving Spouse is the Participants sole
designated Beneficiary, then, distributions to the Surviving Spouse will
begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar
year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year
in which the Participant would have attained age 701/2 , if later.
(B) If the Participants Surviving Spouse is not the Participants sole
designated Beneficiary, then, distributions to the designated Beneficiary
will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the
calendar year in which the Participant died.
(C) If there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the
year following the year of the Participants death, the Participants entire
interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing
the fifth anniversary of the Participants death.
(D) If the Participants Surviving Spouse is the Participants sole
designated Beneficiary and the Surviving Spouse dies after the Participant
but before distributions to the Surviving Spouse begin, this Subsection
(b)(2), other than Subsection (b)(2)(A), will apply as if the Surviving
Spouse were the Participant.
For purpose of this Subsection (b)(2) and Subsection (d), unless Subsection
(b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the
52
Participants required beginning date. If Subsection (b)(2)(D) applies,
distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to
begin to the Surviving Spouse under Subsection (b)(2)(A). If distributions under an
annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant
before the Participants required beginning date (or to the Participants Surviving
Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the Surviving Spouse
under Subsection (b)(2)(A)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the
date distributions actually commence.
(3) Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participants interest is
distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a
single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution
calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Subsections (c) and (d)
of this Section 9.12. If the Participants interest is distributed in the form of
an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be
made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
Treasury regulations.
(c) Required Minimum Distributions During Participants Lifetime.
(1) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar
Year. During the Participants lifetime, the minimum amount that will be
distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:
(A) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participants account balance
by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in
Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participants
age as of the Participants birthday in the distribution calendar year; or
(B) if the Participants sole designated Beneficiary for the
distribution calendar year is the Participants Spouse, the quotient
obtained by dividing the Participants account balance by the number in the
Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the
Treasury regulations, using the Participants and Spouses attained ages as
of the Participants and Spouses birthdays in the distribution calendar
year.
(2) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of
Participants Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under
this Subparagraph (c) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to
and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participants date of
death.
(d) Required Minimum Distributions After Participants Death.
(1) Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.
(A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the
Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a
53
designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for
each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participants death is
the quotient obtained by dividing the Participants account balance by the
longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining
life expectancy of the Participants designated Beneficiary, determined as
follows:
(i) The Participants remaining life expectancy is calculated
using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one
for each subsequent year.
(ii) If the Participants Surviving Spouse is the Participants
sole designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the
Surviving Spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year
after the year of the Participants death using the Surviving
Spouses age as of the Spouses birthday in that year. For
distribution calendar years after the year of the Surviving Spouses
death, the remaining life expectancy of the Surviving Spouse is
calculated using the age of the Surviving Spouse as of the Spouses
birthday in the calendar year of the Spouses death, reduced by one
for each subsequent calendar year.
(iii) If the Participants Surviving Spouse is not the
Participants sole designated Beneficiary, the designated
Beneficiarys remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age
of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the
Participants death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(B) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or
after the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as
of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participants death, the
minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year
after the year of the Participants death is the quotient obtained by
dividing the Participants account balance by the Participants remaining
life expectancy calculation using the age of the Participant in the year of
death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(2) Death Before Date Distributions Begin.
(A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the
Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a
designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
distribution calendar year after the year of the Participants death is the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participants account balance by the
remaining life expectancy of the Participants designated Beneficiary,
determined as provided in Subparagraph(d)(1).
54
(B) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies
before the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary
as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participants
death, distribution of the Participants entire interest will be completed
by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participants death.
(C) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving
Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date
distributions begin, the Participants Surviving Spouse is the Participants
sole designated Beneficiary, and the Surviving Spouse dies before
distributions are required to begin to the Surviving Spouse under
Subparagraph (b)(2)(A), this Subparagraph (d)(2) will apply as if the
Surviving Spouse were the Participant.
(e) Definitions.
(1) Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the
Beneficiary under Section 9.6 of the Plan and is the designated Beneficiary under
Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of
the Treasury regulations.
(2) Distribution calendar year. A calendar year for which a minimum
distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participants
death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately
preceding the calendar year which contains the Participants required beginning
date. For distributions beginning after the Participants death, the first
distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required
to begin under Subparagraph(b)(2). The required minimum distribution for the
Participants first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the
Participants required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other
distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the
distribution calendar year in which the Participants required beginning date
occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of the distribution calendar year.
(3) Life expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single
Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.
(4) Participants account balance. The account balance as of the last
valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar
year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and
allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the
valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made
in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for
the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the
Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if
distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.
55
(5) Required beginning date. The date specified in Section 401(a)(9)(C)
of the Code.
ARTICLE X
WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS
10.1 Hardship Withdrawals.
(a) Parameters of Hardship Withdrawals. A Participant who is an Employee of an
Affiliate may make, on account of hardship, a withdrawal from the Plan. Any such
distribution shall first be made from his Pre-Tax Account balance (other than earnings in
said Pre-Tax Account earned after December 31, 1988), then the vested portion of such a
Participants Matching Account and Profit Sharing Account. No distribution shall be made of
a Participants Qualified Nonelective Contributions. For purposes of this subsection, a
withdrawal will be on account of hardship if it is necessary to satisfy an immediate and
heavy financial need of the Participant.
(b) Immediate and Heavy Financial Need. For purposes of the Plan, an immediate
and heavy financial need shall be deemed to exist if the withdrawal is on account of:
(1) Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible
under Code Section 213(a) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed
7.5% of adjusted gross income) for the Participant, the Participants spouse or
dependents (as defined in Code Section 152);
(2) Costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence for the
Participant (excluding mortgage payments);
(3) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses,
for up to the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the
Participant or the Participants spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code
Section 152 without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B));
(4) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his
principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of that residence;
(5) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participants deceased
parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 without
regard to Section 152(d)(1)(B));
(6) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participants principal residence
that would qualify for the casualty deduction Code Section 165 (determined without
regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); or
56
(7) Such other purposes as permitted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue.
(c) Necessary to Satisfy a Financial Need. A distribution is deemed necessary
to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant if all of the following
requirements are satisfied: (1) the Participant may not make Elective Deferrals, Catch-up
Contributions or Employee Contributions to the Plan for the 6-month period following the
date of his receipt of the hardship withdrawal; (2) the hardship withdrawal is not in excess
of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including any amounts necessary to
pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result
from the distribution); and (3) the Participant must have obtained all distributions, other
than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans (determined at the time of the loan)
currently available under this Plan and all other qualified plans maintained by one or more
Participating Companies. The suspension of elective deferrals and employee contributions
described in Subsection (1) must also apply to all other qualified and to all nonqualified
plans of deferred compensation maintained by the Participating Employer, other than any
mandatory employee contribution portion of a defined benefit plan, including any stock
option, stock purchase and other similar plans, but not including health or welfare benefit
plans (other than the cash or deferred arrangement portion of a cafeteria plan).
10.2 Age 591/2 Withdrawals. A Participant who has attained age 591/2 and is an Employee
of an Affiliate may request a withdrawal of all or part of his vested Account.
10.3 Rollover Account and After-Tax Account Withdrawals. A Participant may request a
withdrawal of all or a part of his Rollover Account and his After-Tax Account.
10.4 Source of Withdrawal Amounts. For a withdrawal permitted under Section 10.2, the
withdrawal amount shall be charged against the vested portion of the Participants subaccounts in
the same proportion as the vested balance of each subaccount bears to the total vested balance of
all of a Participants subaccounts. If the assets of an Account are invested in more than one
Investment Fund, the withdrawal amount shall be charged against each Investment Fund in the same
proportion as the balance of a subaccount in each Investment Fund bears to the total balance of
that subaccount in all Investment Funds.
10.5 Election to Withdraw. All applications for withdrawals shall be in writing on a
form provided by the Plan Administrator (or in such other format or medium as the Plan
Administrator may permit) and shall contain such information and be made at such time as the Plan
Administrator may reasonably request.
10.6 Payment of Withdrawal. The amount of any withdrawal shall be paid to a
Participant in a single-sum, cash payment as soon as practicable after the Plan Administrator
receives and approves a property completed withdrawal application. At the time of making any
withdrawals for a Participant, his Account may be charged with any administrative expenses (such as
check processing fees) specifically allocable against his Account pursuant to the policies of the
Plan Administrator. Any withdrawal shall be treated as a payment of benefits under Article IX and
all of the requirements of that Article.
57
10.7 Loans to Participants. Loans to Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees
who are parties-in-interest as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA generally shall be allowed;
provided, if the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion that it is not
administratively feasible or desirable to make such loans during any period of time, no loans shall
be made during such period. The Plan Administrator has established a loan policy which outlines
the terms, conditions and limits relating to loans, which hereby is incorporated by reference.
10.8 Transition Rule. For purposes of effectuating a change in the Plans
recordkeeper, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Article X to the contrary, the Plan
Administrator may designate a period during which no withdrawals or loans shall be permitted.
ARTICLE XI
ADMINISTRATION
11.1 Plan Administrator. The Controlling Company shall be the Plan Administrator and
shall have the authority to appoint an individual or committee to carry out the duties of Plan
Administrator.
11.2 Powers and Responsibility. The Plan Administrator shall fulfill the duties of
administrator as set forth in Section 3(16) of ERISA and shall have complete control of the
administration of the Plan hereunder, with all powers necessary to enable it properly to carry out
its duties, in its sole discretion as set forth in the Plan and the Trust Agreement. The Plan
Administrator shall have the following duties and responsibilities, all of which shall be
exercisable within the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator:
(a) to construe the Plan and to determine all questions that shall arise thereunder;
(b) to have all powers elsewhere herein conferred upon it;
(c) to decide all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate in
the benefits of the Plan;
(d) to determine the benefits of the Plan to which any Participant or Beneficiary may
be entitled;
(e) to maintain and retain records relating to Participants and Beneficiaries;
(f) to prepare and furnish to Participants all information required under federal law
or provisions of the Plan to be furnished to them;
(g) to prepare and furnish to the Trustee sufficient employee data and the amount of
Contributions received from all sources so that the Trustee may maintain separate accounts
for Participants and Beneficiaries and make required payments of benefits;
58
(h) to prepare and file or publish with the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of the
Treasury, their delegates and all other appropriate government officials all reports and
other information required under law to be so filed or published;
(i) to provide directions to the Trustee with respect to methods of benefit payment,
and all other matters where called for in the Plan or requested by the Trustee;
(j) to engage assistants and professional advisers;
(k) to arrange for fiduciary bonding;
(l) to provide procedures for determination of claims for benefits; and
(m) to designate, from time to time, the Trustee; all as further set forth herein.
11.3 Reporting and Disclosure. The Plan Administrator shall keep all individual and
group records relating to Participants and Beneficiaries and all other records necessary for the
proper operation of the Plan. Such records shall be made available to the Participating Companies
and to each Participant and Beneficiary for examination during normal business hours except that a
Participant or Beneficiary shall examine only such records as pertain exclusively to the examining
Participant or Beneficiary and the Plan and Trust Agreement.
11.4 Construction of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall take such steps as are
considered necessary and appropriate to remedy any inequity that results from incorrect information
received or communicated in good faith or as the consequence of an administrative error. The Plan
Administrator, in its sole and full discretion, shall interpret the Plan and shall determine the
questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan. The Plan
Administrator shall correct any defect, reconcile any inconsistency or supply any omission with
respect to the Plan.
11.5 Assistants and Advisors.
(a) Engaging Advisors. The Plan Administrator shall have the right to hire
such professional assistants and consultants as it, in its sole discretion, deems necessary
or advisable. To the extent that the costs for such assistants and advisors are not paid by
the Controlling Company, they shall be paid at the direction of the Plan Administrator from
the Trust Fund as an expense of the Trust Fund.
(b) Reliance on Advisors. The Plan Administrator and the Participating
Companies shall be entitled to rely upon all certificates and reports made by an accountant,
attorney or other professional adviser selected pursuant to this Section; the Plan
Administrator, the Participating Companies, and the Trustee shall be fully protected in
respect to any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance upon the advice or
opinion of any such accountant, attorney or other professional adviser; and any action so
taken or suffered shall be conclusive upon each of them and upon all other persons
interested in the Plan.
59
11.6 Investment Authority.
(a) Funding Policy. The Plan Administrator is authorized to establish and
carry out a funding policy consistent with the Plan objectives and with the requirements of
any applicable law. Such policy shall be in writing and shall have due regard for the
liquidity needs of the Trust. Such funding policy shall also state the general investment
objectives of the Trust and the philosophy upon which maintenance of the Plan is based.
(b) Duties. The Plan Administrator also shall have responsibility and
authority:
(1) To appoint one or more persons to serve as investment manager with respect
to all or part of the Plan assets, including assets maintained under separate
accounts of an insurance company;
(2) To take any action appropriate to ensure that the Plan assets are invested
for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their
Beneficiaries in accordance with the Plan and defraying reasonable expenses of
administering the Plan, subject to the requirements of any applicable law;
(3) To employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any
responsibility or authority being carried out by the Plan Administrator. To the
extent that the costs for such assistants and advisors are not paid by the
Controlling Company, they shall be paid at the direction of the Plan Administrator
from the Trust Fund as an expense of the Trust Fund; and
(4) To select the investment alternatives for the Plan consistent with its
funding policy and the Plans objectives. The Plan Administrator in its sole
discretion, may authorize the Trustee to select the investment alternatives for the
Plan consistent with its funding policy and the Plans objectives.
11.7 Direction of Trustee. The Plan Administrator shall have the power to provide the
Trustee with general investment policy guidelines and directions to assist the Trustee respecting
investments made in compliance with, and pursuant to, the terms of the Plan.
11.8 Bonding. The Plan Administrator shall arrange for fiduciary bonding as is
required by law, but no bonding in excess of the amount required by law shall be required by the
Plan.
11.9 Indemnification. Each officer, agent and member of the Board of Directors of the
Controlling Company shall be indemnified by the Participating Companies against judgment amounts,
settlement amounts (other than amounts paid in settlement to which the Participating Companies do
not consent) and expenses, reasonably incurred by any member of the Board of Directors in
connection with any action to which the Board of Directors or he may be a party (by reason of his
service as a member of the Board of Directors) except in relation to matters as to which the Board
or he shall be adjudged in such action to be personally guilty of gross negligence or willful
misconduct in the performance of its or his duties. The foregoing right to indemnification shall
be in addition to such other rights as such Board or each Board member
60
may enjoy as a matter of law or by reason of insurance coverage of any kind. Rights granted
hereunder shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any rights to indemnification to which such
Board or each Board member may be entitled pursuant to the by-laws of the Controlling Company.
ARTICLE XII
ALLOCATION OF AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
12.1 Controlling Company and Board.
(a) General Responsibilities. The Controlling Company, as Plan sponsor, and
the Board each shall serve as a Named Fiduciary having the authority and responsibility to
serve as Plan Administrator.
(b) Allocation of Authority. In the event any of the areas of authority and
responsibilities of the Controlling Company and the Board overlap with that of any other
Plan fiduciary, the Controlling Company and the Board shall coordinate with such other
fiduciaries the execution of such authority and responsibilities; provided, the decision of
the Controlling Company and the Board with respect to such authority and responsibilities
ultimately shall be controlling.
(c) Authority of Participating Companies. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, and in addition to the authority and responsibilities specifically given to
the Participating Companies in the Plan, the Controlling Company, in its sole discretion,
may grant the Participating Companies such authority and charge them with such
responsibilities as the Controlling Company deems appropriate.
12.2 Trustee. The Trustee shall have the powers and duties set forth in the Trust
Agreement.
12.3 Limitations on Obligations of Fiduciaries. No fiduciary shall have authority or
responsibility to deal with matters other than as delegated to it under the Plan, under the Trust
Agreement or by operation of law. A fiduciary shall not in any event be liable for breach of
fiduciary responsibility or obligation by another fiduciary (including Named Fiduciaries) if the
responsibility or authority for the act or omission deemed to be a breach was not within the scope
of such fiduciarys authority or delegated responsibility.
12.4 Delegation. Named Fiduciaries shall have the power to delegate specific
fiduciary responsibilities (other than Trustee responsibilities). Such delegations maybe to
officers or Employees of a Participating Company or to other persons, all of whom shall serve at
the pleasure of the Named Fiduciary making such delegation and, if full-time Employees of a
Participating Company, without compensation. Any such person may resign by delivering a written
resignation to the delegating Named Fiduciary. Vacancies created by any reason may be filled by
the appropriate Named Fiduciary or the assigned responsibilities may be reabsorbed or redelegated
by the Named Fiduciary.
61
12.5 Multiple Fiduciary Role. Any person may hold more than one position of fiduciary
responsibility and shall be liable for each such responsibility separately.
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND ADOPTION
13.1 Amendment. The provisions of the Plan may be amended at any time and from time
to time by the Controlling Company or the Board; provided:
(a) No amendment shall increase the duties or liabilities of the Trustee without the
consent of such party;
(b) No amendment shall decrease the balance or vested percentage of an Account or
eliminate an optional form of benefit, other than as permitted pursuant to Code Section
411(d)(b), Regulations thereunder and other applicable guidance from the Internal Revenue
Service.
(c) No amendment shall be made which would divert any of the assets of the Trust Fund
to any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries, except
that the Plan and Trust Agreement may be amended retroactively and to affect the Accounts of
Participants and Beneficiaries if necessary to cause the Plan and Trust to be qualified and
exempt from taxation under the Code;
(d) No amendment which increases the rate of Company Contributions under the Plan shall
be made without approval of the Board; and
(e) Each amendment shall be approved by the Plan Administrator by resolution.
13.2 Termination.
(a) Right to Terminate. The Controlling Company expects the Plan to be
continued indefinitely, but it reserves the right to terminate the Plan or to completely
discontinue Contributions to the Plan at any time by action of the Board. In either event,
the Plan Administrator, each Participating Company and the Trustee shall be promptly advised
of such decision in writing. (For termination of the Plan by a Participating Company as to
itself (rather than the termination of the entire Plan) refer to Section 13.3(e).)
(b) Vesting Upon Complete Termination. If the Plan is terminated by the
Controlling Company or Contributions to the Plan are completely discontinued, the Accounts
of all Participants and Beneficiaries or other successors in interest as of such date shall
become 100 percent vested and nonforfeitable. Upon termination of the Plan, the Plan
Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall instruct the Trustee either (i) to continue to
manage and administer the assets of the Trust for the benefit of the Participants and their
Beneficiaries pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Trust
62
Agreement, or (ii) if there is no successor plan permitted under the terms of Section
9.1(c) or no benefits subject to the restrictions in said Section, to pay over to each
Participant the value of his interest in a single sum and to thereupon dissolve the Trust.
(c) Dissolution of Trust. In the event that the Plan Administrator decides to
dissolve the Trust, as soon as practicable following the termination of the Plan or the Plan
Administrators decision, whichever is later, the assets under the Plan shall be converted
to cash or other distributable assets, to the extent necessary to effect a complete
distribution of the Trust assets as described herein below. Following completion of the
conversion, on a date selected by the Plan Administrator, each individual with an Account
under the Plan on such date shall receive a distribution of the total amount then credited
to his Account. The amount of cash and other property distributable to each such individual
shall be determined as of the date of distribution (treating, for this purpose, such
distribution date as the Valuation Date as of which the distributable amount is determined).
In the case of a termination distribution as provided herein, the Plan Administrator may
direct the Trustee to take any applicable action provided in Article IX dealing with
unclaimed benefits, except that it shall not be necessary to hold funds for any period of
time stated in such Section. Within the expense limitations set forth in the Plan, the Plan
Administrator may direct the Trustee to use assets of the Trust Fund to pay any due and
accrued expenses and liabilities of the Trust and any expenses involved in termination of
the Plan (other than expenses incurred for the benefit of the Participating Companies).
(d) Vesting Upon Partial Termination. In the event of a partial termination of
the Plan (as provided in Code section 411(d)(3)), the Accounts of those Participants and
Beneficiaries affected shall become 100 percent vested and nonforfeitable and, unless
transferred to another qualified plan, shall be distributed in a manner and at a time
consistent with the terms of Article IX.
13.3 Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Company.
(a) Procedures for Participation. As of the Effective Date, the Controlling
Company and the other Affiliates listed on Schedule B hereto shall be Participating
Companies in the Plan. Any other company may become a Participating Company and commence
participation in the Plan subject to the provisions of this subsection. In order for a
company to become a Participating Company, the Plan Administrator must designate such
company as a Participating Company and specify the effective date of such designation. The
name of any company which shall commence participation in the Plan, along with the effective
date of its participation, shall be recorded on Schedule B hereto which shall be
appropriately modified each time a Participating Company is added or deleted. To adopt the
Plan as a Participating Company, the board of directors of the company must approve a
resolution expressly adopting the Plan for the benefit of its eligible employees and
accepting designation as a Participating Company, subject to all of the provisions of this
Plan and of the Trust. The resolution shall specify the date as of which the designation as
a Participating Company shall be effective. A copy of the resolution (certified if
requested) of the board of directors of the adopting Participating Company shall be provided
to the Plan Administrator. Upon adoption of the Plan by a
63
Participating Company as herein provided, the Employees of such company shall be
eligible to participate in the Plan subject to the terms hereof and of the resolution of the
Plan Administrator designating the adopting company as such.
(b) Single Plan. The Plan, as adopted by all Participating Companies, shall be
considered a single plan for purposes of Treasury Regulation section 1.414(l)-1(b)(1). All
assets contributed to the Plan by the Participating Companies shall be held together in a
single fund and shall be available to pay benefits to all Participants and Beneficiaries.
Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prohibit the separate accounting of assets
contributed by the Participating Companies for purposes of cost allocation, contributions,
forfeitures and other purposes, pursuant to the terms of the Plan and as directed by the
Plan Administrator.
(c) Authority under Plan. As long as a Participating Companys designation as
such remains in effect, such Participating Company shall be bound by, and subject to, all
provisions of the Plan and the Trust. The exclusive authority to amend the Plan and the
Trust shall be vested in the Plan Administrator, and no other Participating Company shall
have any right to amend the Plan or the Trust. Any amendment to the Plan or the Trust
adopted by the Plan Administrator shall be binding upon every Participating Company without
further action by such Participating Company.
(d) Contributions to Plan. A Participating Company shall be required to make
Contributions to the Plan at such times and in such amounts as specified in Articles III and
VI. The Contributions made (or to be made) to the Plan by the Participating Companies shall
be allocated between and among such companies in whatever equitable manner or amounts as the
Plan Administrator shall determine.
(e) Withdrawal from Plan. The Plan Administrator may terminate the designation
of a Participating Company, effective as of any date. A Participating Company may withdraw
from participation in the Plan, with the approval of the Plan Administrator, by action of
its board of directors, provided such action is communicated in writing to the Plan
Administrator. The withdrawal of a Participating Company shall be effective as of the last
day of the Plan Year in which the notice of withdrawal is received by the Plan Administrator
(unless the Controlling Company or Plan Administrator consents to a different effective
date). Any such Participating Company which ceases to be a Participating Company shall be
liable for all costs and liabilities (whether imposed under the terms of the Plan, the Code
or ERISA) accrued through the effective date of its withdrawal or termination. The
withdrawing or terminating Participating Company shall have no right to direct that assets
of the Plan be transferred to a successor plan for its employees unless such transfer is
approved by the Controlling Company or Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.
13.4 Merger, Consolidation and Transfer of Assets or Liabilities. In the event of any
merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer of assets or liabilities of the Plan to, any
other plan, each Participant and Beneficiary shall have a plan benefit in the surviving or
transferee plan (determined as if such plan were then terminated immediately after such merger,
consolidation or transfer of assets or liabilities) that is equal to or greater than the benefit he
64
would have been entitled to receive under the Plan immediately before such merger,
consolidation or transfer of assets or liabilities, if the Plan had terminated at that time.
ARTICLE XIV
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
14.1 Top-Heavy Plan Years. The provisions set forth in this Article XIV shall become
effective for any Plan Years with respect to which the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan
and shall supersede any other provisions of the Plan which are inconsistent with these provisions;
provided, if the Plan is determined not to be a Top-Heavy Plan in any Plan Year subsequent to a
Plan Year in which the Plan was a Top-Heavy Plan, the provisions of this Article XIV shall not
apply with respect to such subsequent Plan Year; and, provided, further, to the extent that any of
the requirements of this Article XIV shall no longer be required under Code section 416 or any
other section of the Code, such requirements shall be of no force or effect.
14.2 Determination of Top-Heavy Status.
(a) Application. The Plan will be considered a Top-Heavy Plan for a Plan Year
if either:
(1) the Plan is not part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive
Aggregation Group and, as of the Determination Date of such Plan Year, the value of
the Accounts of the Participants who are Key Employees under the Plan exceeds 60
percent of the value of the Accounts of all Participants; or
(2) the Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group which, as of the
Determination Date of such Plan Year, is a Top-Heavy Group; provided, the Plan shall
not be considered a Top-Heavy Plan for a Plan Year under subsection (a)(2) hereof if
the Plan also is part of a Permissive Aggregation Group which is not a Top-Heavy
Group for such Plan Year.
(b) Special Definitions.
(1) Determination Date. The term Determination Date shall mean (i)
in the case of the Plan Year that includes the Effective Date of the Plan, the last
day of such Plan Year, and (ii) with respect to any other Plan Year of the Plan, the
last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year, and (iii) for any plan year of each
other qualified plan maintained by a Participating Company or Affiliate which is
part of a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group, the date determined under (i) or
(ii) above as if the term Plan Year means the plan year for each such other
qualified plan.
(2) Key Employee. The term Key Employee shall mean any Employee or
former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan
Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Company having
annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted
65
under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the Company, or a
1-percent owner of the Company having annual compensation of more than $150,000.
For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of
Section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be
made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations
and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
(3) Non-Key Employee. The term Non-Key Employee shall mean any
Employee who is not a Key Employee. For purposes hereof, former Key Employees shall
be treated as Non-Key Employees.
(4) Permissive Aggregation Group. The term Permissive Aggregation
Group shall mean a Required Aggregation Group and any other qualified plan or plans
maintained or contributed to by an Affiliate which, when considered with the
Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code
sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
(5) Required Aggregation Group. The term Required Aggregation Group
shall mean a group of plans of the Affiliates consisting of (i) each plan which, for
such Plan Year or any of the 5 preceding Plan Years, including plans which have been
terminated within the last five (5) years ending on the Determination Date,
qualifies under Code section 401(a) and in which a Key Employee is a participant,
and (ii) each other plan which, during this 5-year period, qualifies under Code
section 401(a) and which enables any plan described in clause (i) hereof to satisfy
the requirements of Code section 401(a)(4) or 410.
(6) Top-Heavy Group. The term Top-Heavy Group shall mean a Required
or Permissive Aggregation Group with respect to which the sum (determined as of a
Determination Date) of (i) the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for
Key Employees under all Defined Benefit Plans included in such group, and (ii) the
aggregate of the accounts of Key Employees under all Defined Contribution Plans
included in such group, exceeds 60 percent of a similar sum determined for all
Employees.
(7) Present Value. This Subsection 14.2(b)(7) shall apply for purposes
of determining the present values of accrued benefits and the amount of Account
balances of Employees as of the determination date:
(A) Distributions during year ending on the determination date.
The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of Account balances
of an Employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the
distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan
aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the
1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall
also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been
terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan
66
under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a
distribution made for a reason other than Severance from Employment, death,
or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting 5-year period
for 1-year period.
(B) Employees not performing services during year ending on the
determination date. The accrued benefits and Account of any individual
who has not performed services for the Company during the 1-year period
ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.
(c) Special Rules. The following rules shall apply in determining whether the
Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) above:
(1) The value of any account balance under any Defined Contribution Plan and
the value of any accrued benefit under any Defined Benefit Plan shall be determined
as of the most recent valuation date that falls within, or ends with, the 12-month
period ending on the Determination Date or, if plans are aggregated, the
Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year;
(2) The value of the Accounts under the Plan or the accounts under any other
Defined Contribution Plan included in a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group for
any Determination Date, other than the Determination Date for the first plan year,
shall include the amounts actually contributed and paid to the plan on or before the
Determination Date, and shall exclude any amounts to be contributed with respect to
such preceding plan year but not actually paid to the plan on or before the
Determination Date. The value of the accounts under any Defined Contribution Plan
for the Determination Date of the first plan year shall include all amounts
contributed to the plan as of the Determination Date, regardless of whether such
amounts shall have been actually paid or merely accrued as of the Determination
Date;
(3) The value of any account balance under any Defined Contribution Plan and
the present value of any accrued benefit under any Defined Benefit Plan as of any
Determination Date shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made under the
plan during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date;
(4) Accrued benefits and accounts of the following individuals shall not be
taken into account for a Plan Year: (A) any Non-Key Employee who, in a prior Plan
Year, was a Key Employee or (B) any Employee who had not performed an Hour of
Service for a Participating Company at any time during the 5-year period ending on
the Determination Date for such Plan Year;
(5) The value of any account balance shall not include deductible employee
contributions, as described in Code section 72(o)(5)(A);
(6) The extent to which rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers are taken into
account in determining the value of any account balance or accrued benefit
67
shall be determined in accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations
thereunder; and
(7) Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1986, each Non-Key
Employees accrued benefit under the Plan and any Defined Benefit Plans shall be
determined (A) under the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes
under all Defined Benefit Plans, or (B) if there is no such method, as if such
benefit accrued more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the
fractional accrual rate set forth under Code section 411(b)(1)(C).
14.3 Top-Heavy Minimum Contribution.
(a) Multiple Defined Contribution Plans. For any Plan Year in which the Plan
is a Top-Heavy Plan, the aggregate Company Contributions (when added to similar
contributions made under other defined contribution plans) allocated to the Account of any
Active Participant who is a Non-Key Employee shall not be less than the Defined Contribution
Minimum. To the extent that the Company Contributions are less than the Defined
Contribution Minimum, additional Company Contributions shall be provided under the Plan.
For purposes hereof, a Non-Key Employee shall not fail to receive a minimum
contribution hereunder for a Plan Year because (i) such Non-Key Employee fails to complete
1,000 Hours of Service for such Plan Year or (ii) such Non-Key Employee is excluded from
participation (or receives no allocation) merely because his Compensation is less than a
stated amount or because he failed to make a Deferral Election for such Plan Year.
(b) Defined Contribution and Benefit Plans. In the event that Non-Key
Employees are covered under both the Plan and one or more Defined Benefit Plans maintained
by an Affiliate, the minimum contribution level set forth in subsection (a) hereof shall be
satisfied if each such Non-Key Employee receives a benefit level under such Defined
Contribution and Defined Benefit Plans which is not less than the Defined Benefit Minimum
offset by any benefits provided under the Plan and any other Defined Contribution Plans
maintained by any Affiliate.
(c) Defined Contribution Minimum. The term Defined Contribution Minimum
means, with respect to the Plan, a minimum level of Company Contributions allocated with
respect to a Plan Year to the Account of each Active Participant who is a Non-Key Employee;
such level being the lesser of:
(1) 3 percent of such Active Participants Compensation for the entire Plan
Year; or
(2) if no Defined Benefit Plan of an Affiliate uses the Plan to satisfy the
requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) or 410, the highest percentage of
68
Compensation at which Company Contributions are made, or are required to be
made, under the Plan for such Plan Year for any Key Employee.
For purposes of this subsection, (1) qualified nonelective contributions made by the
Company in order to satisfy the anti-discrimination tests of Code section 401(k) or section
401(m) (for example, Discretionary Contributions) may be treated as Company Contributions;
(2) Pre-Tax and Matching Contributions shall be taken into account as Company Contributions
for Key Employees; (3) Matching Contributions may be treated as Company Contributions and
may be taken into account for satisfying the Minimum Contribution Requirement for Non-Key
Employees; and (4) Pre-Tax Contributions shall not be taken into account for satisfying the
Minimum Contribution Requirement for Non-Key Employees.
(d) Defined Benefit Minimum. The term Defined Benefit Minimum means, with
respect to a Defined Benefit Plan, a minimum level of accrued benefit derived from employer
contributions with respect to a plan year for each participant who is a Non-Key Employee;
such level, when expressed as an annual retirement benefit, being not less than the product
of (1) and (2), where:
(1) equals the Non-Key Employees average Compensation for the period of
consecutive years (not exceeding 5) when such Non-Key Employee had the highest
aggregate Compensation from all Affiliates; and
(2) equals the lesser of (A) 2 percent times such Non-Key Employees number of
years of service or (B) 20 percent.
For purposes of determining the Defined Benefit Minimum, years of service shall not
include any year of service if the Plan was not a Top-Heavy Plan for the Plan Year ending
during such year of service and shall not include any years of service completed in a Plan
Year beginning before January 1, 1984. Compensation in years before January 1, 1984, and
Compensation in years after the close of the last Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy
Plan shall be disregarded. All accruals of employer-provided benefits, whether or not
attributable to years for which the Plan is top-heavy, may be used in determining whether
the minimum contribution requirements set forth in this Section are satisfied.
14.4 Top-Heavy Minimum Vesting. The vesting schedule set forth in Section 8.1(d)
satisfies the top heavy minimum vesting requirements.
14.5 Construction of Limitations and Requirements. The descriptions of the
limitations and requirements set forth in this Article are intended to serve as statements of the
minimum legal requirements necessary for the Plan to remain qualified under the applicable terms of
the Code. The Participating Companies do not desire or intend, and the terms of this Article shall
not be construed, to impose any more restrictions on the operation of the Plan than required by
law. Therefore, the terms of this Article and any related terms and definitions in the Plan shall
be interpreted and operated in a manner which imposes the least restrictions on the Plan. For
example, if use of a more liberal definition of Compensation is permissible at any
69
time under the law, then the more liberal provisions may be applied as if such provisions were
included in the Plan.
ARTICLE XV
MISCELLANEOUS
15.1 Nonalienation of Benefits and Spendthrift Clause.
(a) General Nonalienation Requirements. Except to the extent permitted by law
and as provided in Subsections (b) and (c) hereof, none of the Accounts, benefits, payments,
proceeds or distributions under the Plan shall be subject to the claim of any creditor of a
Participant or Beneficiary or to any legal process by any creditor of such Participant or of
such Beneficiary; and neither such Participant nor any such Beneficiary shall have any right
to alienate, commute, anticipate or assign any of the Accounts, benefits, payments, proceeds
or distributions under the Plan except to the extent expressly provided herein.
(b) Exception for Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.
(1) The nonalienation requirements of subsection (a) hereof shall apply to the
creation, assignment or recognition of a right to any benefit, payable with respect
to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is (i)
determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code section
414(p), entered on or after January 1, 1985, or (ii) any domestic relations order,
as defined in Code section 414(p), entered before January 1,1985, pursuant to which
a transferor plan was paying benefits on January 1, 1985. The Plan Administrator
shall establish reasonable written procedures to determine the qualified status of a
domestic relations order. Further, to the extent provided under a qualified
domestic relations order, a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the
Spouse or Surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.
(2) The Plan Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to administer
distributions under qualified domestic relations orders which are submitted to it.
The Plan Administrator, to the extent provided in a qualified domestic relations
order, shall direct the Trustee to pay, in a single sum payment, the full amount of
the benefit payable to any alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations
order. Such cash-out payment shall be made as soon as practicable after the end of
the month within which the Plan Administrator determines that a domestic relations
order is a qualified domestic relations order, or if later, when the terms of the
qualified domestic relations order permit such a distribution. (See also Section
9.5) If the terms of a qualified domestic relations order do not permit an
immediate cash-out payment, the benefits shall be paid to the alternate payee in
accordance with the terms of such order and the applicable terms of the Plan.
70
(c) Exception for Loans from the Plan. All loans made by the Trustee to any
Participant or Beneficiary shall be secured by a pledge of the borrowers interest in the
Plan.
(d) Exception for Benefit Offset Pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(13)(C). The
prohibitions contained in Section 15.1(a) hereof shall not apply to any offset of a
Participants benefits provided under the Plan in an amount that the Participant is ordered
or required to pay to the Plan (1) due to conviction of a crime against the Plan, (2) under
a court order in a civil suit for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA, or (3) under a
settlement agreement with the Department of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation for breach of fiduciary duty. The court order or settlement agreement must
expressly provide for the offset of the Participants benefits.
15.2 Headings. The headings and subheadings in the Plan have been inserted for
convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.
15.3 Construction, Controlling Law. In the construction of the Plan, the masculine
shall include the feminine and the feminine the masculine, and the singular shall include the
plural and the plural the singular, in all cases where such meanings would be appropriate. Unless
otherwise specified, any reference to a section shall be interpreted as a reference to a section of
the Plan. The Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and
applicable federal laws.
15.4 No Contract of Employment. Neither the establishment of the Plan, nor any
modification thereof, nor the creation of any fund, trust or account, nor the payment of any
benefits shall be construed as giving any Participant, Employee or any person whomsoever the right
to be retained in the service of any Affiliate, and all Participants and other Employees shall
remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Plan had never been adopted.
15.5 Legally Incompetent. The Plan Administrator may in its discretion direct that
payment be made and the Trustee shall make payment on such direction, directly to an incompetent or
disabled person, whether incompetent or disabled because of minority or mental or physical
disability, or to the guardian of such person or to the person having legal custody of such person,
without further liability with respect to or in the amount of such payment either on the part of
any Participating Company, the Plan Administrator or the Trustee.
15.6 Heirs, Assigns and Personal Representatives. The Plan shall be binding upon the
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties, including each Participant
and Beneficiary, present and future.
15.7 Title to Assets, Benefits Supported Only By Trust Fund. No Participant or
Beneficiary shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the Trust Fund upon termination
of his employment or otherwise, except as provided from time to time under the Plan, and then only
to the extent of the benefits payable under the Plan to such Participant out of the assets of the
Trust Fund. Any person having any claim under the Plan shall look solely to the assets of the
Trust Fund for satisfaction. The foregoing sentence notwithstanding, each Participating Company
shall indemnify and save any of its officers, members of its board of directors or
71
agents, and each of them, harmless from any and all claims, loss, damages, expense and
liability arising from their responsibilities in connection with the Plan and from acts, or
omissions and conduct in their official capacity, except to the extent that such effects and
consequences shall result from their own willful misconduct or gross negligence.
15.8 Legal Action. In any action or proceeding involving the assets held with respect
to the Plan or Trust Fund or the administration thereof, the Participating Companies, the Plan
Administrator and the Trustee shall be the only necessary parties and no Participants, Employees,
or former Employees of the Company, their Beneficiaries or any other person having or claiming to
have an interest in the Plan shall be entitled to any notice of process; provided, that such notice
as is required by the Internal Revenue Service and the Department of Labor to be given in
connection with Plan amendments, termination, curtailment or other activity shall be given in the
manner and form and at the time so required. Any final judgment which is not appealed or
appealable that may be entered in any such action or proceeding shall be binding and conclusive on
the parties hereto, the Plan Administrator and all persons having or claiming to have an interest
in the Plan.
15.9 Severability. If any provisions of the Plan shall be held invalid or
unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof,
and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.
15.10 Exclusive Benefit: Refund of Contributions. No part of the Trust Fund shall be
used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and
Beneficiaries, subject, however, to the payment of all costs of maintaining and administering the
Plan and Trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contributions to the Trust by a Participating
Company may be refunded to the Participating Company under the following circumstances and subject
to the following limitations:
(a) Permitted Refunds. If and to the extent permitted by the Code and other
applicable laws and regulations thereunder, upon the Participating Companys request, a
Contribution which is (i) made by a mistake in fact, (ii) conditioned upon initial
qualification of the Plan with the Plan receiving an adverse determination even though the
application for determination is submitted to the Internal Revenue Service for review within
the remedial amendment period (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(b)-1) with
respect to the Plan, or (iii) conditioned upon the deductibility of the Contribution under
Code section 404, shall be returned to the Participating Company making the Contribution
within 1 year after the payment of the Contribution or the disallowance of the deduction (to
the extent disallowed), whichever is applicable.
(b) Payment of Refund. If any refund is paid to a Participating Company
hereunder, such refund shall be made without interest or other investment gains, shall be
reduced by any investment losses attributable to the refundable amount and shall be
apportioned among the Accounts of the Participants as an investment loss, except to the
extent that the amount of the refund can be attributed to one or more specific Participants
(for example, as in the case of certain mistakes of fact), in which case the amount of the
refund attributable to each such Participants Account shall be debited directly against
such Account.
72
(c) Limitation on Refund. No refund shall be made to a Participating Company
if such refund would cause the balance in a Participants Account to be less than the
balance would have been had the refunded contribution not been made.
15.11 Predecessor Service. In the event a Participating Company maintains the Plan as
successor to a predecessor employer who maintained the Plan, service for the predecessor employer
shall be treated as service for the Participating Company.
15.12 Plan Expenses. As permitted under the Code and ERISA, expenses incurred with
respect to administering the Plan and Trust shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the
extent such costs are not paid by the Participating Companies or to the extent the Controlling
Company requests that the Trustee reimburse it or any other Participating Company for its payment
of such expenses. The Plan Administrator may provide for any expenses specifically attributable to
transactions involving an Account to be charged against such Account.
15.13 Residents of Puerto Rico. This Plan shall at all times be maintained and
administered in accordance with any applicable laws of Puerto Rico, and their related regulations,
in connection with contributions made by or on behalf of, or benefits paid, to Participants who are
residents of Puerto Rico.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Controlling Company has caused the Plan to be executed by its duly
authorized representative on the 29th day of January, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RENT-A-CENTER, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Robert D. Davis
Robert D. Davis
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
Senior Vice President Finance, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer |
|
|
73
SCHEDULE A
TO THE
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
SPECIAL EFFECTIVE DATES FOR CHANGES IN LAW
1. Effective Date. Changes in the law required the Prior Plan to be amended in
various respects. To comply with the requirements of such changes, the provisions of the Plan
described below amend the Prior Plan as of dates other than the Effective Date.
(A) Code Section 411(a) Compliance. To comply with the cash-out rule of Code
Section 411(a)(11): The cash-out limit of $1,000 in Sections 9.1 and 9.4, as modified in Amendment
One to the January 1, 2003 Amended and Restated Prior Plan executed on November 8, 2005, was
effective on March 28, 2005, the date on which the $1,000 limit was first applied in operation.
74
SCHEDULE B
TO THE
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
PARTICIPATING COMPANIES
[see Plan Section 1.58 and Section 13.3]
As of May 13, 2004, the following companies are Participating Companies in the Plan. Any
company which becomes a Participating Company after May 13, 2004 shall be set forth below or in the
records of the Plan Administrator, including such companys effective date of participation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY |
|
EIN |
|
EFFECTIVE DATE |
ColorTyme, Inc. (acquired May 1996)
|
|
|
75-2651408 |
|
|
October 1, 1997 |
Get-It-Now, LLC
|
|
|
16-1628325 |
|
|
October 1, 2002 |
Rent-A-Center East, Inc.
(formerly Rent-A-Center, Inc.)
|
|
|
48-1024367 |
|
|
December 31, 2002 |
Rent-A-Center Texas, LP
|
|
|
45-0491512 |
|
|
December 31, 2002 |
Rent-A-Center West, Inc.
|
|
|
48-1156618 |
|
|
December 31, 2002 |
RAC National Product Service, LLC
|
|
|
42-1626381 |
|
|
May 1, 2004 |
RAC RR, Inc.
|
|
|
73-1702183 |
|
|
May 7, 2004 |
Rent Rite Servicing, Inc.
|
|
|
01-0677577 |
|
|
May 7, 2004 |
Rainbow Rentals, Inc.
|
|
|
34-1512520 |
|
|
May 13, 2004 |
Rent-Way, Inc.
|
|
|
25-1407782 |
|
|
January 1, 2007 |
dPi Teleconnect, LLC
|
|
|
75-2793726 |
|
|
January 1, 2007 |
75
SCHEDULE C
TO THE
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYERS
INCLUDED PURSUANT TO PLAN SECTIONS 1.85(f) AND 2.1(d)
An Employees periods of employment with the following entities, prior to such entities
becoming (or becoming part of such) Affiliates, shall be taken into account for eligibility (and
vesting purposes) under the Plan:
|
1. |
|
Advantage Companies, Inc. and its affiliates, to the extent such Employee
became an Employee immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of
Advantage Companies, of Thorn Americas, Inc and its affiliates by the Thorn Americas,
Inc. on January 2, 1996. |
|
|
2. |
|
Tidewater Rental Corporation, and its affiliates, to the extent such Employee
became an Employee immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of
Advantage Companies, Inc. and its affiliates by the Thorn Americas, Inc. on January 2,
1996. |
|
|
3. |
|
Thorn Americas, Inc. and its affiliates, to the extent such Employee became an
Employee immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of Thorn Americas,
Inc. by Renters Choice, Inc. |
|
|
4. |
|
Rent Rite, Inc. and its affiliates, to the extent such Employee became an
Employee immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of Rent Rite, Inc.
and its affiliates by Rent-A-Center, Inc. on May 7, 2004. |
|
|
5. |
|
Rainbow Rentals, Inc. and its affiliates, to the extent such Employee became an
Employee immediately following and as a result of the acquisition of Rainbow Rentals,
Inc. and its affiliates by Rent-A-Center, Inc. on May 13, 2004. |
76
SCHEDULE D
TO THE
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
PROVISIONS FOR FORMER PARTICIPANTS
OF THE
RENT RITE 401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
D.1. Background. The provisions of this Schedule D supersede any contrary provisions
of the Plan with respect to Participants described in Section D.2. The Plan as modified by this
Schedule D reflects the provisions of this Plan as they apply to such Participants for periods on
and after May 7, 2004.
D.2. Participant. A Participant means any Participant who was formerly a participant
in the Rent Rite 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (Rent Rite Plan).
D.3. Early Retirement Age. For purposes of monies transferred to the Plan from the
Rent Rite Plan, Early Retirement Age shall mean the date on which occurs the later of (i) the
fifty-fifth (55th) birthday of a Participant, or (ii) the completion of six (6) years of vesting
service by the Participant. All provisions in the Plan which provide for full vesting on attainment
of Normal Retirement Age will apply to the Early Retirement Age for such monies.
D.4. Vesting. A Participant under this Schedule D shall at all times be fully vested
in all safe harbor matching contributions made on his behalf in the Rent Rite Plan.
77
AMENDMENT NO. ONE TO THE
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
WHEREAS, Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), established the
Rent-A-Center, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the Plan), and its related Trust (the
Trust) by documents effective October 1, 1997; and
WHEREAS, the Plan has been amended from time to time since October 1, 1997; and
WHEREAS, the Plan provides, at Section 14.1 of Article XIV that the Company retains the right
to amend the Plan from time to time; and
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to amend the Plan to incorporate automatic enrollment provisions
for certain employees who do not otherwise make a specific election to make or not make Pre-Tax
Contributions at the time they first become eligible to participate in the Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Plan requires amendment to incorporate certain regulatory and legislative changes
relating to final regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service on April 5, 2007 under Code
Section 415 (the Final 415 Regulations), which are required to be adopted with an effective date
of limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007; and
WHEREAS, the Company intends this amendment as good faith compliance with the requirements of
the Final 415 Regulations and that it is to be construed in accordance with the Final 415
Regulations and guidance issued thereunder, the terms of which are incorporated herein by
reference.
NOW THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended effective as of the dates noted herein, as follows:
1. Section 1.20 is hereby amended effective January 1, 2008 by adding a new paragraph (e) at
the end of such section to read as follows:
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs, for Limitation Years beginning on or
after July 1, 2007, payments made within 21/2 months after severance from employment (within
the meaning of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I)) will be considered Compensation for all
purposes of subsections (a) through (d) above and within the meaning of Code Section
415(c)(3) if they are payments that, absent a severance from employment, would have been
paid to the Employee while the Employee continued in employment with his employer and are
regular Compensation for services during the Employees regular working hours, Compensation
for services outside the Employees regular working hours (such as overtime or shift
differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation, and payments for accrued
bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Employee would have been able to
use the leave if employment had continued. Any payments not described above are not
considered Compensation if paid after severance from employment, even if they are paid
within 21/2 months following severance from employment, except for payments to an individual
who does not currently
1
perform services for his employer by reason of qualified military service (within the
meaning of Code Section 414(u)(1)) to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts
the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for
his employer rather than entering qualified military service.
2. Section 3.1 is hereby amended effective May 1, 2008 by adding a new subsection (c) to the
end to read as follows:
(c) Automatic Enrollment for Store Managers. Notwithstanding the
foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, effective May 1, 2008, to the extent an
Active Participant who is a Store Manager (as that position and title is determined
by each Participating Company) fails to make a specific election to decline to make
Pre-Tax Contributions when such Active Participant is first eligible to make Pre-Tax
Contributions, such Active Participant will be considered to have automatically
elected to contribute four percent (4%) of his Compensation as a Pre-Tax
Contribution, unless, after appropriate advance notice is given, he affirmatively
elects not to make a Pre-Tax Contribution or to make a Pre-Tax Contribution in
another amount.
Additionally, at the time an Active Participant is promoted to Store Manager,
if he is not currently electing to make Pre-Tax Contributions, he will receive a
one-time notice of the option to make such contributions and, if he fails to make a
specific election to decline to make such contributions, such Active Participant
will be considered to have automatically elected to contribute four percent (4%) of
his Compensation as a Pre-Tax Contribution.
Further, all Store Managers who are Active Participants as of May 1, 2008 and
who are not currently electing to make Pre-Tax Contributions will receive a one-time
notice of the option to make such contributions and, if any such Active Participant
fails to make a specific election to decline to make such contributions, such Active
Participant will be considered to have automatically elected to contribute four
percent (4%) of his Compensation as a Pre-Tax Contribution.
3. Section 6.6(b) is hereby amended effective January 1, 2008 by adding a new section (4) to
the end of such section to read as follows:
(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs (1) through (3), effective for Limitation
Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, the provisions of those sections and any other
Plan provisions incorporating the requirements of prior Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-6(b)(6)
(as in effect for Limitation Years beginning prior to July 1, 2007) shall not apply for any
Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007. Any correction of excess Annual
Additions shall be administered pursuant to applicable Internal Revenue Service and Treasury
guidance in effect at the time of such correction.
2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed this 1st day of April, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RENT-A-CENTER, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Robert D. Davis
Robert D. Davis
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
EVP Finance & CFO |
|
|
3
exv21w1
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
AAA Rent to Own, Reno, Inc., a Nevada corporation
AAA Rent to Own, Elko, Inc., a Nevada corporation
ColorTyme, Inc., a Texas corporation
ColorTyme Finance, Inc., a Texas corporation
dPi Energy, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
DPI Holdings, Inc., a Texas corporation
dPi Teleconnect, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Get It Now, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Rainbow Rentals, Inc., an Ohio corporation
RAC Canada Finance LP, a Canadian limited partnership
RAC Canada Holdings, a Canadian partnership
RAC Military Product Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
RAC Military Rentals East, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
RAC National Product Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
RAC West Acquisition Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Remco America, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Rent-A-Center Addison, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
Rent-A-Center East, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Rent-A-Center International, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Rent-A-Center Texas, L.P., a Texas limited partnership
Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C., a Nevada limited liability company
Rent-A-Center West, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Rent-A-Centre Canada, Ltd., a Canadian corporation
Rent-Way, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation
exv23w1
EXHIBIT 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We have issued our reports, dated February 26, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial
statements and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of
Rent-A-Center, Inc. and Subsidiaries on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. We hereby
consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the following Registration Statements
of Rent-A-Center, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
File |
|
Effective |
Form Type |
|
Number |
|
Date |
Form S-3 |
|
|
333-136840 |
|
|
|
08/23/2006 |
|
Form S-8 |
|
|
333-62582 |
|
|
|
06/8/2001 |
|
Form S-8 |
|
|
33-98800 |
|
|
|
11/21/1996 |
|
Form S-8 |
|
|
333-53471 |
|
|
|
05/22/2008 |
|
Form S-8 |
|
|
333-66645 |
|
|
|
11/2/1998 |
|
Form S-8 |
|
|
333-40958 |
|
|
|
07/7/2007 |
|
Form S-8 |
|
|
333-32296 |
|
|
|
12/31/2002 |
|
Form S-8 |
|
|
333-136615 |
|
|
|
08/14/2006 |
|
Form S-8 |
|
|
333-139792 |
|
|
|
01/4/2007 |
|
Form S-8 |
|
|
333-145121 |
|
|
|
08/3/2007 |
|
/s/ Grant Thornton llp
Dallas, Texas
February 26, 2009
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
I, Mark E. Speese, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Rent-A-Center, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
|
(a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
(d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit
committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
|
(a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely
affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting. |
Date: February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mark E. Speese
|
|
|
Mark E. Speese |
|
|
Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
I, Robert D. Davis, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Rent-A-Center, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
|
(a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
(d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit
committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
|
(a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely
affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting. |
Date: February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert D. Davis
|
|
|
Robert D. Davis |
|
|
Executive Vice President-Finance, Treasurer
and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Rent-A-Center, Inc. (the Company) for
the period ended December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the
date hereof (the Report), I, Mark E. Speese, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:
(1) |
|
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
(2) |
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mark E. Speese
|
|
|
Mark E. Speese |
|
|
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
Dated: February 27, 2009
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to
Rent-A-Center, Inc. and will be retained by Rent-A-Center, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and
Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. The foregoing certification is being furnished
solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a
separate disclosure document.
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Rent-A-Center, Inc. (the Company) for
the period ended December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the
date hereof (the Report), I, Robert D. Davis, Executive Vice President Finance, Treasurer and
Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my
knowledge:
(1) |
|
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
(2) |
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert D. Davis
|
|
|
Robert D. Davis |
|
|
Executive Vice President Finance,
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
Dated: February 27, 2009
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to
Rent-A-Center, Inc. and will be retained by Rent-A-Center, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and
Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. The foregoing certification is being furnished
solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a
separate disclosure document.